City  of  Milwaukee 


Ordinances  Comprising  that  part 
oj  the  Building  Code  of  the  City 
of  Milwaukee,  passed  by  the 
Common  Council  up  to  the  date 
of  fanuary  1st,  1914. 


See  Index  on  Following  Page  for  Location  of 
Particular  Ordinances 


\ 


W.  D,  HARPER,  Inspector  of  Buildings 


PART  OF  BUILDING 
CODE 

of 

CITY  OF  MILWAUKEE 


AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  the  Issuing  of  Permits. 

The  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  do  ordain 
as  follows:  . 

Section  1.  Before  commencing  with  the  execution  or 
installation  of  any  work  pertaining  to  the  erection,  con- 
struction, alteration  or  maintenance  of  any  building  or 
structure,  a permit  shall  he  secured  from  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  and  it  shall  be 
unlawful  to  commence  any  such  work  unless  such  per- 
mit shall  first  have  been  obtained. 

Sec.  2.  No  permit  shall  be  required  for  the  repair  of 
buildings  or  structures  or  for  minor  alterations  which 
do  not  involve  any  change  of  their  use,  or  of  their  areas,.. 
or  their  structural  parts,  or  their  means  of  communica- 
tion, stairways,  elevators,  fire  escapes,  egress,  light  or 
ventilation.  No  building  shall  be  repaired  or  altered 
that  has  deteriorated  or  has  been  damaged  by  any  cause 
50  per  cent,  or  more  of  its  original  value,  and  no  permit 
shall  be  granted  to  repair  or  alter  such  building. 

Sec.  3.  Application  for  a permit  shall  be  made  in 
writing  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  to  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings  upon  blank  forms  furnished  by  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings,  and  he  shall  upon  request  furnish  a copy 
to  the  applicant. 

Sec.  4.  The  application  shall  state  the  name  of  the 
owner  of  the  building  or  structure,  the  name  of  the  own- 


6 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


er  of  the  land  upon  which  it  is  to  be  erected,  the  de- 
scription of  the  land  by  lot,  block  and  ward  and  the 
street,  the  size  and  kind  of  construction  and  the  in- 
tended use  of  the  building  or  structure,  the  safe  floor 
loads  for  which  the  building  is  designed,  except  in  the  t 
case  of  a dwelling,  and  such  other  pertinent  informa- 
tion as  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  may  require,  and  the  * 
estimated  cost. 

Sec.  5.  In  case  the  applicant  shall  fail  to  give  a just 
estimated  cost  of  the  work  for  which  the  permit  is 
asked  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Inspector  of  Buildings 
to  estimate  the  cost  of  the  buildings  to  the  best  of  his 
knowledge  and  this  amount  shall  be  placed  in  the  appli- 
cation. 

Sec.  6.  In  all  cases  except  for  the  erection  of  a sign, 
awning  or  the  alteration  of  an  elevator  or  dumbwaiter,  a 
situation  plan  shall  be  submitted  with  the  application. 
The  application  and  the  situation  plan  shall  be  kept  on 
file  as  a permanent  record  in  the  office  of  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings. 

This  situation  plan  shall  be  drawn  in  ink  or  other  in- 
delible medium  to  a scale  of  mch  to  a foot  if  the  size 
of  the  lot  permits,  otherwise,  not  smaller  than  s's  inch 
to  one  foot  and  shall  show  the  location,  number  and 
size  of  the  lot,  the  width  of  adjoining  streets  or  alleys, 
the  ground  plan  of  a proposed  structure  with  all  projec- 
tions and  the  main  dimensions  of  the  structure  and  its 
distance  from  its  lot  lines  in  figures. 

Sec.  7.  Plans  and  specifications  shall  also  accom- 
pany the  applications. 

Plans  or  drawings  shall  consist  of  the  foundation  and 
looting  plan,  and  if  of  a building,  a plan  of  each  floor 
showing  the  computed  superimposed  load  of  each  floor, 

;a  roof  plan,  a transverse  or  longitudinal  section,  at  least 
two  elevations  and  the  necessary  structural  plans.  One 
typical  floor  plan  serving  for  several  stories,  if  alike, 
will  be  permitted.  These  drawings  shall  be  rendered  in- 
delibly on  paper  or  cloth  and  shall  be  marked  with  the 
name  and  address  of  the  owner  and  author  and  shall 
be  drawn  to  a scale  not  smaller  than  % inch  to  one  foot. 

The  dimensions  of  the  structure  and  the  dimensions 
of  the  structural  parts  thereof  shall  be  accurately  shown 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  7 

in  figures;  all  plumbing  fixtures,  drain  pipes  and  heat- 
ing  apparatus  shall  be  shown.  In  addition  thereto  plans 
shall  be  submitted  as  required  by  any  other  ordinance. 

Sec.  8.  The  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  have  a rea- 
sonable time  to  examine  the  plans  and  specifications  and 
he  shall  approve  of  them  if  he  finds  them  in  all  respects 
in  conformity  with  the  provisions  of  the  city  ordinances, 
shall  affix  his  official  stamp  to  them  and  shall  return 
them  to  the  applicant,  and  a true  copy  of  the  stamped 
drawings  and  specifications  shall  be  filed  with  the  In- 
spector of  Buildings  and  shall  be  kept  on  record  for  30 
days  after  the  completion  and  final  inspection  of  the 
building.  At  the  expiration  of  this  period  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings  may  destroy  such  copies  of  stamped  draw- 
ings and  specifications  or  may  surrender  them  to  their 
authors  upon  request  or  may  keep  them  in  the  munici- 
pal vaults  on  perament  record. 

Sec,  9.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  erase,' alter  or  modify 
any  lines,  letters,  figures  or  coloring  contained  upon 
such  drawings  or  specifications  stamped  by  the  Inspec- 
tor of  Buildings  or  filed  with  him  for  reference.  If,  dur- 
ing the  progress  of  the  execution  of  the  work,  it  is  de- 
sired to  deviate  in  any  essential  manner  from  the  terms, 
of  the  application  or  drawings  or  specification  notice  of' 
such  intention  shall  be  given  in  writing  to  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings,  and  his  written  approval  shall  first  be  ob- 
tained before  such  alteration  or  deviation  may  be  made. 

Sec.  10.  The  Inspector  of  Buildings  is  authorized  to> 
Issue  a permit  for  the  erection  of  part  of  a building  or 
structure  provided  that  the  drawings  and  data  submitted! 
with  the  application 'furnish  sufficient  information  of  the 
parts  to  be  added  in  the  future  and  that  complete  plans 
and  specifications  are  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the 
Inspector  of  Buildings  and  permit  obtained  before  any 
parts  of  the  structure  are  erected  above  the  grade  line. 

Sec.  11.  No  factory,  warehouse  or  other ''commercial 
building  shall  be  occupied  unless  a final  inspection  after 
completion  is  made  by  the  Inspector-  of  Buildings  and  a 
framed  placard  is  posted  in  a conspicuous  place  in  each 
room  or  on  each  floor  by  the  owner  or  agent  showing  the 
safe  allowable  floor  loads.  Such  placards  shall  be  kept 


8 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


permanently  posted  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  to  place 
any  loads  on  the  floor  in  excess  of  the  stated  loads, 

Sec.  12.  If  building  operations  are  not  commenced 
within  six  months  of  the  date  of  the  issuance  of  the 
permit  or  if  there  is  a cessation  of  the  building  opera- 
tions of  more  than  six  months  continuously  or  intermit- 
tently said  permit  shall  have  lapsed  and  be  void  and  the 
operations  shall  not  be  begun  or  resumed  before  a new 
permit  is  obtained  and  the  fees  paid  therefor. 

Sc.  13.  The  fees  for  permits  required  by  this  and  any 
other  ordinance  shall  be  paid  into  the  city  treasury  and 
credited  to  the  general  city  fund  and  the  amount  shall 
be  as  follows:  For  new  buildings,  additions  and  spaces 
excavated  below  a sidewalk,  one  cent  for  every  lO'O  cubic 
feet  of  the  contents  of  such  structure;  said  cubic  con- 
tents shall  be  measured  for  the  entire  structure  from  the 
lowest  floor.  For  alterations  or  repairs  or  for  structures 
that  cannot  be  figured  by  the  cubic  foot,  one  (1)  dollar 
for  every  one  thousand  (1,000)  dollars  of  their  cost. 
But  the  minimum  fee  for  any  of  the*  above  mentioned 
permits  shall  be  one  (1)  dollar. 

For  moving  or  wrecking  a structure,  one  (1)  dollar. 

For  the  installation  of  tanks  containing  liquids  as  reg- 
ulated by  the  ordinance,  two  (2)  dollars. 

For  the  erection,  alteration  or  repair  of  an  elevator 
or  dumbv^aiter  as  regulated  by  the  elevator  ordiqance, 
two  (2)  dollars. 

For  the  erection  of  an  awning  as  regulated  by  the 
ordinance,  one  (1)  dollar. 

For  the  installation  of  an  internal  combustion  engine, 
three  (3)  dollars. 

For  the  installation  of  a moving  picture  machine,  one 
(1)  dollar. 

For  the  erection  of  a sign,  fifty  cents. 

Sec.  14.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  owning,  con- 
trolling or  managing  any  building  or  premises  wherein 
or  whereon  anything  in  violation  of  this  ordinance  shall 
exist  or  shall  be  placed,  or  any  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion employed  who  shall  assist  in  the  commission  of  any 
violation  or  any  of  the  requirements  hereof,  or  who  shall 
build  contrary  to  the  plans  or  specifications  submitted 
to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  provided  such  plans  and 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


9 


specifications  are  in  accordance  with  this  ordinance,  or 
any  person,  firm  or  corporation  who  shall  neglect  to  do 
each  and  every  act  required  herein  whether  such  act 
has  been  approved  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  or  not, 
and  the  fact  that  the  plans  and  specifications  are  ac- 
cepted by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  be  no  defense 
to  a violation  of  the  provisions  of  any  ordinance;  shall 
for  each  and  every  day’s  violation  or  non-compliance  be 
liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  dollars  nor  more 
than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars  or  in  default  of  fine  by 
imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correction  not  less  than 
one  day  nor  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  15.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  16.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  its  passage  and  publication. 

Passed  Oct.  13,  1913. 

Resolution. 

• File  Number  5537. 

Whereas,  School  buildings  have  heretofore  been  erect- 
ed on  and  over  streets  and  alleys  in  the  City  of  Milwau- 
kee before  such  streets  and  alleys  have  been  vacated; 
therefore,  be  it 

Resolved,  By  the  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee, that  the  Building  Inspector  of  said  city  be  and 
he  is  hereby  directed  to  refuse  to  grant  building  per- 
mits for  the  erection  of  school  buildings  on  and  over 
streets  or  alleys  until  the  same  have  been  properly 
and  legally  vacated. 

Passed  October  13,  1913. 

For  fees  required  by  Electric  ordinance,  see  Electric 
ordinance,  page  184. 

File  Number  4858. 

50— AN  ORDINANCE 
Defining  Terms  of  the  Building  Code. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  folloics: 

^Section  1.  The  purpose  of  the  defiinnous,  as  here 
laid  down,  shall  be  to  give  the  basis  for  tb^j  interpreta- 
tion of  the  different  terms  used  in  thi^  , ailding’ code. 


10 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Sec.  2.  Fireproof  Construction.  Duilding  is  of 

fireproof  construction  when  all  the  walls,  partitions, 
piers  and  columns,  also  floor,  ceiling,  roof  and  stair 
construction,  are  built  of  incombustible  material,  and 
when  all  metallic  structural  members  are  protected 
from  fire  by  an  Incombustible  fire  resisting  covering  of 
low  heat  conduction. 

(Sec.  3.  Mill  Construction.  A building  is  of  mill  con- 
struction when  all  walls  are  built  of  incombustible  ma- 
terial, and  when  posts,  girders  and  beams  are  of  wood 
which  measures  in  width  at  least  one-half  (^)  its 
depth.  No  beam  shall  measure  less  than  72  square 
inches,  and  no  post  shall  measure  less  than  100  square 
inches  in  section  area.  Whpn  any  steel  or  iron  is  used 
for*  structural  purposes  it  shall  be  fireproofed  with  not 
less  than  one  (1)  inch  incombustible  material  or  metal 
lath  and  plaster.  ;ihe  floors  shall  not  be  less  than 
three  (3)  inch  lumber  having  grooves  and  splines  at 
their  joints. 

The  lower  thickness  of  the  roof  planking  shall  not 
be  less  than  two  (2)  inch  lumber  tongued  and  grooved. 

Sec.  4.  Ordinary  Construction.  A building  is  of  ordi- 
nary construction  when  the  enclosing  walls  consist 
of  incombustible  material.  When  the  wood  joists,  raft- 
ers or  studs  are  of  smaller  section  area  than  required 
for  mill  construction. 

Sec.  5.  Frame  Buildings.  A frame  building  is  a 
building  whose  structural  parts  and  enclosing  walls 
consist  of  wood.  If  such  enclosing  walls  are  veneered 
or  encased,  the  building  is  also  termed  a frame  building. 

Business  Buildings.  A business  building  is  a build- 
ing used  for  a purpose  other  than  private  residences, 
apartments,  tenement  or  boarding  houses. 

Area.  An  open  subspace  adjoining  a building. 

Alley.  A public  thoroughfare  thirty  (30)  feet  or  less 
in  width. 

Assembly  Hall.  A room  (not  in  a residence)  which 
is  used  for  assemblage  of  more  than  100  persons. 

Building.  A structure  affording  shelter. 

Addition.  Any  change  which  increases  the  cubical 
contents  of  a building. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  11 

Alterations.  Any  change,  addition  or  modification  in 
construction. 

Apartment  Building.  An  apartment  building  is  a 
building  used  entirely  or  in  part  as  a residence  by 
more  than  two  (2)  households,  independently  of  each 
other,  and  having  a common  right  to  the  stairways, 
yards  and  other  conveniences.  ' 

Basement  and  Cellar.  A story  not  more  than  one- 
half  (Y2)  its  height  below  the  grade  is  considered  a 
basement,"  if  it  is  more  than  one-half  (V2)  its  height 
below  the  grade  it  is  considered  a cellar.  In  a business 
building  the  term  “basement”  will  cover  both  defini- 
tions. The  ceiling  of  a story  more  than  nine  (9)  feet 
above  the  grade  shall  be  considered  the  first  story. 
Grade  to  be  defined  as  in  Height  of  Building  definition. 

Bay  Windows.  Windows  projecting  from  outer  wall 
and  supported  by  a foundation.  Windows  supported 
by  corbels  or  brackets  are  termed  oriel  windows. 

Building  Line.  A dividing  line  between  two  or  more 
pieces  of  property. 

Length  of  a Building.  The  longest  horizontal  meas- 
urement of  a building. 

Column.  Isolated  upright  supports,  piers,  pillars  or 
posts. 

Corridor.  A passageway  within  a building. 

Elevator.  An  elevator  consists  of  a shaftway  and 
machinery  in  a permanent  location  and  a platform  or 
cage  for  raising  or  lowering  objects. 

A passenger  elevator  is  for  conveying  persons  within 
an  enclosing  cage. 

A freight  elevator  is  for  carrying  all  other  objects. 

A dumb  waiter  is  a small  elevator  for  light  loads, 
and  shall  not  be  used  to  convey  persons. 

Dwelling.  A building  which  is  used  as  a residence 
by  not  more  than  two  families  and  more  than  five 
boarders  in  each. 

Footing.  The  bottom  course  or  courses  of  a wall, 
column,  pier,  pillar  or  post. 

Foundations.  The  lowest  part  of  a structure,  and 
any  parts  supporting  the  same,  including  the  footing. 
Foundations  shall  be  constructed  to  include  all  walls 
and  piers  built  below  the  curb  line,  or  nearest  tier  of 


12 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


beams  to  the  curb,  or  to  the  average  level  of  the  ground 
adjoining  the  walls,  to  serve  as  supports  to  wall,  piers, 
columns,  girders,  posts  or  beams. 

Factor  of  Safety.  The  quotient  obtained  by  dividing 
the  breaking  load  by  the  safe  load. 

First  Story.  A story  whose  floor  is  at  or  next  to  the 
level  of  the  sidewalk  or  adjoining  ground,  also  called 
ground  floor,  and  whose  ceiling  is  more  than  nine  (9) 
feet  above  the  grade. 

Hall.  This  term  includes  places  of  assemblage,  stair- 
ways, passageways  and  corridors. 

Height  of  building.  The  height *of  a building  is  meas- 
ured at  the  center  line  of  its  principal  front  at  the 
street  grade  or  if  setting  back  from  the  street  at  the 
grade  of  the  ground  adjoining  the  building  to  the 
highest  part  of  the  roof,  if  a flat  roof,  or  to  height 
two-thirds  of  the  roof  if  a gabled  or  hipped  roof.  If 
the  grade  of  the  lot  or  adjoining  street  in  the  rear  or 
alongside  of  the  building  falls  below  the  grade  of  the 
front,  the  height  shall  be  measured  in  the  center  of  the 
side  showing  the  greatest  fall. 

Height  of  a Story.  The  height  of  a story  is  the  per- 
pendicular distance  from  one  floor  to  the  next  or  from 
a floor  to  the  roof. 

Length  of  Wall.  The  length  of  a w’all  is  its  hori- 
zontal dimensions  between  adjoining  cross  walls  or 
adjoining  walls  running  at  an  angle  to  it,  or  between 
offsets  of  not  less  than  four  (4)  feet. 

Thickness  of  Wall.  The  minimum  distance  between 
its  two  faces. 

Foundation  and  Basement  Walls.  The  part  of  a wall 
below  the  first  floor. 

Bearing  Wall.  A wall  supporting  a load. 

Cross  Wall.  Any  internal  wall  running  at  an  angle 
with  reference  to  another  wall. 

Curtain  Wall.  A non-bearing  outside  wall,  supported 
in  each  story  in  a building  of  skeleton  construction. 

Division  Wall.  A wall  subdividing  a building. 

Party  Wall.  A wall  built  upon  the  dividing  line  of 
adjoining  premises  and  intended  for  joint  use. 

Grade.  The  surface  of  the  premises  or  public  high- 
way adjoining  the  building. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


13 


Incombustible  Covering.  A covering  which  will  not 
be  destroyed  by  fire  without  the  assistance  of  combus- 
tible material. 

Lot  Line.  The  line  of  demarcation  of  a piece  of  land. 

Repairs.  The  renewal  of  any  part  of  any  existing 
building  for  the  purposes  of  its  maintenance  in  its 
present  form  of  construction  and  occupancy. 

Skeleton  Construction.  This  term  shall  apply  to  build- 
ings wherein  all  loads  are  transmitted  by  a framework 
of  metal  or  reinforced  concrete  from  ^the  top  of  the 
building  to  the  foundation. 

Shed.  Is  a building  not  over  one  story  in  height 
and  having  at  least  one  side  open;  excepting  lumber, 
bark,  coal,  freight  and  storage  sheds,  which  may  be 
enclosed  on  all  sides.  ,, 

Stair  Hall.  Includes  the  stairs,  landings,  and  any  por- 
tion of  a building  which  connects  it  with  the  outside. 

Tenement.  (See  apartment  houses.) 

Veneer,  The  outep  facing  of  brick,  stone,  concrete, 
tile,  not  less  than  four  (4)  inches  thick,  or  of  lath  and 
cement  plaster  not  less  than  two  (2)  inches  thick,  an 
enclosing  wall  used  for  the  protection  of  the  backing 
but  not  counted  as  adding  anything  to  its  strength. 

Public  Buildings.  Are  all  buildings  owned  or  con-  ♦ 
trolled  by  a municipality. 

Quasi-public  buildings  are  buildings  used  by  the  public 
in  general  such  as  railroad  stations,  assembly  halls, 
theaters,  churches,  etc. 

Business  buildings  are  buildings  used  wholly  or  in 
part  for  business  purposes. 

Tenements.  To  this  class  belong  boarding  houses, 
lodging  houses  for  more  than  six  guests,  dormitories, 
hospitals,  asylums  not  controlled  by  the  public,  apart- 
ment or  flat  buildings  for  more  than  two  families. 

Corner  Lot.  A corner  lot  is  the  lot  situated  at  the 
intersection  of  two  public  streets;  an  alley  shall  not  be 
considered  a street  unless  it  is  over  thirty  (30)  feet 
wide. 

Attic  Story.  A story  situated  wholly  or  partly  in  the 
roof.  Such  space  shall  not  be  considered  a separate 
story  unless  it  is  arranged  to  contain  more  than  four 


14 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


(4)  rooms  in  connection  with  lower  stories  or  is  ar- 
ranged to  contain  "a  separate  family. 

Structure.  Anything  built  of  more  than  a single  post 
or  pier  joined  or  fastened  together,  shall  be  considered 
a structure. 

Sec.  6.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  contra-  , 
vening  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  re- 
pealed. 

Sec.  7.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  June  23,  1913. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  Excavations,  Foundations  and  Piling. 

The  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  do  ordain 
as  follotos: 

Section  1.  Before  commencing  with  the  excavation 
or  ^driving  piles  for  any  foundations  of  any  building  or 
structure  a building  permit  shall  be  first  obtained  from 
the  Inspector  of  Buildings.  An  application  for  a build- 
ing permit  shall  be  filed  with  the  Inspector  of  Buildings, 
together  with  plans  and  specifications  of  the  building 
showing  the  location  of  the  building  or  structure,  also 
the  size  and  material  of  the  foundations  and  if  re- 
quired the  loads  to  be  placed  thereon,  and,  where  piles 
are  to  be  driven  the  spacing,  size  and  materials  of  the 
piles  and  the  load  to  be  placed  on  each,  and  if  said 
application,  drawings  and  specifications  are  in  accord- 
ance with  this  and  other  ordinances  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings  shall  issue  a permit  after  the  applicant  has 
paid  into  the  city  treasury  the  amount  of  permit  fees 
established  for  each  permit. 

Sec.  2.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  making  ex- 
cavations or  causing  the  same  to  be  made  shall  properly 
guard  them  and  shall  so  protect  them  that  the  adjoining 
soil  shall  not  cave  in,  and  no  one  shall  excavate  so  as 
to  injure  any  adjoining  ground  or  building. 

Sec.  3.  The  Inspector  of  Buildings  may  require  any 
applicant  for  a permit  to  ascertain  by  boring  or  test, 
the  nature  of  the  soil  upon  which  he  proposes  to  build. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  15 

The  permissible  loads  on  soils  per  square  fpot  shall, 
be  as  follows: 

On  quicksand  and  alluvial  soils ton 

Soft  clay  1 ton 

Ordinary  clay  and  sand  together  in  layers  wet 

and  springy 2 tons 

On  clay  or  fine  sand,  firm  and  dry 3 tons 

On  sand  compact  and  well  cemented 4 tons 

On  gravel  and  course  sand  well  packed 5 tons 

On  hard  pan  or  shale 6 tons 

On  bed  rock 20  tons 


Sec.  4.  The  trenches  for  foundations  shall  be  kept 
free  from  water  until  after  the  completion. of  this  work 
and  until  the  cement  is  properly  set. 

Sec.  5.  Foundations  shall  be  proportioned  to  the  com-^ 
puted  loads  and  every  building  except  those  resting  on 
solid  rock  shall  have  foundations  of  iron,  steel  con- 
crete, stone  or  hard  burnt  sewer  brick,  or  shall  have 
foundations  resting  upon  piles,  ranging  timbers  or  re- 
inforced concrete  where  solid  earth  or  rock  is  not  found. 

Sec.  6.  The  bottom  of  all  foundations  shall  be  at 
least  five  feet  below  the  adjacent  grade. 

Sec.  7.  No  pile  of  less  than  six  inches  in  diameter 
at  small  ends  shall  be  used. 

The  heads  of  wood*  piles  shall  be  protected  against 
splitting  while  being  driven,  and  after  being  driven, 
the  heads  shall  be  cut  off  in  the  solid  wood.  The  top 
of  all  wood  foundations  shall  be  below  the  permanent 
ground  water  level.  All  iron  or  steel  in  foundations 
shall  be  protected  with  a covering  of  not  less  than  six 
inches  of  concrete. 

The  maximum  load  on  a’ timber  piles  shall  not  exceed 
five  hundred  pounds  per  square  inch  on  top  of  such  pile. 

The  safe  loads  on  a pile  shall  be  determined  by  and 
shall  not  exceed  the  following  formula: 


16 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


L — 

2WH 

- ■foT  tttpji'm  ViaTTvmPT 

L — 

S + iV 
2WH 

i.dx  oi/^dxu  xictiuuitrx  • 

- for  drop  hammer. 

S + 1 


in  which  formula 

L = safe  load  in  pounds. 

W = weight  of  hammer  in  pounds. 

H = fall  of  hammer  in  feet. 

S = penetration  under  last  blow  in  inches, 
assumed  to  be  sensible  at  an  approximately  uniform 
rate. 

Whenever  there  is  no  reliable  record  obtainable  of  the 
driving  of  the  piles  and  their  sinking  under  the  last  ten. 
blows  of  the  hammer,  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  may 
require  loading  tests  made  by  the  owner,  such  tests 
shall  determine  the  permissible  loads  on  wooden  piles 
by  the  same  methods  as  hereafter  required  for  concrete 
piles. 

The  width  of  a pile  foundation  shall  not  be  less  than 
the  width  of  the  wall  resting  upon  it. 

Sec.  8,  Piles  may  be  of  either  plain  or  reinforced  con- 
crete. 

Plain  concrete  piles  shall  be  molded  in  rigid  forms  left 
in  place. 

Reinforced  concrete  piles  if  properly  designed  to  re- 
sist the  shock  of  driving,  and  if  driven  with  a cushion 
to  lessen  the  shock  or  if  put  down  by  water  jet,  may  be 
employed  for  foundations. 

In  all  cases  where  concrete  piles  are  used  their  bear- 
ing value  shall  be  determined  by  sinking  one  or  more 
piles  and  loading  them  after  they  have  hardened.  Such 
test  loading  shall  be  made  by  the  owner  in  the  presence 
of  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  or  his  assistants. 

Not  over  one-half  of  the  test  load  under  which  such 
pile  begins  to  settle  shall  be  allowed  as  a safe  load  and 
under  no  circumstances  shall  the  safe  load  exceed  500 
pounds  per  square  inch  of  the  sectional  area  of  such  pile. 
No  part  of  a building  or  structure  shall  be  constructed 
on  such  piles  until  the  safe  load  on  such  pile  is  deter- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


IT 


/v 


mined  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  but  the  fact  that 
the  tests  where  made  shall  be  no  defense  to  a violation 
of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance. 

Concrete  piles  shall  not  be  of  a leaner  mixture  than 
one  part  Portland  cement,  two  parts  of  sand  and  four 
parts  of  gravel  or  crushed  stone,  that  will  pass  through 
a one  inch  ring  and  the  concrete  shall  be  thoroughly 
mixed  in  a batch  mixer. 

Sec.  9.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  owning,  con- 
trolling or  managing  any  building  or  premises  wherein 
or  whereon  anything  in  violation  of  this  ordinance  shall 
exist  or  shall  be  placed,  or  any  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion employed  who  shall  assist  in  the  commission  of  any 
violation  or  any  of  the  requirements  hereof,  or  who  shall 
build  contrary  to  the  plans  and  specifications  submitted 
to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  provided  such  plans  and 
specifications  are  in  accordance  with  this  ordinance,  or 
any  person,  firm  or  corporation  who  shall  neglect  to 
do  each  and  every  act  required  herein,  whether  such  act 
has  been  approved  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  or  not, 
and  shall  for  each  and  every  day’s  violation  or  non-com- 
pliance be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  dol- 
lars nor  more  than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars,  or  in  de- 
fault of  fine,  by  imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correc- 
tion not  less  than  one  day  nor  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  10.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  with 
this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  11.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  its  passage  and  publication. 

Passed  September  11,  1911. 


File  Number  5245. 

116— AN  ORDINANCE 
Regulating  Walls,  (p.  483-486.) 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows : 

Section  1.  All  buildings  shall  have  foundation  walls 
built  of  hard  brick,  stone,  concrete  or  other  hard  and 
incombustible  material.  (Wood  post  foundation  not 
permissible.)  Footings  under  walls  shall  be  of  suffi- 
cient thickness,  strength  and  breadth  to  safely  bear 


18 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


the  weight  to  be  imposed  thereon.  Footings  shall  be 
at  least  twelve  (12)  inches  wider  than  the  wall  to  be 
supported.  Stone  footings  shall  not  b^  less  than  five 
(5)  inches  thick.  Plain  concrete  not  less  than  eight 
(8)  inches  in  thickness.  Foundation  wall  for  frame  _ 
buildings  shall  not  be  less  than  twelve  (12)  inches 
thick  if  of  brick,  not  less  than  eighteen  (18)  inches  - 
if  of  stone,  not  less  than  ten  (10)  inches  if  of  plain  ^ 
concrete  or  concrete  block,  when  such  walls  are  not 
more  than  six  (6)  feet  below  the  adjacent  grade. 
Foundation  walls  more  than  six  (6)  feet  below  the 
grade  shall  be  four  (4)  inches  more  in  thickness. 

Sec.  2.  The  thickness  of  walls  for  buildings,  except 
buildings  used  exclusively  for  dwellings  or  residences, 
or  tenement  houses,  shall  be  as  follows: 


Stories  1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10  11  12 


Basement — 

Stone  . . . . : 20  20  20  24  28  28  32  32  32  36  36  36 

Brick  16  16  16  20  24  24  28  28  28  32  32  32 

1st  Story 12  12  16  16  20  20  24  24  24  28  28  28 

2nd 12  12  16  20  20  20  24  24  24  28  28 

3rd  12  12  16  20  20  20  24  24  24  28 

4th 12  16  16  20  20  20  24  24  24 

5th 12  16  16  20  20  20  24  24 

6th 12  16  16  20  20  20  24 

7th 12  16  16  20'  20  20 

8th 12  16  16  20  20 

9th 12  16  16  20 

10th  12  16  16 

11th 1&  16 

12th . . . 12 


Sec.  3.  The  thickness  of  walls  of  dwellings,  resi- 
dences or  tenement  houses  shall  be  as  follows: 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


19 


Stories  1 

Basement 12 

1st  Story  12 


2nd  . . 
3rd  .. 
4th  .. 
5th  .. 
6th  . . 
7th  .. 
8th  .. 


2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

16 

16 

20 

20 

24 

24 

24 

12 

12 

16 

16 

20 

20 

20 

12 

12 

12 

16 

16 

16 

20 

12 

12 

12 

16 

16 

16 

12 

12 

12 

16 

16 

12 

12 

12 

16 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

Sec.  4.  If  stone  is  used  for  basements  in  place  of 
brick  same  shall  be  four  (4)  inches  more  in  thickness. 
If  the  walls  are  more  than  100  feet  long  without 
supporting  cross  walls  or  offsets  of  at  least  four  (4) 
feet  the  same  thickness  as  the  wall,  the  walls  shall 
be  four  (4)  inches  more  in  thickness  than  given  in  the 
tables. 

Sec.  5.  If  any  horizontal  section  through  any  part 
of  any  bearing  walls  in  any  building  shows  more  than 
25%  area  of  flues  and  openings  the  wall  shall  be  in- 
creased four  (4)  inches  in  thickness  for  every  ten  per 
cent  or  major  fraction  thereof  of  flue  or  opening  area 
in*  excess  of  25%. 

S-ec.  6.  The  heights  of  all  stories  for  all  given  thick- 
ness of  walls  must  not  exceed  eleven  (11)  feet  in  clear 
for  the  basement,  eighteen  (18)  feet  in  clear  for  the 
first  story,  fifteen  (15)  feet  in  clear  for  the  second 
story,  and  fourteen  (14)  feet  in  clear  for  all  stories 
above  the  second.  If  any  story  exceeds  these  heights 
respectively,,  the  walls  of  such  story  and  all  stories 
below  same  shall  be  increased  four  (4)  inches  in  thick- 
ness of  the  thickness  given  in  tables. 

Sec.  7.  The  following  provisions  shall  apply  to  all 
buildings  to  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  theaters,  public 
halls,  or  places  of  assembly  hereafter  built: 

The  .outside  walls  of  any  building  to  be  built  for  the 
purpose  of  theaters,  public  halls  or  place  of  assembly, 
the  roofs  or  ceiling  of  which  are  carried  on  trusses  or 
girders  of  a span  of  fifty  (50)  feet  or  more  shall  be  as 
follows:  ‘ 


20 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


If  the  walls  are  less  than  twenty-five  (25)  feet  high, 
they  shall  be  not  less  than  twenty  inches  thick. 

If  the  walls  are  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  feet  high, 
four  (4)  inches  shall  be  added  to  the  thickness  of 
twenty-five  (25)  feet  for  each  fifteen  (15)  feet  or  frac- 
tion thereof  added  to  the  height.  Each  section  of  fifteen 
(15)  feet  or  fraction  thereof  above  the  twenty-five  (25) 
feet  may  be  made  four  (4)  inches  less  in  thickness  than 
the  section  below,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  top  section 
be  less  than  twenty (20)  inches  thick. 

An  increase  of  four  (4)  inches  in  thickness  of  such 
wall  shall  be  made  in  all  cases  where  they  are  over 
100  feet  long  without  cross  walls  of  equal  thickness. 

The  thickness  of  the  enclosing  walls  of  a building 
or  room  used  for  theater,  public  halls  or  place  of  as- 
sembly where  such  rooms  ar^  less  than  fifty  (50)  feet 
wide  may  be  reduced  by  four  (4)  inches  from  the 
above  table. 

If  one  or  more  stories  are  built  above  any  room  de- 
voted for  the  purpose  of  a theater,  public  hall  or  place 
of  assembly  and  such  stories  are  carried  on  trusses 
or  girders  the  thickness  of  the  walls  shall  be  increased 
by  four  (4)  inches  for  each  two  (2)  stories  or  part 
thereof  above  such  rooms. 

Buttresses  and  Enclosed  Columns. 

Sec.  8.  If  solid  masonry  buttresses  are  employed  and 
placed  sixteen  (16)  feet  or  less  apart,  and  extended  to 
^the  foot  of  the  trusses  or  girders  carrying  the  ceiling, 
or  if  iron  or  steel  pillars  are  inserted  in  such  walls  for 
the  support  of  the  superstructure,  and  at  distances  not 
more  than  eighteen  (18)  feet  between  centers,  such 
pillars  extending  to  and  carrying  the  super-imposed 
trusses  or  girders,  the  thickness  of  such  walls  may  be 
reduced  in  proportion  to  the  increase  of  strength 
afforded  by  such  buttresses  or  girders,  but  in  no  case 
shall  any  such  wall  be  less  than  twelve  (12)  inches 
thick  in  the  top  story,  four  inches  being  added  going 
downward  for  each  story,  or  for  each  gallery,  or  for 
each  twenty-five  feet  in  height  of  blank  wall.  If  iron 
or  steel  pillars  are  introduced  in  said  walls,  the  brick 
work  around  same  shall  be  bonded  into  that  of  the  con- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


21 


necting  walls,  and  each  of  such  pillars,  shall  have  no 
less  than  eight  inches  of  brick  wall,  or  four  inches  of 
fireproof  material  around  it,  the  brick  or  fireproofing 
being  measured  from  the  extreme  outer  dimensions  of 
such  iron  or  steel  pillars. 

iS'ec.  9.  Curtain  walls  supported  on  intermediate 
beams  at  every  floor  level  to  be  not  less  than  eight  (8) 
inches  in  thickness. 

Sec.  10.  All  stones  used  for  the  facing  of  any  build- 
ing shall  not  be  less  than  four  (4)  inches  thick.  Stone 
shall  be  anchored  to  the  backing,  and  the  backing  shall 
be  of  such  fcickness  as  to  make  the  walls,  independent 
of  such  stone,  conform  to  the  thickness  required  in  the 
tables  for  thickness  of  brick  walls. 

Sec.  11.  The  front,  rear,  side  and  party  walls  shall 
be  properly  bonded  together,  or  anchored  to  each  other 
every  six  (6)  feet  in  height  by  suitable  wrought  iron 
anchors.  * 

iSec.  12.  The  walls  and  skeleton  frame  work  of 
€very  building  during  the  erection  or  alteration  thereof, 
shall  be  strongly  braced  from  the  beams  of  every  story, 
and  when  required  shall  also  be  braced  from  the  out- 
side until  the  building  is  enclosed,  and  otherwise  be 
protected  against  the  effects  of  the  weather  during  ah 
building  operations.  In  no  case  shall  any  wall  or  walls 
of  any  building  be  carried  up  more  than  two  (2)  stories 
in  advance  of  any  other  wall,  except  by  permission  of 
the  Inspector. 

Hollow  Walls. 

Sec.  13.  In  all  walls  that  are  built  hollow,  the  same 
quantity  of  stone  or  brick  shall  be  used  in  their  con- 
struction as  if  they  were  built  solid,  as  in  this  ordi- 
nance provided,  and  no  hollow  wall  shall  be  built  unless 
the  parts  of  same  are  connected  with  proper  ties 
placed  not  over  twenty-four  (24)  inches  apart.  The 
inside  four  (4)  inches  of  all  walls  may  be  built  of  hard 
burned,  hollow  clay  or  porous  terra  cotta  blocks,  prop- 
erly tied  and  bonded  into  the  wall,  and  of  the  dimensions 
of  ordinary  brick. 

Sec.  14.  All  exterior,  division  and  party  walls  shall 
have  parapet  walls  carried  to  thirty  (30)  inches  above 
the  roof  and  shall  be  coped  with  incombustible  material. 


22 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


except  buildings  having  a fireproof  roof  in  which  case 
the  parapet  walls  shall  be  eighteen  (18)  inches  high. 

Sec.  15.  No  recesses  for  water,  sewer  or  other  pipes 
shall  be  made  in  any  exterior  nor  in  any  other  wall 
more  than  one-third  (%)  of  its  thickness,  and  the 
recesses  around  such  pipes  shall  be  filled  up  with  solid 
masonry  for  the  space  of  one  foot  at  the  top  and  bottom 
of  each  story. 

Sec.  16.  All  exterior  party  or  division  walls  shall  be 
corbeled  three  courses  in  depth,  with  brick  work  not 
less  than  two  inches  from  face  of  wall  on  each  side  to- 
receive  the  bearing  joists,  and  the  space  between  the* 
joists  must  be  filled  up  solid  with  brick  work.  Wherever 
joist  hangers  are  used  for  supporting  joists  the  ledging 
may  be  omitted.  Wherever  it  appears  that  extra  or 
additional  stress  shall  come  upon  any  wall  or  pier 
provision  shall  be  made  for  carrying  the  same  by  addh 
tional  thickness  of  walls  or  size  of  pier. 

iSec.  17.  All  brick  laid  in  non-freezing  weather  shall 
be  wet  immediately  before  being  laid.  The  brick  used 
in  all  buildings  shall  be  good,  merchantable,  well  burned 
brick.  Bats  smaller  than  half  bricks  are  not  to  be  used 
in  building  brick  walls  or  piers.  The  bond  of  brick 
work  shall  be  formed  by  laying  one  course  of  headers 
to  every  six  course's  of  stretches.  The  sand  used  for 
mortar  in  all  buildings  shall  be  clean,  sharp  sand. 

Sec.  18.  All  bearing  piers  are  to  be  built  of  dimen* 
sion  stone,  or  of  merchantable,'  well  shaped  brick,  and 
shall  not  be  higher  than  eight  times  the  least  width 
of  the  base,  nor  shall  they  have  a smaller  cross  section. 
than  12x12  inches.  Piers  and  walls  shall  have  bond 
stone  or  bond  plates  of  case  or  rolled  iron  sufficient  to 
properly  distribute  the  load.  At  least  one  such  bond 
stone  or  bond  plate  shall  be  inserted  into  each  pier  for 
each  distance  in  height  equal  to  four  times  that  of  the 
smallest  dimension. 

Sec.  19.  All  stone  walls  twenty-four  (24)  inch  or 
less  in  thickness  shall  have  at  least  one  header  extend- 
ing through  the  wall  in  every  three  feet  in  height  from 
the  bottom  of  the  wall,  and  in  every  four  feet  in  length, 
and  if  over  twenty-four  (24)  inches  in  thickness,  shall 
have  one  header  for  every  six  (6)  superficial  feet  on 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


2a 


l)otli  sides  of  the  wall,  laid  on  top  of  each  other  to  bond 
together,  and  running  into  the  wall  at  least  two  feet. 
All  headers  shall  be  at  least  eighteen  (18)  inches  in 
width  and  eight  inches  in  thickness  and  shall  consist 
of  good,  flat  stones.  No  stone  shall  be  laid  in  such 
walls  in  any  other  position  than  on  its  natural  bed. 

Sec.  20.  Walls  heretofore  built,  the  thickness  of 
which  at  the  time  of  their  erection  was  in  accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  the  then  existing  laws,  but 
which  are  not  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of 
this  ordinance,  may  be  used,  if  in  good  condition,  for 
the  ordinary  uses  of  party  walls,  provided,  the  height  of 
the  same  be  not  increased.  In  case  it  is  desired  to  in- 
<jrease  the  height  of  the  existing  party  or  independent 
walls,  which  walls  are  less  in  thickness  than  required 
under  this  ordinance,  the  same  shall  be  done  by  a 
lining  of  brick  work  to  form  a combined  thickness  with 
the  old  walls  of  not  less  than  four  (4)  inches  more  than 
the  thickne'ss  required  of  a new  wall  corresponding  with 
the  total  height  of  the  wall  when  so  increased  in 
height.  The  said  linings  shall  be  supported  on  proper 
foundations  and  carried  up  to  such  height  as  the  In- 
spector of  Buildings  may  require.  No  lining  shall  be 
less  than  eight  inches  in  thickness,  and  all  lining  shall 
be  laid  up  in  a cement  mortar,  and  thoroughly  anchored 
to  the  old  brick  walls  with  suitable  wrought  iron  an- 
chors, placed  two  feet  apart  and  properly  fastened  or 
driven  into  the  old  walls  in  rows  alternating  vertically 
and  horizontally  with  each  other,  the  old  walls  being 
first  cleaned  of  plaster  or  other  coatings  where  any 
lining  is  to  be  built  against  same.  Or  they  may  be 
increased  in  height  when  the  weight  including  the  dead 
and  superimposed  load  to  be  carried  by  them  is  uni- 
formly distributed  over  the  entire  wall  of  the  building, 
but  in  no  case  shall  such  load  exceed  the  following 
loads  in  pounds  to  each  square  inch  of  area  of  wall: 

Hard  burnt  solid  brick  when  laid  in  lime  mortar, 
120  pounds  per  square  inch. 

When  laid  in  cemenf  mortar,  160  pounds  per  square 
inch. 

When  laid  in  Portland  cement  mortar,  250  pounds  per 
square  inch. 


24  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

' Rubble  stone  when  laid  in  lime  mortar,  90  pounds  per 
square  inch. 

When  laid  in  cement  mortar,  125  pounds  per  square 
inch. 

W'^hen  laid  in  Portland  cement  mortar,  175  pounds  per 
square  inch. 

No  wooden  beam  or  other  timber  shall  be  built  into  a 
party  wall  nearer  than  2 inches  to  the  center  of  such 
wall. 

Floor  and  Roof  Beams. 

Sec.  21.  Ends  of  all  wooden  floor  and  roof  beams 
shall  enter  the  wall  to  the  depth  of  four  (4)  inches,  un- 
less the  wall  is  properly  corbeled  out  four  (4)  inches, 
in  which  case  brick  work  or  corbeling  shall  extend  to 
top  of  joists. 

The  ends  of  all  such  beams  shall  be  so  shaped  or  ar- 
ranged that  in  case  of  any  deflection  or  breaking,  they 
may  fall  out  without  doing  much  injury  to  the  brick 
wall.  All  joists  entering  any  brick  or  stone  wall  shall 
be  splayed  one-quarter  (i^)  inch  to  one  inch  shorter  at 
the  top  edge. 

Anchors. 

Sec.  22.  Ea'ch  tier  of  beams  shall  be  anchored  to 
the  side,  front,  rear  or  party  walls  at  intervals  of  not 
more  than  eight  (8)  feet  apart,  with  good,  strong, 
wrought  irpn  anchors.  The  ends  of  beams  resting  upon 
girders  shall  be  butted  together,  end  to  end,  and 
strapped  with  wrought  iron  straps  of  the  same  size  and 
distance  apart,  and  in  the  same  beam  as  well  as  the 
wall  anchors,  or  they  may  lap  each  other  at  least  twelve 
(12)  inches  and  be  well  spiked  or  bolted  together  where 
lapped.  Where  beams  are  supported  by  girders,  the 
girders  shall  be  anchored  to  the  walls  and  fastened  to 
each  other  by  suitable  straps. 

Every  pier  or  wall,  front  or  rear,  shall  be  well  an- 
chored to  the  beams,  with  the  same  sized  anchors  as 
are  required  for  the  side  walls,  which  anchors  shall 
hook  over  the  second  beam. 

Sec.  23.  All  flues  in  party  walls  must  be  located  at 
least  four  (4)  inches  from  center  lines  of  said  walls. 

Sec.  24.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  con- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  25 

travening  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby 
repealed. 

Sec.  25.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  Sept.  2,  1913. 

File  Number  4561. 

94— an  ordinance 

Regulating  Concrete  Construction  in  Buildings. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
ivaukee  do  ordain  as  folloics: 

Reinforced  Concrete. 

(a)  Definition. 

Section  1.  Reinforced  concrete  is  having  within  its 
mass  a combination  of  metal  so  arranged  as  to  cause 
the  two  materials  to  act  together  in  resisting  all  induced 
stresses. 

(b)  Plans  and  Specifications. 

Before  commencing  the  construction  of  any  reinforced 
concrete  work  complete  plans  and  specifications  togeth- 
er with  all  necessary  details  of  reinforcing  material 
shall  be  filed  with  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  for  ap- 
proval and  a building  permit  secured  therefor.  In  no 
case  shall  the  construction  as  outlined  on  tte  approved 
plans  and  specifications  be  deviated  from  without  the 
written  consent  of  the  Inspector  of  Buildings. 

General  Assumptions. 

(a)  Loads. 

Sec.  2.  The  loads  or  forces  to  be  resisted  consist  of 
the  dead  load  or  weight  of  the  structure,  and  the  live 
loads  and  forces  which  are  variable.  Any  dynamic  ef- 
fect of  live  load  must  be  properly  provided  for. 

(b)  Internal  Stresses. 

In  calculating  the  strength  of  reinforced  concrete  the 
following  assumptions  shall  be  used — 

1.  Calculations  shall  be  made  with  reference  to  work- 

ing stresses  and  safe  loads. 

2.  A plane  section  before  bending  remains  plane 

after  bending. 


26 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


3.  The  modulus  of  elasticity  of  concrete  in  compres- 

sion within  the  limits  of  working  stresses  is 
constant. 

4.  The  distribution  of  compressive  stresses  in  girders^ 

beams  and  slabs  is  rectilinear. 

5.  The  common. theory  of  flexure  shall  be  applied  to 

members  resisting  moment. 

6.  All  tensile  stresses  shall  be  taken  care  of* by  steel 

reinforcement.  i 

7.  The  concrete  and  reinforcement  are  perfectly 

bonded  together.  Under  compressive  stress  the 
two  materials  are  stressed  in  proportion  to  their 
moduli  of  elasticity. 

8.  The  ratio  of  the  modulus  of  elasticity  of  steel  is 

the  modulus  of  elasticity  of  concrete  shall  be 
taken  as  flfteen  (15). 

9.  Initial  stress  in  the  reinforcement  due  to  tempera- 

ture changes  may  be  neglected. 

Interminate . Systems  of  Design. 

Sec.  3.  No  system  of  reinforced  concrete  shall  be 
used  which  is  not  capable  of  design  and  investigation  in 
accordance  with  the  principles  outlined  in  this  code. 
Design  of  Girders,  Beams  and  Slabs. 

Sec.  4.  ‘(a)  For  uniformly  distributed  loads  the  fol- 
lowing rules  shall  be  observed: 

1.  When  supported  at  ends  — “M”  (at  center)  % 

W.  L. 

2.  When  continuous  over  two  or  more  supports  as 

in  the  case  of  intermediate  spans  — “M’’  (at 
center  and  supports)  = W.  L. 

3.  When  continuous  at  one  end  and  supported  at  the 

other  as  in  the  case  of  end  spans  — “M”  (at 
center  and  supports)  =:  tV  W.  L. 

4.  '‘M”  is  the  bending  moment;  “W’'  is  the  total  dead 

plus  live  load;  “L’'  is  the  span  length  and  shall 
be  taken  as  the  distance  center  to  center  of  sup- 
ports or  may  be  assumed  as  the  clear  span  plus 
the  depth. of  the  girder,  beam  or  slab.  Brackets 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  • 21 

shall  not  be  considered  in  reducing  the  clear 
span. 

(b)  In  the  case  of  concentrated  or  special  loads  the 
calculations  shall  be  based  on  the  critical  condition  of 
loading  as  for  a span  supported  at  ends.  The  moment 
thus  determined  may  be  reduced  10  per  cent,  for  end 
spans  and  20  per  cent,  for  intermediate  spans,  provided 
the  girders,  beams  and  slabs  are  continuous  for  two  or 
more  spans. 

(c)  In  the  case  of  girders,  beams  or  slabs,  continuous 
for  two  or  more  spans,  the  main  reinforcement  bars  or 
extra  bars  must  extend  sufficiently  beyond  the  supports 
to  take  care  of  the  negative  moment. 

(d)  The  unit  tensile  working  stress  for  steel  rein- 
forcement shall  not  exceed  16,000  pounds  per  square 
inch,  and  the  unit  compressive  working  stress  shall  not 
exceed  fifteen  (15)  times  the  unit  compressive  working 
stress  in  the  concrete. 

The  unit  compressive  working  stress  in  the  concrete 
shall  not  exceed  700  pounds  per  square  inch  on  the  ex- 
treme fibre. 

The  unit  bonding  working  stress  between  the  concrete 
and  reinforcement  bars  shall  not  exceed  80  pounds  per 
square  inch  for  rolled  material  and  40  pounds  per  square 
inch  for  cold  drawn  material  such  as  wire. 

(e)  Shearing  stresses  in  the  concrete  shall  be  pro- 
vided on  the  basis  of  the  following  working  units,  and 
the  effective  cross  section  shall  be  taken  as  width  of 
beam  times  distance  from  top  of  slab  to  center  of  grav- 
ity of  steel  in  bottom  flange. 

1.  For  beams  with  horizontal  bars  only,  40  pounds 

I per  square  inch. 

2.  For  beams  in  which  a part  of  the  horizontal  rein- 

forcement is  used  in  the  form  of  bent  up  bars 
arranged  with  due  respect  to  the  shearing 
stresses,  not  more  than  60  pounds  per  square 
inch. 

2.  For  beams  thoroughly  reinforced  for  shear,  not 
more  than  120  pounds  per  square  inch. 

4.  In  calculating  the  web  reinforcement  to  provide 


28 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


the  strength  of  120  pounds  per  square  inch  the 
concrete  may  be  counted  upon  as  carrying  one- 
third  of  the  shear.  The  remainder  is  to  be  pro- 
vided for  by  means  of  metal  reinforcement  con- 
sisting of  bent  bars  and  stirrups.  Such  rein- 
forcement may  be  estimated  on  the  assumption 
that  the  entire  shear  of  a section  less  the 
amount  assumed  to  be  carried  by  the  concrete 
is  taken  by  the  reinforcement  in  a length  of 
beam  equal  to  its  depth.  This  steel  shall  ba 
figured  at  a working  stress  of  16,000  pounds  per 
square  inch.  The  longitudinal  spacing  of  stir- 
rups or  bent  bars  used  to  take  care  of  the  ex- 
cess shear  in  the  concrete  shall  not  exceed 
three-quarters  of  the  depth  of  the  beam.  Stir- 
rups provided  for  other  purposes  may  be  spaced 
to  suit  the  condition.  Web  reinforcement  may 
consist  of  bent  bars,  or  inclined  or  vertical  bars 
attached  to  or  looped  about  the  horizontal  rein- 
forcement. When  inclined  members  are  used, 
the  connection  to  the  horizontal  reinforcement 
shall  be  such  as  to  insure  against  slip.  Suffi- 
cient anchorage  shall  be  provided  above  the 
neutral  axis  to  develop  the  stirrup  without  ex- 
ceeding the  allowable  stress.  Horizontal  rein- 
forcement shall  not  be  considered  as  web  re- 
inforcement. 

(f)  When  steel  is  used  in  the  compression  flange  of 
beams,  the  rods  shall  be  tied  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements  of  vertical  reinforced  concrete  columns 
with  stirrups  connecting  with  the  tension  rods  of  the 
beam. 

(g)  All  reinforcing  steel  shall  be  accurately  spaced 
and  firmly  held  in  the  forms.  It  is  to  be  inspected  by 
the  responsible  party  in  charge  before  the  concrete 
is  poured.  No  steel  shall  be  placed  nearer  the  surface 
of  the  concrete  than  one  (1)  inch  for  girders  and  beams 
and  one-half  (i^)  inch,  but  not  less  than  the  diameter 
of  the  bar,  for  slabs.  Longitudinal  steel  layed  parallel 
shall  be  spaced  not  less  than  three  (3)  diameters  and 
the  minimum  distance  between  bars  shall  not  be  less 
than  1Y2  inches. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


29 


(h)  In  marking  the  size  of  girders  and  beams  on 
plans,  the  width  shall  be  given  first  and  shall  equal  the 
gross  width  of  the  web,  while  the  depth  shall  equal  the 
gross  distance  from  top  of  slab  to  bottom  of  web. 

Shrinkage  and  Temperature  Stresses. 

Sec.  5.  Shrinkage  and  temperature  stresses  are  to  be 
provided  for  by  using  steel  rods  of  a combined  area  of 
not  less  than  one-fourth  of  one  per  cent,  of  the  gross 
area  of  the  concrete  section. 

“T”  Beams. 

Sec.  6.  In  beams  and  slab  construction,  an  affective 
bond  shall  be  provided  at  the  junction  of  slab  and  beam. 
When  the  principal  slab  reinforcement  is  parallel  to  the 
beam,  transverse  reinforcement  shall  be  used  extending 
over  the  beam  and  well  into  the  slab.  Where  adequate 
bond  between  the  slab  and  web  of  the  beam  is  provided, 
the  slab  may  be  considered  as  an  integral  part  of  the 
beam,  but  its  effective  width  shall  be  determined  as  fol- 
lows: 

(a)  It  shall  not  exceed  one-quarter  (i/4)  of  the  span 

length  of  the  beam. 

(b)  Its  overhang  width  on  either  side  of  the  web 

shall  not  exceed  four  (4)  times  the  thickness 
of  the  slab. 

(c)  When  acting  as  a continuous  beam  due  con- 

sideration shall  be  given  to  the  tensile  and 
compressive  stresses  at  the  supports. 

(d)  No  part  of  the  slab  shall  be  considered  as  a por- 

tion of  the  web  unless  the  slab  and  web  are 
cast  at  the  same  time. 

(e)  Compressive  steel  shall  be  provided  in  the  top 

fiange  in  case  the  portion  of  slab  acting  with 
the  web  is  inadequate  to  carry  all  the  com- 
pression. The  effective  depth  of  “T”  beams 
may  be  taken  as  the  distance  from  the 
center  of  the  slab  to  the  center  of  grav- 
it  of  the  steel  in  the  bottom  flange.  In 

such  case,  however,  the  stress  in  the  concrete 
shall  be  taken  as  the  average  compressive 


30 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


' stress  in  the  slab,  and  not  the  extreme  fibre 
stress.  The  available  cross  section  for  shear 
shall  be  taken  as  the  width  of  web  times  the 
distance  from  the  top  of  the  slab  to  the,  center 
of  gravity  of  the  steel  in  the  bottom  flange. 

(f)  The  same  rules  governing  the  design  of  girders, 
beams  and  slabs  shall  be  used  in  the  design  of 
“T”  beams. 

Design  of  Floor  Slabs  With  Two-way  Reinforcement. 


Sec.  7.  Square  and  rectangular  slabs  reinforced  in 
two  directions  at  i:ight  angles  to  the  supports  shall  be 
figured  in  accordance  with  the  following  rules: 

(a)  Each  system  of  reinforcement  shall  be  figured 
independently  and  shall  take  a proportion  of 
' the  dead  plus  live  load  as  determined  by  the 
formula: 

L4 

— R = 

L4  + B4 

in  which  “R”  = proportion  of  the  load  carried  by  the 
shorter  system.  “L**  = length,  and  “B”  breadth  of 

L 

slab.  For  different  ratio  of  — the  values  of  **R*'  as 

B 

follows : 


L 

R 

B 

1. 

0.5 

1.1 

— 

0.59 

1.2 

— 

0.67 

1.3 

— 

0.75 

1.4 

— 

0.80 

1.5 

— 

0.83 

Using  these  values  each 

system  of  reinforcement 

is  to 

be  calculated  in  the 

same 

manner  as  specified  for 

slabs  with  single  systems 

of  reinforcements. 

(See 

section  4.)  The  total 

amount  of  reinforcement 

thus 

determined  may  be  reduced  25  per  cent  by  gradually 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


31 


increasing  the  rod  spacing  from  the  third  point  to  the 
edge  of  the  slab.  No  rods  shall  be  spaced  farther 
apart  than  12  inches.  If  the  length  of  the  slab  exceeds 
1.5  times  its  width  the  entire  load  shall  be  assumed 
as  carried  by  transverse  reinforcements. 

Girders  supporting  the  slabs  shall  be  calculated  as  sim- 
ply supported  for  the  proportion  of  the  load  specified 
above;  such  loads  varying  from  zero  at  the  support 
to  a mximum  at  the  center.  The  moments  thus  de- 
termined may  be  reduced  in  accordance  with  (b)  of 
section  4. 

Splicing  of  Reinforcing  Bars  for  Girders,  Beams 
and  Slabs. 

Sec.  8.  All  splicing  bars  for  girders,  beams  and  slabs 
shall  be  made  over  supports  and  the  length  of  the  splice 
shall  be  ample  to  develop  the  tensile  or  compressive 
stress  of  the  bar  at  the  allowable  unit  stress  specified  in 
(d)  of  section  4. 

Flat  Slab  Construction. 

Sec.  9.  This  method  of  construction  is  a type  of  re- 
inforced concrete  slab  in  which  the  dead  and  live  loads 
are  carried  to  the  supports  without  the  use  of  beams  or 
girders.  ^ 

The  following  rules  shall  be  observed  in  the  design  of 
this  class  of  work: 

(a)  Symbols.  “W”  equals  the  total  dead  plus  live 

load  in  one  panel,  '‘W”  equals  the  total  dead 
plus  live  load  per  sq.  ft.  of  fioor.  “L”  equals 
the  direct  distance  center  to  center  of  columns 
for  square  panels,  “LI”  equals  the  long  direct 
distance  and  “Ls”  equals  the  short  distance 
center  to  center  of  columns  for  rectangular 
panels,  “s”  equals  the  clear  distance  between 
bands,  plus  the  thickness  of  slab  when  two 
bands  only  are  used. 

(b)  Column  Head.  The  column  head  shall  not  be 

less  than  .20  L in  dimension  and  its  profile 
shall  not  fall  inside  of  a line  drawn  from  this 
periphery  at  45  degrees  with  the  vertical.  The 
column  head  shall  be  dropped  below  the  under 


32 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


side  of  slab  at  least  three  (3)  inches  at  the 
periphery. 

(c)  Bending  Moments. 

1.  Square  Panels.  For  uniformly  distributed  loads 

the  bending  moment  in  a quadrant  at  the  peri- 
phery of  the  column  head  shall  be  taken  as 
WL 

. If  the  reinforcement  bands  extend  direct- 

35 

ly  and  diagonally  between  columns,  this  mo- 
ment shall  be  divided  equally  between  one  di- 
rect and  one  diagonal  band.  If  the  bands  extend 
in  direct  lines  only  between  columns,  this  mo- 
ment shall  be  taken  by  one  direct  band.  In 
the  latter  case  the  space  enclosed  by  the  two 
bands  shall  be  calculated  as  a slab  fixed  on 
four  sides.  The  moment  for  this  slab  shall  be 
ws3 

taken  as in  each  direction. 

24 

The  total  amount  of  steel  required  for  such  mo- 
ment shall  be  used  across  -supporting  bands 
and  two-thirds  of  this  amount  at  mid  span. 

2.  Rectangular  Panels.  The  following  method  of  cal- 

culation shall  apply  only  for  oblong  panels  in 
which  the  distance  between  centers  of  columns 
in  one  direction  is  not  more,  than  five-fourths 
times  the  distance  between  centers  of  columns 
in  the  other  direction: 

“N’*  equals  number  of  main  bands  per  panel. 

LI  ' ' 

“R”  equals 

Ls 

If  N equals  2,  the  long  band  shall  be  assumed 

RW 

to  carry  a load  equal  to  and  the  short 

R 

band  1 W. 

2 


2 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  33 

If  N equals  4,  the  long  direct  band  shall  be  as- 
RW 

sumed  to  carry  ; the  short  direct  band 

4 

R W 

1 — ; and  each  diagonal  band  one-half  the 

2 2 

sum  of  that  carried  by  the  two  direct  bands. 
For  uniformly  distributed  loads,  the  bending 
moment  in  a quadrant  at  the  periphery  of  the 

■ 1 (LI  + Ls) 

column  head  shall  be  taken  as  — W 

35  2 

which  is  to  be  divided  between  the  different 
bands.  (See  square  panel)  in  the  ratio  above 
specified. 

If  N equals  two,  the  oblong  space  enclosed  by 
the  two  bands  shall  be  calculated  as  a slab 
fixed  on  four  sides  similar  to  that  outlined  for 
square  panels  and  in  accordance  with  Section 
7 of  this  code. 

3.  Wall  Panels.  In  end  or  wall  panels  the  reinforce- 

ment bands  shall  be  designed  to  resist  a mo- 
ment dependent  upon  the  actual  end  condition 
of  the  bands.  In  case  the  bands  terminate  on 
columns  as  for  exterior  columns,  the  moment 
shall  be  increased  20%  of  that  allowed  for 
bands  continuous  over  columns.  When  exterior 
columns  are  set  in  from  the  building  line  an 
allowance  shall  be  made  for  actual  end  condi- 
tions. 

4.  The  bending  moments  in  the  center  of  the  spans 

of  the  reinforcing  bands  shall  be  assumed  the 
same  as  those  determined  at  the  periphery  of 
the  column  head. 

5.  For  concentrated  or  special  loads,  calculations 

shall  be  made  based  upon  the  critical  condition 
of  loading. 

(d)  Steel  Reinforcement.  The  reinforcement  shall  be 
such  as  to  adequately  reinforce  all  regions  of 
tension  and  such  regions  of  compression  and 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


shear  as  may  be  necessary.  Steel  calculated  to 
resist  tension  and  compression  shall  be  placed 
as  near  the  surface  as  proper  fireproofing  and 
construction  will  permit,  and  in  determining  its 
moment  of  resistance  the  actual  effective  depth 
of  the  bars  considered  shall  be  used.  The 
with  of  each  main  reinforcing  band  passing 

7 

over  the  column  head  shall  not  exceed  — L. 

16 

The  percentage  of  steel  in  a single  band  of  bars 
when  4 bands  per  panel  are  used,  shall  not  ex- 
ceed V2  of  one  per  cent,  and  when  2 bands  per 
panel  are  used,  shall  not  exceed  one  per  cent,  of 
the  effective  cross  sectional  area  of  the  slab 
having  a width  equal  to  that  of  band.  All  re- 
inforcing steel  shall  be  imbedded  for  a sufficient 
distance  beyond  the  points  of  critical  stress  to 
develop  the  designed  stress  in  bond. 

(e)  Compression  in  Concrete.  The  concrete  in  com- 

pression at  the  column  head  shall  be  designed 
to  resist  the  bending  moment  existing  in  a 
quadrant  of  the  periphery  of  the  column  head. 
The  available  wudth  of  the  slab  to  resist  this 
moment  shall  be  taken  as  the  width  of  one 
reinforcing  band  plus  four  times  the  thickness 
of  the  slab. 

(f)  Shear  in  Concrete.  The  vertical  shear  on  any 

section  around  the  column  shall  not  exceed  80 
lbs.  per  square  inch.  The  additional  shear  shall 
be  resisted  by  shear  reinforcement. 

(g)  Slab  Thickness.  The  slab  thickness  shall  not  be 

1 1 

less  than  — L for  floors  and  — L for  roofs,  but 
30  40 

in  no  case  shall  the  floor  slab  be  less  than  7 
inches  thick  or  the  roof  slab  be  less  than  6 
inches  thick. 

Reinforced  Hollow  Tile  Floor  Construction. 

Sec.  10.  While  tile  is  used  in  conjunction  with  rein- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


35 


forced  concrete,  it  shall  not  be  considered  as  adding  any 
strength  to  the  floor.-  The  reinforced  concrete  shall  be 
^calculated  the  same  as  outlined  under  section  4 for  gir- 
flers,  beams  and  slabs.  The  clear  distance  between 
the  tiles  shall  not  be  less  than  four  (4)  inches.  Before 
pouring  the  concrete  the  tiles  shall  be  thoroughly  soaked 
with  water.  All  tile  is  to  be  of  uniform  quality  and 
so  formed  as  to  give  a flrst  class  bond  for  the  con- 
crete. Any  other  Are  resisting  material  may  be  used  in 
place  of  tile. 

Special  Types  of  Floor  Construction. 

Sec.  11.  All  special  types  of  floor  construction  in- 
volving reinforced  concrete  and  not  mentioned  herein 
shall  be  so  made  that  all  parts  of  the  steel  reinforce- 
ment shall  be  covered  with  concrete  as  specified  for 
girders,  beams  and  slabs,  and  shall  be  designed  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  principles  outlined  in  this  code.  Types 
of  reinforcement,  designed  to  eliminate  form  work  and 
providing  a closely  meshed  surface  similar  to  a metal 
lath  for  adequate  bond  of  plaster  to  the  body  of  the 
concrete,  will  be  considered  as  coming  within  the  pro- 
visions of  this  code,  if  plastered  with  a cement  mor- 
tar made  of  one  (1)  part  cement,  two  (2)  parts  sand, 
and  1^0  lime.  Such  plaster  must  not  be  less  than 
one-half  (i/^)  inch  thick  below  the  body  of  the  rein- 
forcement, and  is  to  be  applied  when  the  body  of  the 
concrete  is  still  moist,  so  as  to  produce  a perfect  bond.' 

Footings  for  Columns  and  Walls. 

Sec.  12.  Footings  for  columns  and  walls  in  w^hich  re- 
inforcing steel  is  used  to  resist  stresses  shall  be  de- 
signed in  conformity  with  the  rules  outlined  in  section  4. 

Reinforced  Concrete  Columns. 

Sec.  13.  Reinforced  concrete  columns  shall  not  ex- 
ceed in  length  fifteen  (15)  times  the  least  side  or  diame- 
ter. In  no  case  shall  the  gross  cross  section  of  the 
column  be  less  than  64  square  inches.  Columns  may  be 
reinforced  by  means  of  longitudinal  bars,  by  bands  or 
hoops,  or  by  structural  steel  members,  which  in  them- 
selves are  sufficiently  rigid  to  act  as  columns.  The  fol- 
lowing unit  working  stresses  and  rules  shall  be  used  in 


36  BUILDING  ORDINANCES, 

calculating  the  different  types  of  reinforced  columns. 

(a)  500  pounds  per  square  inch  on  net  core  area  for 

columns  with  longitudinal  reinforcement  only. 

(b)  600  pounds  per  square  inch  on  net  core  ^rea  for 

columns  with  reinforcement  of  bands  and  hoop- 
ing only.  Such  reinforcement  shall  comprise 
not  less  than  1 per  cent,  of  the  volume  of  the 
core. 

(c)  800  pounds  per  square  inch  on  net  core  area  fOr 

columns  with  longitudinal  bars  and  spiral  hoop- 
ing. The  area  of  the  longitudinal  bars  shall 
not  be  less  than  1 per  cent,  nor  more  than  6 per 
cent,  of  the  core  area  of  the  columns.  The 
volume  of  the  hooping  shall  not  be  less  than  1 
per  cent,  of  the  volume  of  the  core.  This  unit 
applies  to  concrete  made  of  one  part  cement, 
two  parts  sand  and  four  parts  stone. 

(d)  900  pounds  per  square  inch  on  net  core  area  for 

same  type  of  columns  as  specified  in  (c)  of  this 
section.  This  unit  applies  to  concrete  made  of 
(1)  part  cement,  1Y2  parts  sand  and  three  parts 
stone. 

(e)  600  pounds  per  square  inch  on  net  core  area  for 

column  with  rigid  structural  steel  members. 
Spiral  hooping  or  bands  shall  be  used  outside 
of  the  steel  members,  and  shall  be  spaced  not 
more  than  three  inch  centers  and  there  shall  be 
not  less  than  one  inch  space  between  the  spiral 
and  the  structural  steel  members.  The  unit 
compressive  working  stress  in  the  structural 

L 

steel  members  shall  be  taken  as  17100 — 57  — 

R 

for  lengths  over  90  radii  and  12,000  pounds  per 
square  inch  for  length  of  90  radii  or  under. 

“L”  equals  length  of  member  in  inches. 

“R”  equals  least  radius  of  gyration. 

(f)  Whenever  spiral  hooping  or  bands  are  used  they 

shall  not  be  spaced  more  than  3 inch  centers, 
and  shall  not  be  less  than  one-fourth  inch  round 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


37 


or  equivalent  area.  Where  longitudinal  rods 
only  are  specified,  hoops  or  bands  of  three- 
eights  inch  round  or  equivalent  must  be  pro- 
vided and  must  be  spaced  not  more  than  twelve 
inch  centers.  Where  hooping  only  is  specified, 
longitudinal  bars  comprising  not  less  than  three- 
quarters  of  one  per  cent,  of  the  core-  area  must 
be  provided.  In  all  cases  the  hooping  must  be 
thoroughly  fastened  to  the  longitudinal  rods. 
The  hoops,  bands,  or  spirals  shall  not  be  con- 
sidered in  calculating  the  strength  of  the  col- 
umn. No  part  of  the  concrete  outside  of  the 
hooping  shall  be  considered  as  a part  of  the 
effective  column.  Not  less  than  1V2  inches  of 
concrete  shall  be  used  outside  of  the  hooping. 

(g)  The  unit  working  stress  in  the  longitudinal  steel 
shall  be  taken  as  fifteen  (15)  times  the  unit 
working  stress  for  the  concrete.  Not  less  than 
four  (4)  one-half  inch  round  rods  shall  be 
used  for  the  longitudinal  reinforcement. 

Column  Splices. 

Sec.  14.  Column  splices  shall  be  made  to  properly 
transmit  the  stresses  in  the  steel  reinforcement.  The 
connection  shall  be  made  by  mechanical  means  or  by 
lapping  the  rods.  The  latter  method  shall  not  be  used 
when  the  area  of  the  longitudinal  bars  exceed  1%  square 
inches  per  bar.  When  rods  are  lapped  they  are  to  be 
securely  wired  to  each  other.  All  splices  shall  be  made 
above  floor  levels,  but  the  center  of  the  splices  shall 
be  not  more  than  12  inches  above  the  finished  floor  line. 

When  the  reinforcement  bars  are  lapped  at  the  splice, 
the  length  of  the  lap  splice  shall  not  be  less  than  twbnty 
times  the  diameter  of  the  lower  bars.  When  separate 
bars  are  used  to  splice  two  columns  the  area  of  the  bars; 
shall  be  equal  to  the  area  of  the  bars  in  the  lower  col- 
umn and  shall  not  be  less  in  length  than  forty  (40)  times 
the  diameter  of  the  lower  bars. 

Curtain  Walls. 

Sec.  15. 

(a)  Concrete  curtain  wails  shall  be  not  less  than  six 


38 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


(6)  inches  thick  and  shall  have  steel  reinforce- 
ment of  not  less  than  one-fourth  of  one  per 
cent,  of  the  cross  section  of  the  wall  spaced 
equally  both  vertically  and  horizontally.  The 
bars  are  to  be  spaced  not  more  than  12  inch 
centers  and  are  to  be  wired  together  at  all 
points  of  intersection,  all  bars  are  to  be  suffi- 
ciently lapped  to  develop  their  stress.  Addi- 
tional bars  shall  be  placed  around  openings, 
proportionate  to  the  requirement  of  each  case, 
all  propertly  wired  and  bonded  to  develop  maxi- 
mum strength. 

(b)  Curtain  walls  made  of  cement  mortar  plaster  and 
reinforcement  bars  with  expanded  metal  lath 
^ or  similar  material,  shall  not  be  less  than  2^/^ 
inches  in  thickness.  This  plaster  shall  Consist 
of  one  (1)  part  cement,  two  (2)  parts  sand  and 
not  more  than  i^o  part  of  lime. 

General  Requirements. 

Sec.  15a.  The  design  of  all  reinforced  concrete  con- 
struction, unless  otherwise  noted  herein  shall  conform 
with  the  requirements  specified  in  section  4 of  this  code. 

Concrete  Mixture. 

Sec.  16. 

<a)  The  concrete  beams,  girders,  slabs,  columns, 
walls,  etc.,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  this 
code,  shall  be  made  in  the  proportions  by  vol- 
ume of  one  part  cement,  two  (2)  parts  sand  and 
four  (4)  parts  broken  stone,  gravel  or  slag.  In 
case  test  blocks  of  such  concrete  fail  t6  de- 
velop an  ultimate  crushing  strength  of  2,000 
pounds  per  square  inch  after  hardening  28  days, 
the  mixture  shall  be  so  altered  as  to  obtain  such 
a result. 

The  special  concrete  for  columns  (see  (d)  of  sec- 
tion 13)  shall  be  mixed  in  the  proportion  by 
volume  of  one  (1)  part  cement,  1Y2  parts  sand, 
and  three  (3)  parts  broken  stone,  gravel  or  slag. 
Test  blocks  made  of  such  concrete  shall  de- 
velop an  ultimate  crushing  strength  of  2,400 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


39 


pounds  per  square  inch  after  hardening  28  days, 
or  the  mixture  shall  be  so  altered  as  to  obtain 
^ such  a result. 

(b)  All  mixing  shall  be  done  by  machine  except 

where  limited  quantities  and  conditions  of  work 
may  necessitate  hand  mixing.  Such  mixing 
shall,  however,  be  done  only  when  approved  by 
the  Inspector  of  Buildings.  In  all  mixing  the 
separate  ingredients  shall  be  measured  and  suffi- 
cient clean  water  shall  be  added  to  make  a 
plastic  concrete  of  such  consistency  as  to  read- 
ily flow  around  the  steel  reinforcement. 

(c)  Test  blocks  shall  be  moulded  from  the  concrete 

at  the  expense  of  the  contractor  at  any  time 
and  of  such  size  as  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  • 
may  direct.  These  blocks  shall  be  held  for  the 
disposal  of  the  Department  of  Buildings. 

Materials. 

Sec.  17. 

(a)  Cement.  All  cement  shall  be  the  grade  known  as 
Portland  Cement.  It  shall  be  properly  tested  and  the 
Inspector  of  Buildings  may  at  any  time  demand  that 
certified  copies  of  all  test  records  be  submitted  for 
examination. 

Cement  shall  be  delivered  at  the  building  site  in  origL 
nal  packages  with  the  brand  and  name  of  the  manufac- 
turer plainly  marked  thereon. 

A bag  of  cement  shall  contain  94  lbs.  of  cement  net. 
Each  barrel  of  cement  shall  contain  (4)  bags. 

Cement  after  delivered  on  the  premises  shall  be  prop- 
erly protected  against  damage  of  any  kind.  Cement  fail- 
ing in  seven  (7)  day  requirements  may  be  held  awaiting 
the  result  of  the  twenty-eight  (28)  day  tests  before  re- 
jection. 

All  tests  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  best 
engineering  practice. 

The  acceptance  or  rejection  shall  be  based  on  the 
following  requirements : 

1.  Specific  Gravity.  The  specific  gravity  shall  not  be 
less  than  3.1.  Should  the  test  of  cement  as  re- 
ceived fall  below  this  requirement  a second  test 


40  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

may  be  made  upon  a sample  ignited  at  red  heat. 
The  loss  in  weight  of  the  ignited  cement  shall 
not  exceed  4 per  cent. 

2.  Fineness.  It  shall  leave  by  weight  a residue  of  not 

more  than  8 per  cent,  on  a No.  100  sieve,  and 
not  more  than  25  per  cent,  on  a No.  200  sieve. 

3.  Time  of  setting.  It  shall  not  develop  initial  set  in 

less  than  thirty  (30)  minutes,  and  must  develop 
hard  set  in  not  less  than  one  (1)  hour,  nor  more 
than  ten  (10)  hours. 

4.  Tensile  Strength.  The  minimum  requirements  for 

tensile  strength  for  briquettes  one  square  inch 
in  cross  section  shall  be  as  follows,  and  the  ce- 
ment shall  show  no  retrogression  in  strength 
within  the  periods  specified. 


Neat  Cement. 

Lbs. 

24  hours,  in  moist  air. 175 

7 days  U day  in  moist  air,  6 days  in  water) 500 

28  days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  27  days  in  water) 600 

One  Part  Cement,  Three  Parts  Standard  Ottawa  Sand. 

Lbs. 

7 days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  6 days  in  water) 200 

2i8  days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  27  days  in  water) 275 

5.  Constancy  of  Volume.  Pats  of  neat  cement  about 


three  (3)  inches  in  diameter,  one-half  (i^)  inch 
thick  at  the  center,  and  tapering  to  a thin  edge, 
shall  be  kept  in  moist  air  for  a period  of  twenty- 
four  (24)  hours.  A pat  is  then  kept  in  air  at 
a normal  temperature  and  observed  at  intervals 
for  at  least  twenty-eight  (28)  days.  A third  pat 
is  exposed  in  any  convenient  way  in  an  atmos- 
phere of  steam,  above  boiling  water,  in  a loosely 
closed  vessel  for  five  (5)  hours.  These  pats,  to 
satisfactorily  pass  the  requirements,  shall  re- 
main firm  and  hard,  and  show  no  signs  of  dis- 
torting, checking,  cracking  or  disentegrating. 

6.  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Magnesia.  The  cement  shall 
not  contain  more  than  1.75  per  cent,  of  anhy- 
drous sulphuric  acid  (S03),  nor  more  than  4 per 
cent,  of  magnesia  (MgO). 


40  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

may  be  made  upon  a sample  ignited  at  red  heat. 
The  loss  in  weight  of  the  ignited  cement  shall 
not  exceed  4 per  cent. 

2.  Fineness.  It  shall  leave  by  weight  a residue  of  not 

more  than  8 per  cent,  on  a No.  100  sieve,  and 
not  more  than  25  per  cent,  on  a No.  200  sieve. 

3.  Time  of  setting.  It  shall  not  develop  initial  set  in 

less  than  thirty  (30)  minutes,  and  must  develop 
hard  set  in  not  less  than  one  (1)  hour,  nor  more 
than  ten  (10)  hours. 

4.  Tensile  Strength.  The  minimum  requirements  for 

tensile  strength  for  briquettes  one  square  inch 
in  cross  section  shall  be  as  follows,  and  the  ce- 
ment shall  show  no  retrogression  in  strength 
within  the  periods  specified. 


Neat  Cement. 

Lbs. 

24  hours,  in  moist  air. 175 

7 days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  6 days  in  water) 500 

28  days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  27  days  in  water) 600 

One  Part  Cement,  Three  Parts  Standard  Ottawa  Sand. 

Lbs. 

7 days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  6 days  in  water) 200 

2i8  days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  27  days  in  water) 275 

5.  Constancy  of  Volume.  Pats  of  neat  cement  about 


three  (3)  inches  in  diameter,  one-half  (V2)  inch 
thick  at  the  center,  and  tapering  to  a thin  edge, 
shall  be  kept  in  moist  air  for  a period  of  twenty- 
four  (24)  hours.  A pat  is  then  kept  in  air  at 
a normal  temperature  and  observed  at  intervals 
for  at  least  twenty-eight  (28)  days.  A third  pat 
is  exposed  in  any  convenient  way  in  an  atmos- 
phere of  steam,  above  boiling  water,  in  a loosely 
closed  vessel  for  five  (5)  hours.  These  pats,  to 
satisfactorily  pass  the  requirements,  shall  re- 
main firm  and  hard,  and  show  no  signs  of  dis- 
torting, checking,  cracking  or  disentegrating. 

6.  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Magnesia.  The  cement  shall 
not  contain  more  than  1.75  per  cent,  of  anhy- 
drous sulphuric  acid  (S03),  nor  more  than  4 per 
cent,  of  magnesia  (MgO). 


Chemical  and  Physical  Properties— See  section  [d]  page  41  “Steel  Reinforcement” 


INSERT  I. 


Structural 

Steel  Grade 

Hard 

Grade 

Cold 

Properties 

Plain 

Deformed 

Plain 

Deformed 

Twisted 

Considered 

Bars 

Bars 

Bars 

Rnrs 

Phosphorus,  Maximum— 

Bessemer 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.10 

.10 

Open  Hearth 

Ultimate  tensile  strength,  pounds  per 

.06 

.06 

.06 

.06 

.06 

Recorded 

square  inch 

Yield  Point,  minimum  pounds  per 

55/70000 

55/70000 

80,000  min. 

80,000  min. 

only 

square  inch 

Elongation,  per  cent,  in  8 inches 

33,000 

33,000 

50,000 

50,000 

55,000 

minimum  

Cold  bend  without  fracture:  bars  un- 

1,400,000 
T.  S. 

250,000 
T.  S. 

1,200,000 
T.  S. 

1,000,000 

T.S. 

5% 

der  % inches  in  diameter  or  thick- 

ness 

Bars  % inches  in  diameter  or  thick- 

180°d.=lt 

180°d.=lt  • 

180°d.=3t 

180°d.=3t 

180°d.=2t 

ness  and  over  

180°d.=lt 

180°d.=2t 

180''d.=3t 

180°d.=4t 

180°d.=:3t 

BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


41 


(b)  Sand.  The  sand  shall  be  clean  and  well  graded 

passing  through  a V4,  inch  mesh  screen  and  not 
less  than  40'  per  cent,  shall  be  retained  on  a No. 
40  sieve.  It  shall  be  ftee  from  organic  matter 
and  contain  not  more  than  5 per  cent,  of  clay 
or  loam.  Stone  screenings  may  be  used  in 
place  of  sand  except  for  surface  subject  to  abra- 
sion. 

(c)  Stone,  Gravel,  Slag.  The  stone  shall  be  clean, 

hard,  crushed  stone,  free  from  dirt,  dust  and 
flat  chips.  The  gravel  shall  be  free  from  or- 
ganic matter  and  contain  not  more  than  part 
of  clay  or  loam.  The  slag  must  be  approved  by 
the  Inspector  of  Buildings  and  shall  be  clean, 
crushed,  blast  furnace  slag.  All  aggregate  must 
be  of  such  size  as  will  pass  through  a one  inch 
screen  and  be  retained  on  a inch  mesh 
screen. 

(d)  Steel  Reinforcement.  All  steel  used  for  reinforce- 

ment shall  be  made  by  either  the  open  hearth  or 
Bessemer  process,  and  shaH  be  rolled  from  new 
billet  stock.  No  re-rolled  material  will  be  per- 
mitted. The  chemical  and  physical  properties 
shall  conform  to  the  following  limits. 

7.  Chemical  Determination.  The  chemical  test  shall 

be  made  from  a test  ingot  taken  at  the  time  of 
the  pouring  of  each  melt  or  blow  of  steel. 

8.  Test  Specimens.  Test  pieces  may  be  cut  from  the 

bars,  as  rolled.  In  the  case  of  deformed  bars, 
the  test  pieces  may  be  planed  or  turned  for  a 
length  of  at  least  nine  (9)  inches  if  deemed  nec- 
essary to  obtain  uniform  cross  section.  For 
cold  twisted  bars,  the  test  pieces  shall  be  cut 
from  the  bars  after  twisting,  and  shall  be  tested 
without  further  treatment.  In  case  it  is  de- 
sired and  the  testing  and  acceptance  for  cold 
twisted  bars  be  made  upon  the  hot  rolled  bars 
before  being  twisted  the  hot  rolled  bars  shall 
meet  the- requirements  of  the  structural  steel 
grade  for  plain  bars  in  this  code. 


2 BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

9.  Numbei  of  lests.  At  least  one  test  of  each  kind 

shall  be  made  from  each  melt  of  open  hearth' 
steel  rolled,  and  from  each  blow  or  lot  of  ten 
tons  of  Bessemer  steel  rolled.  In  case  bars  dif- 
fering % inch  and  more  in  diameter  or  thickness 
are  rolled  from  one  melt  or  blow,  a test  shall  be 
made  from  the  thickest  and  thinnest  material 
rolled. 

10.  Modification  in  Elongation  for  Thin  and  Thick 

Material.  For  bars  less  than  inch  and  more 
than  % inch  nominal  diameter  or  thickness,  the 
following  modifications  shall  be  made  in  the  re- 
quirements for  elongation: 

(a)  For  each  increase  of  % inch  in  diameter  or  thickr 

ness  above  % inch,  a deduction  of  one  (1)  shall 
be  made  from  the  specified  percentage  of  elon- 
gation. 

(b)  For  each  decrease  of  inch  in  diameter  or  thick- 

ness below  inch  a deduction  of  one  (1)  shall 
be  made  from  the  specified  percentage  of  elon- 
gation. 

(c)  The  above  modifications  in  elongation  shall  not 

apply  to  cold-twisted  bars. 

11.  Test  Copies.  Certified  copies  of  test  shall  be  fur- 

nished at  the  request  of  the  Inspector  of  Build- 
ings. 

12.  Cold-twisted  Bars.  Bars  shall  be  twisted  cold 

with  one  complete  turn  in  a length  equal  to  no 
more  than  twelve  (12)  times  the  thickness  of 
the  bar. 

13.  Variation  in  Weight.  Bars  for  reinforcement 

shall  be  subject  to  rejection  of  the  actual  weight 
if  any  lot  varies  more  than  5 per  cent  over  or 
under  the  theoretical  weight  of  that  lot. 

14.  Finish.  Material  must’  be  free  from  injurious 

seams,  flaws  or  cracks  and  have  a workmanlike 
finish. 

The  material  shall  not  be  painted  or  oiled,  un- 
less specially  permitted  by  the  Inspector  of 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  43 

Buildings,  and  it  shall  be  free  from  all  mill  scale 

and  loose  rust  when  in  position. 

, Centering  and  Forms. 

Sec.  18.  All  forms  shall  be  built  in  a substantial  man- 
ner, plumb  and  true  and  sufficiently  tight  to  prevent  the 
loss  of  cement  mortar.  They  shall  be  braced  and  tied 
together  so  that  the  pressure  of  the  concrete  or  ex- 
ternal loads  will  not  throw  them  out  of  line.  Temporary 
clean-out  holes  shall  be  provided  at  the  foot  of  all  col- 
umn and  wall  forms,  and  such  forms  shall  be  thoroughly 
cleaned  before  any  concrete  is  deposited.  Before  re- 
moving any  shores  under  any  beam  or  girder,  the  col- 
umn supporting  the  same  shall  be  stripped  so  that  a 
complete  inspection  can  be  made  of  the  column.  Column 
forms  shall  not  be  removed  in  less  than  two  (2)  days 
after  the  pouring.  Ample  shores  shall  be  used  to  carry 
the  full  weight  of  the  loads.  The  sides  of  the  girder  and 
beam  forms  shall  not  be  removed  in  less  time  than  six 
(6)  days  after  pouring.  The  supports  under  floor  slabs 
shall  not  be  removed  in  less  time  than  ten  days  after 
pouring;  but  the  removal  of  forms  for  flat  slab  con- 
struction shall  be  the  same  as  for  supports  under  beams 
and  girders.  The  joists  and  lagging  may^  however,  be 
removed  in  less  time  provided  the  slabs  are  kept  prop- 
erly shored. 

The  time  which  shall  elapse  before  removing  the 
shores  under  beams  and  girders  varies  with  the  de- 
sign of  the  structure  and  condition  of  the  weather.  In 
no  case  shall  they  be  removed  in  less  than  three  weeks 
after  pouring,  and  the  beams  and  girders  shall  then 
carry  only  their  own  weight.  Where  construction  or 
other  loads  are  imposed,  sufficient  shoring  shall  be  left 
in  place  to  carry  these  loads  until  the  completion  of  the 
work.  ^ If  any  unfavorable  conditions  of  construction 
or  weather  should,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings,  make  necessary  the  retention  of  the  forms 
and  supports  of  the  various  members  of  the  building  for 
a longer  period  than  that  specifled,  the  time  for  the 
removal  of  such  forms  or  supports  shall  be  determined 
by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings. 


41 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

Placing  Concrete. 

Sec.  19.  All  concrete  shall  be  placed  immediately 
after  mixing,  and  shall  be  thoroughly  puddled  and 
worked  in  the  forms  when  it  is  being  poured.  No  con- 
crete shall  be  used  that  has  partially  set  before  placing. 
Filling  the  forms  completely  and  puddled  afterward  will 
not  be  permitted.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to  subject 
partly  set  concrete  to  any  impact  effect  due  to  carting 
or  handling  of  material.  No  concrete  is  to  be  placed 
imder  water  unless  the  working  conditions  are  such  as 
to  make  it  absolutely  necessary.  In  such  case  special 
precaution  should  be  taken  to  prevent  the  separation  of 
the  cement  from  the  aggregate. 

In  starting  any  period  of  work,  the  concrete  previ- 
ously poured  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned,  drenched 
and  slushed  with  mortar  consisting  of  one  (1)  part  ce- 
ment and  not  more  than  two  (2)  parts  of  sand. 

When  it  is  impracticable  to  pour  an  entire  structure 
in  one  continuous  operation,  the  work  shall  be  so  exe- 
cuted as  to  bring  the  joints  at  the  following  points: 

(a)  For  columns — at  the  lower  side  of  the  girders. 

(b)  For  girders — at  a point  midway  between  the  sup- 

ports, unless  a beam  intersects  the  girder  at 
such  point,  in  which  case  the  joint  should  be 
offset  a distance  equal  to  twice  the  width  of  the 
beam. 

(c)  For  slabs  or  beams — at  or  near  the  center  of  the 

span. 

(d)  Girders,  beams  and  slabs  shall  not  be  constructed 

over  freshly  poured  columns  until  a sufficient 
period  has  elapsed  to  provide  for  settlement  in 
columns. 

(e)  When  beams  are  designed  as  “T”  beams,  the  slab 

shall  be  poured  at  the  same  time  as  the  web. 

Concrete  Placed  in  Freezing  Weather. 

Sec.  20.  All  material  for  concrete  placed  in  freezing 
weather  must  be  heated  to  completely  eliminate  all  ice 
and  frost  in  the  material  and  provisions  must  be  made 
to  properly  protect  the  concrete  after  being  placed. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


45 


All  reinforced  concrete  shall  be  kept  at  a temperature 
above  freezing  for  at  least  48  hours  after  being  put 
in  place. 

' Salt  or  similar  substances  may  be  used  in  addition  to 
the  heating  of  the  material,  provided  they  are  dissolved 
before  adding  to  the  mixture,  and  do  not  exceed  in 
amount  3 per  cent,  of  the  water  required  for  mixing. 

Concrete  Placed  in  Hot  Weather. 

Sec.  21.  Concrete  layed  in  hot  weather  shall  be  kept 
thoroughly  wet  during  the  first  week  after  placing. 

Cement  Finish. 

Sec.  22.  Cement  'finish  added  to  the  top  of  slabs, 
beams  or  girders,  shall  not  be  considered  in  calculating 
the  strength  of  a member. 

Sec.  23.  Fire  Proofing.  Reinforced  concrete  con- 
structed in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  this  code  shall 
be  considered  as  fire-proofing. 

Tests. 

Sec.  24.  All  reinforced  concrete  construction  shall  be 
performed  under  the  personal  and  constant  supervision 
of  a competent  superintendent,  and  shall  be  tested  by 
applying  a load  up  to  twice  the  figured  live  load  to  such 
parts  of  the  structure  and  at  such  times  as  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings  may  select.  The  fioors  shall  sustain  the 
test  load  for  at  least  24  hours  without  showing  cracks 
or  other  evidence  of  failure. 

PLAIN  CONCRETE. 

Definition. 

Sec.  25.  Plain  concrete  is  concrete  containing  no 
steel  reinforcement  within  its  mass. 

Mixture. 

Sec.  26. 

(a)  Plain  concrete  shall  consist  of  cement,  sand, 
stone,  gravel,  slag  and  cinders,  fulfilling  the 
following  requirements: 

1.  The  cement,  sand,  stone,  gravel  or  slag  shall 
meet  the  requirement  specified  for  the  same 
material  in  reinforced  concrete,  which 


46 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


forms  a part  of  this  code,  with  the  excep- 
tion that  the  stone,  gravel  and  slag  may  be 
of  a size,  which  will  pass  through  a 3-inch 
ring  and  be  retained  on  a ^-inch  mesh 
screen. 

2.  The  cinders  shall  be  a clean,  hard,  vitreous 
clinker,  free  from  sulphides,  unburned  coal 
or -ashes,  and  shall  pass  through  a 3-inch 
ring  and  be  retained  on  a ^4-inch  mesh 
screen. 


(b)  The  mixing,  placing  and  finishing  of  plain  con- 

crete shall  be  done  the  same  as  specified  for 
reinforced  concrete. 

(c)  Concrete  consisting  of  cement,  sand  and  cinders 

shall  only  be  used  for  fire-proofing  and  filling 
purposes. 

(d)  No  concrete  shall  be  used  which  contains  less 

than  one  part  cement  to  nine  (9)  parts  of  aggre- 
gate. 


Working  Stresses. 

Sec.  27.  The  following  unit  working  stresses  shall  be 
used: 


Mixture  of  concrete,  Corn- 
Cement,  sand,  pression 
Stone,  etc.  per  sq.  in. 

1 2 4 400  lbs. 

1 2V2  5 300  lbs. 

1 3 6 250  lbs. 


Shear 
per  sq.  in. 
40  lbs. 
35  lbs. 
30  lbs. 


Tension 
(due  to 
flexure) 
per  sq.  in. 
35  lbs. 

30  lbs. 

25  lbs. 


Sec.  28.  Footings,  * piers,  foundation  walls,  curtain 
walls,  retaining  walls,  floors  on  a subgrade,  etc. 

(a)  Footings  shall  have  a thickness  not  less  than 
. six  (6)  inches  and  a projection  not  greater  than 

that  determined  by  the  allowable  working 
stresses  herein  specified. 

(b)  Piers  shall  not  be  less  than  8 inches  square,  and 

shall  not  exceed  in  height  eight  (8)  times  the 
least  dimension. 

(c)  Foundation  walls  with  lateral  support  at  top  shall 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


47 


have  a thickness  not  less  than  10  inches,  and  a 
height  not  greater  than  ten  (10)  times  the 
thickness. 

(d)  Retaining  walls  without  lateral  support  at  top 

shall  have  a thickness  at  every  point  of  not 
less  than  Vs  (one-third)  of  the  height  of  the 
wall  above  such  point.  The  top  of  the  wall 
shall  not  be  less  than  12  inches  in  thickness. 

(e)  Curtain  walls  shall  have  a thickness  not  less 

than  nine  (9)  inches,  and  a height  not  greater 
than  fifteen  (15)  times  the  thickness.  The 
length  of  curtain  walls  shall  not  exceed  thirty 
(30)  feet. 

(f)  Floors  on  a subgrade  shall  not  be  less  than  four 

(4)  inches  thick,  the  top  inch  consisting  of  a 
finish  coat  of  one  part  cement  and  two  parts 
sand,  placed  integrally  with  the  body  of  the 
concrete. 

Forms. 

Sec.  29.  Forms  shall  be  constructed,  cleaned  and 
removed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  specified  for 
reinforced  concrete  in  this  code.  Forms  for  curtain 
walls  and  other  classes  of  work  which  carry  their 
own  weight  only,  may  be  removed  two  (2)  days  after 
pouring.  Where  construction  loads  are  imposed  or 
weather  conditions  require  it,  sufficient  shoring  shall 
be  left  in  place  to  carry  the  loads  until  the  Building 
Inspector  directs  the  removal  thereof. 

Test  and  Inspectipns. 

Sec.  30.  All  tests  and  inspection  of  work  shall  be 
subject  to  the  same  requirements  specified  for  rein- 
forced concrete. 

Sec.  31.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  or  agent 
violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  or 
any  firm  or  corporation  or  agent  assisting  in  the  com- 
mission of  any  violation  of  any  of  the  ^.requirements 
thereof,  or  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  or  agent 
who  shall  neglect  to  do  each  and  every  act  required 
herein,  whether  such  act  shall  have  been  approved  by 
the  Inspector  of  Buildings  or  not,  shall  for  each  and 
every  day’s  violation  or  non-compliance  be  liable  to  a 


48 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


fine  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  dollars  nor  more  than 
five  hundred  (500)  dollars  or  in  default  of  fine  by  im- 
prisonment in  the  House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee 
County  of  not  less  than  one  day  nor  more  than  six 
months. 

Sec.  32.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  con- 
travening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby 
repealed. 

Sec  33.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  tv.enty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 


File  -Number  4663. 
97— AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  Steel  and  Iren  Constructio:i.  (Page  13.)  * 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
icaukce  do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Steel: 


(1)  The  chemical  and  physical  properties  shall 
form  to  the  following  requirements: 


con 


Properties. 
Phosphorus  (max.) 
Sulphur  ' (max.) 


in. 


Structu. al 

Rivet 

Cast 

Steel. 

Steel. 

Steel. 

0.06% 

0.04% 

0.05% 

0.08% 

ti 

0.04% 

0.06% 

5 

60/70)00 

48/5S000 

67000 

Yield  point,  minimum  in 


(minimum) 


pounds  per  square  in.  A/o  the  ultimate  tensile  strength 
Coefficient  of  elas- 

ti^ty  29,000,000  29,000,000  29,000,000 

Elongation,  min’m.20%  in  8 in.  26%  in  8 in.  18%  in  2 in 
Cold  bends,  without  frac- 
tures— 

Bars  under  1"  thick 180°  Flat  180°  Flat  90°  d=t 

Bars  1"  thick  and  over.  .180°  d=t  180°  d=t  90°  d=2t 


(2)  Chemical  Analysis.  To  determine  the  chemical 
properties  an  analysis  shall  be  made  from  a test  ingot 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


49 


taken  during  the  pouring  of  each  melt  or  blow  of  steel. 
Drillings  for  analysis  shall  be  taken  not  less  than  ^ 
inch  beneath  the  surface  of  the  test  ingot. 

(3)  Test  Specimens. 

(a)  For  structural  plates,  shapes  and  bars,  the  speci- 
mens are  to  be  made  by  cutting  coupons  from  the  fin- 
ished product. 

(b)  For  rivets  they  are  to  be  cut  from  the  rolled 
product 

(c)  For  castings  they  are  to  be  made  from  coupons 
cast  on  one  or  more  castings  from  each  melt:  In  case 
this  is  impractical,  separate  test  bars  shall  be  cast  to 
represent  each  melt.  All  test  bars  shall  be  annealed 
with  the  castings  they  represent. 

(4)  Number  of  Tests.  At 'least  one  test  of  each 
kind  shall  be  made  from  each  melt.  In  case  steel  dif- 
fering % inch  and  more  in  thickness  is  rolled  from  the 
same  melt,  a test  shall  be  made  from  the  thickest  and 
thinnest  material  rolled. 

(5)  Modifications  in  Elongation.  For  material  less 
than  in.  and  not  more  than  % in.  in  thickness,  the 
following  modifications  shall  be  made*  in  the  require- 
ments for  elongation: 

(a)  For  each  increase  of  % inch  in  thickness  above 
% inch,  a deduction  of  one  (1)  shall  be  made  from 
the  specified  percentage  of  elongation. 

(b)  For  each  decrease  of  inch  in  thickness  below 
/g  inch,  a deduction  of  one  (1)  shall  be  made  from  the 
specified  percentage  of  elongation. 

SjCC.  2.  Iron. 

(1)  Iron  Castings.  Except  where  chilled  iron  is  spec- 
ified, castings  shall  be  made  of  tough  gray  iron  with 
sulphur  not  over  0.10  per  cent.  Sample  pieces  one 
inch  (1")  square,  cast  from  the  same  heat  of  metal  in 
sand  molds,  shall  be  capable  of  sustaining  a clear  span 
of  twelve  (12)  inches,  a central  load  of  2,400  pounds 
when  tested  in  the  rough  bar.  A blow  from  a hammer 
shall  produce  an  indentation  on  a rectangular  edge  of 
the  casting  without  flaking  the  metal. 

(2)  Wrought  Iron.  Wrought  iron  shall  be  double 
rolled,  tough,  fibrous  and  uniform  in  character.  Test 
specimens  shall  develop  an  ultimate  strength  of  at  least 


5!) 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


50,000  pounds  per  square  inch,  an  elongation  of  at  least 
18%  in  8 inches,  with  fracture  wholly  fibrous,  and  shall 
bend  cold  with  the  fibre  through  135  degrees  without 
sign  of  fracture  around  a pin  the  diameter  of  which  is 
not  over  twice  the  thickness  of  the  piece  tested.  When 
nicked  and  bent  the  fracture  shall  show  at  least  90% 
fibrous. 

Sec.  3.  Variation  in  Weight. 

A variation  of  cross  section  or  weight  in  the  finished 
members  of  2^%  from  the  specified  size  shall  be  cause 
for  rejection. 

Sec.  4.  Test  Copies. 

iCertified  copies  of  tests  shall  be  furnished  at  the 
request  of  the  Inspector  of  Buildings. 

Sec.  5.  Finish. 

Material  must  be  free  from  defects  that  will  impair 
its  strength  or  fitness  for  the  purpose  intended  and. 
must  have  a workmanlike  finish. 

Sec.  6.  Roiled  Material. 

All  rolled  material  must  be  made  from  new  billet 
stock.  No  second-hand  rolled  shapes  shall  be  used 
without  the  written  permission  of  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings. 

Sec.  7.  Working  Stresses. 

(a)  All  parts  shall  be  proportioned  to  conform  with 
the  following  unit  working  stresses,  unless  otherwise 
hereinafter  specified: 

(b)  The  allowable  unit  compressive  stresses  per 
square  inch  shall  be  determined  by  the  following  for- 
mulae: 

L 

Steel  17,100  — 57  — 

R 

L 

Wrought  Iron 12,000  — 60  — 

R 

L 

Cast  Iron 10,000  — 60  — 

R 

In  the  above  formula: 

L — Equals  length  in  inches. 

R — Equals  least  radius  of  gyration  in  inches. 


Rolled  Cast  Wrought  Cast 

Steel.  Steel.  Iron.  . Iron. 


o 

o 

o 

00 


• o 

• o 

• o 

• CO 


• o 

• o 

• o 


o 

o 

o 

oq 


o o o 
o o o 
c>  o o 
c<r  o (?q 


o o o 
o o 
o o o 


o o o 
o o o 
o o o 
^ ci  ^ 


■ o 

■ o 

' 'R. 

! w 


• o o o o o 

• o o o o o 

• o o o o o 

• o oo  cq  o 


■ o o o 
o o o 
o o o 
; o ^ tjh' 
cq  tH  tH 


: B 


a 
o 

.|-H 
4-> 

O 
<D 

02 
m 
O 

bfl 
O 

S ^ 

o o 
.1-1 

<D  (V) 
CQ  Z 

^ a 

§i 

Cl  " 

° a 

fl 

.2  a 

S 

m as 


S ^ 2 

.2  o .s 

02  M ft 

o>  § 

CQ 

0)  O)  <P 

5^  ^ 

-s 

ca  CHS  <fl 
O)  (D  <D 

a a a 

<P  <D  (P 
Jh  S-,  »r! 

X X 
0 <P  <I> 

cl  (=1 
o o o 

be  bfi  be 

•pH  *pH  *pH 

n3  13 
d d 
O)  02  CP 

m CQ  m 


o «2 


^ ft 
<P 

(P  O w 

a 

2’SS 

t<  i’°.s 

0 13  ^ 

2 Cl 

fn  .9  oS  Ce 
M) 

PJ 

'O  oS  os  aS 

a 0 0 0 

^ .C3  ^ .ft 
CQ  CO  M 02 


Cl 
O 

•r-l 

•+J 
O 
0 
03  ^ 

0 ^ 
ft  0 
CCS  ft 
.cl  .. 

03  03 

-I 

0 ^ 

■W 
02 

0 

13  13  ^ 

o “-g 

ft  ^ .ft 

fl 

O 


03 


13 -j: 
'ft 

I § 


;-H  ;-i  ^ 

ft  oS  ft 
0 0 0 
ftl  ft! 

CO  CO  02 


be  be  be 
ft  ft 

*n  *a  *a 

ft  ft  ft 
0 0 0 
pq  pq  pq 


52 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


In  no  case,  except  for  wind  stresses  (see  Section  12) 
shall  the  unit  compressive  stress  exceed  the  values 
specified  in  paragraph  (a),  Section  7. 

Sec.  8.  Alternate  Stresses. 

All  members  and  their  connections  subject  to  alter- 
nate stresses  pf  tension  and  compression  shall  be  pro- 
portioned for  each  kind  of  stress.  Both  of  the  stresses 
shall,  however,  be  considered  as  increased  by  an  amount 
equal  to  of  the  least  of  the  two  stresses  for  deter- 
mining the  sectional  areas  by  the  allowed  unit  working 
stresses. 

Sec.  9.  Combined  Stresses. 

Members  subject  to  both  axial  and  bending  stresses 
shall  be  proportioned  so  that  the  combined  fibre  stresses 
will  not  exceed  the  allowed  unit  working  stresses. 

Sec.  10.  Impact. 

^ Beams,  girders,  trusses,  columns  and  their  connec- 
tions carrying  traveling  cranes  or  similar  loads  shall 
be  proportioned  for  stresses  25%  greater  than  the  com- 
puted stresses  produced  by  such  loads. 

Sec.  11.  Eccentric  Stresses. 

Provision  must  be  made  for  eccentric  loading  on 
columns  and  other  members. 

Sec.  12.  Wind  Stresses. 

Wind  stresses  figured  in  members  on  the  assump- 
tion of  30  lbs.  pressure  per  square  foot  of  exposed 
surface  need  not  be  considered  except  as  follows: 

(a)  When  the  wind  stress  exceeds  30%  of  the  max- 
imum combined  stress  due  to  dead  and  live  loads.  The 
section  of  the  member  shall  then  be  increased  until 
the  load  stress  per  square  inch  will  not  exceed  by 
more  than  30%  the  maximum  fixed  for  dead  and  live 
leads  only. 

(b)  When  the  wind  forces  alone  or  in  combination 
with  other  forces  can  neutralize  or  reverse  the  stresses 
in  any  member. 

(c)  Members  and  their  connections  subject  to  wind 
pressure  only  may  be  proportioned  by  using  unit  stress- 
es 20%  in  excess  of  those  specified  herein. 

Sec.  12a.  Temperature. 

Provision  shall  be  made  for  temperature  stresses 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


53 


covering  a range  of  150  degrees  F. 

Sec.  13.  Cast  Iron  Columns. 

Cast  iron  columns  shall  conform  to  the  following 
requirements: 

(a)  The  metal  shall  not  be  less  in  thickness  than 
A of  the  greatest  outside  dimension  of  cross  section, 
but  in  no  case  shall  the  thickness  be  less  than  % of 
an  inch.  Metal  for  brackets,  lugs  and  flanges  shall 
have  a minimum  thickness  of  % of  an  inch. 

(b)  The  outside  dimension  of  cross  section  shall 
not  be  less  than  5 inches. 

(c)  The  unsupported  length  shall  not  exceed  twenty- 
five  times  the  least  outside  dimension  of  cross  section. 

(d)  All  holes  for  the  atachment  of  members  shall 
not  exceed  the  diameter  of  the  bolts  by  more  than  Yg  of 
an  inch. 

(e)  The  bearing  ends  of  all  columns  shall  be  ma- 
chined to  a true  surface  at  right  angles  to  the  axis 
of  the  column. 

(f)  Columns  shall  bear  on  each  other  to  properly 
transmit  their  loads,  and  shall  be  bolted  together 
through  their  flanges  with  not  less  than  four  % inch 
bolts. 

Sec.  14.  Cast  Iron  Bases. 

Cast  iron  bases  shall  be  proportioned  to  transmit . 
their  loads  to  the  foundations.  No  part  of  the  base 
shall  be  less  than  % of  an  inch  in  thickness.  They 
must  be  machined  top  and  bottom  to  a true  surface 
at  right  angles  to  the  vertical  axis.  In  case  they 
rest  on  masonary  or  concrete  and  are  properly  grouted 
with  Portland  cement  mortar  or  a composition  equally 
as  good,  the  bottom  surface  need  not  be  machined. 
Such  surface  must,  however,  be  a practically  true 
plane.  Holes  must  be  provided  in  the  bases  to  permit 
the  grouting  to  be  properly  executed  to  insure  a full 
bearing  of  the  casting. 

Sec.  15.  Cast  Iron  Lintels. 

Cast  iron  lintels  shall  not  be  less  than  % of  an  inch 
thick  at  any  section,  and  shall  not  be  used  for  spans 
exceeding  6 feet. 


54  building  ordinances. 

Sec.  16.  Compression  Members  other  than  Cast  Iron. 

No  compression  member  shall  have  a length  exceed- 
ing 120  times  its  least  radius  of  gyration,  except  in 
cases  of  stiffening  struts,  wind  and  lateral  bracing, 
when  the  length  may  be  increased  to  140  times  the 
least  radius  of  gyration. 

The  thickness  of  web  plates  in  built-up  membera 
shall  not  be  less  than  ^^5  of  the  distance  between  the 
rivets  connecting  them  to  the  angles.  The  thickness 
of  cover  plates  shall  not  be  less  than  of  the  dis- 
tance between  the  rivets  connecting  them  to  the  an 
gles.  The  open  sides  of  compression  members  shall 
be  stayed  with  diagonal  lattice  and  with  tie  plates  as 
near  each  end  as  practicable  and  at  intermediate 
points  where  the  lattice  is  interrupted.  The  tie  plates 
shall  have  a length  not  less  than  the  greatest  width 
of  the  member  and  a thickness  not  less  than  y^Q  of  the 
distance  between  center  lines  of  the  connecting  rivets. 

Single  lattice  bars  shall  have  an  inclination  of  ap- 
pro3dmately  60  degrees  with  the  axis  of  the  member 
and  shall  have  a minimum  thickness  of  ^4o  of  the  dis- 
tance between  rivets  connecting  them  to  the  member. 
Single  lattice  bars  may  be  connected  with  one  rivet. 
Lattice  angles  shall  be  ccnnected  with  at  least  two 
rivets. 

Double  lattice  bars  shall  be  used  where  the  distance 
between  rivet  lines  in  the  flanges  exceeds  15  inches. 
They  shall  have  a minimum  thickness  of  of  the 
distance  between  the  rivets  connecting  them  to  the 
member,  shall  have  an  inclination  of  approximately 
45  degrees,  and  shall  be  riveted  at-  their  intersections. 

Lattice  bars  shall  not  be  less  in  width  than  1%  inch- 
es for  members  6 inches  in  width,  2 inches  for  members 
9 inches  in  width,  2^^  inches  for  members  12  inches  in 
width,  and  2V2  inches  for  members  15  inches  and  over 
in  width.  Compression  members  unless  proportioned  at 
the  connections  for  the  entire  stress,  shall  have  their 
ends  machined  to  a true  surface  perpendicular  to- the 
axis  to  insure  a perfect  bearing.  The  connections  be- 
tween members  shall  be  made  with  splice  plates  extend- 
ing not  less  than  12  inches  each  side  of  the  joints. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


55 


Sec.  17.  Tension  Members. 

In  calculating  the  net  area  of  tension  members  the 
area  of  jivet  holes  must  be  deducted,  assuming  the 
diameter  of  the  hole  % inch  larger  than  the  nominal 
size  of  the  rivet. 

Pin  connected  riveted  tension  members  shall  have  a 
net  section  through  the  pin  hole  25%  in  excess  of  that 
through  the  body  of  the  member.  The  minimum  net 
section  back  of  the  pin  hole,  parallel  to  the  axis  of 
the  member,  shall  not  be  less  than  through  the  body 
of  the  member. 

All  eye  bars  shall  be  solid  forged  steel  bars.  The 
thickness  of  head  and  neck  shall  not  vary  more  than 
iV  of  an  inch  from  that  specified.  All  bars  shall  be 
annealed  after  forging.  The  heads  of  the  bars  shall 
be  so  proportioned  that  the  bar  will  break  in  the  body 
instead  of  in  the  eye.  Upset  screw  ends  may  be  used 
on  bars  if  proportioned  so  that  the  area  at  base  of 
thread  and  at  all  parts  of  upset  ends  is  15%  in  excess 
of 'the  area  of  the  bar. 

Clevises,  turnbuckles,  and  sleeve  nuts  must  be  so 
proportioned  as  to  develop  the  stress  in  the  bars  which 
they  connect. 

Sec.  18.  Plate  Girders. 

Plate  girders  shall  be  designed  either  by  the  moment 
of  inertia  of  their  net  section  or  by  assuming  that  the 
flange  areas  are  concentrated  at  their  centers  of  grav- 
ity, in  which  case  % of  the  net  section  of  the  web, 
if  properly  spliced,  may  be  used  as  flange  section.  If 
cover  plates  are  used  as  a part  of  the  flange,  their 
combined  net  area  shall  not  exceed  50%  of  the  total 
net  area  of  flange.  The  compression  flanges  shall  be 
made  of  same  gross  section  as  the  tension  flanges.  In 
case  the  unsupported  length  of  the  compression  flange 
exceeds  20  times  the  width,  the  flange  shall  be  propor- 
tioned as  a compression  member.  The  web  shall  be 
designed  for  the  total  maximum  shear,  assuming  this 
to  be  uniformly  distributed  over  its  net  area. 

Web  splices  shall  be  proportioned  to  resist  the  maxi- 
mum shearing  stresses  and  in  case  1%?  of  the  web  has 
been  used  as  flange  area,  provision  shall  be  made  for 
the  transmission  of  the  stress  to  the  flange. 


56 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


The  webs  of  plate  girders  must  be  stiffened  at  in* 
tervals  not  exceeding  the  depth  of  the  girders  or  a 
maximum  of  5 feet,  whenever  the  shearing  stress  per 
square  inch  exceeds  the  stress  allowed  by  the  follow* 
ing  formula : 

Allowed  shearing  stress=12500-90  H;  where 
ratio  of  depth  of  web  between  flanges  to  its  thickness; 
but  no  web  plates  shall  be  less  than  inch  thick. 

Stiffeners  must  be  provided  at  all  points  of  bearing: 
and  concentrated  loading.  They  must  be  fitted  to  bear 
on  the  flange  angles  and  enough  rivets  must  be  pro- 
vided to  properly  transfer  the  stresses.  Their  area  must 
be  determined  by  the  working  stresses  given  for  com- 
pression. 

Sec.  19.  Rolled  Beams. 

Rolled  shapes  used  as  beams  shall  be  designed  oa 
the  basis  of  their  moment  of  inertia  for  maximum  bend- 
ing. The  compression  flange  shall  be  secured  against 
buckling  if  its  length  exceeds  20  times  its  width.  Whea 
two  or  more  rolled  shapes  are  used  as  a compouad 
beam  or  girder,  they  shall  be  coilaected  together  with 
bolts  and  iron  or  steel  separators  at  intervals  of  not 
more  than  5 feet. 

All  beams  12  inches  and  over  in  depth  shall  have  at 
least  two  (2)  bolts  to  each  separator. 

Sec.  20.  Trusses. 

In  the  design  of  trusses  only  such  forms  shall  be 
used  which  are  possible  of  analysis. 

Sec.  21.  Anchorage  and  Wall  Bearing  Plates. 

Beams  or  girders  supported  by  a wall,  shall  be  prop- 
erly anchored  thereto  and  be  provided  with  bearing 
plates  proportioned  to  distribute  the  loads  in  accord- 
ance with  the  permissible  unit  stresses  provided  in  the 
building  code.  Columns  shall  be  anchored  to  the  foun- 
dations to  resist  all  forces  acting  thereon. 

Sec.  22.  Details  of  Design. 

(1)  Minimum  Thickness  of  Material.  The  minimum 
thickness  of  metal  except  for  fillers,  shall  be  of  an 
inch  for  plates,  bars  and  angles.  Flanges  of  built  mem- 
bers shall  have  a minimum  thickness  of  t's  of  the  width 
of  the  outstanding  leg. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


57 


(2)  Connections.  The  strength  of  connections  shall 
develop  the  full  strength  of  the  members.  Not  less 
than  two  (2)  rivets  shall  be  used  in  the  end  of  any 
member  except  lacing  bars. 


(3)  Riveting.  In  proportioning  rivets  their  nominal 
diameter  shall  be  used.  The  minimum  distance  between 
centers  of  rivets  shall  be  three  diameters.  The  maxi- 
mum pitch,  in  the  direction  of  the  stress  shall  be  b 
inches.  For  angles  with  two  gauge  lines  and  rivets 
;staggered,  the  maximum  • shall  be  twice  the  above  in 
each  line. 

Where  two  or  more  plates  are  used  in  contact,  rivets 
not  more  than  12  inches  apart  in  either  direction  shall 
be  used  to  hold  the  plates  together. 

The  maximum  pitch  at  the  end  of  compression  mem- 
bers shall  not  exceed  four  diameters  of  the  rivet  for 
a length  equal  to  twice  the  width  of  the  member. 

The  distance  from  the  center  of  a rivet  hole  to  the 
edge  of  the  material  shall  not  be  less  than  % of  an  inch 
for  V2  inch  rivets;  one  (1)  inch  for  % inch  rivets;  lH 
inches  for  % inch  rivets,  1V2  inch  for  % inch  rivets; 
1%  for  one  (1)  inch  rivets.  In  the  case  of  beams  and 
channels  these  requirements  may  be  changed  to  suit  the 
standard  gauge  of  such  material. 

The  maximum  distance  from  any  edge  shall  be  eight 
(8)  times  the  thickness  of  the  outside  plate,  but  shall 
not  exceed  5 inches. 

All  rivets  shall  fill  the  holes  completely;  the  heads 
shall  be  hemispherical  and  concentric  with  the  axis  of 
the  rivet. 

(4)  Pins.  The  diameter  of  the  pins  shall  not  be 
less  than  the  largest  dimension  of  an  eye  bar  at- 
tached to  thenK  Pins  shall  fit  the  pin  holes  within 

of  an  inch,  for  pins  less  than  inch  diameter;  for 
larger  pins  the  clearance  may  be  #2  of  an  inch.  Mem- 
bers shall  be  packed  on  pins,  using  filling  rings  where 
necessary  to  prevent  any  lateral  movement.  Pins  shall 
be  long  enough  to  insure  a full  bearing  of  all  connect- 
ing parts  upon  the  turned  body  of  the  pin.  They  shall 
be  secured  by  nuts.  The  screw  ends  shall  be  long 
enough  to  permit  burring  the  threads. 


58 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Sec.  23.  Protection  of  Metal  Work. 

In  riveted  work  the  suu.ace  coming  in  contact  shall 
each  be  painted  before  being  riveted  together.  All 
parts  which  are  inaccessible  for  painting  after  erec- 
tion shall  have  two  coats  of  paint  at  the  time  of  fabri- 
cation. All  metal  work  unless  otherwise  noted  in  the 
building  code,  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned  of  all  scale, 
dirt  and  rust  and  be  given  one  coat  of  paint.  After 
erection  all  such  work  shall  be  painted  at  least  one 
additional  coat  of  paint  of  a color  different  from  the 
first  coat.  No  paint  shall  be  applied  when  the  surfaces 
are  exposed  to  wet  or  freezing  weather.  All  pockets 
permitting  the  deposition  of  dirt  and  water  shall  be 
filled  with  some  waterproof  compound  to  eliminate 
possible  corrosion.  All  steel  passing  through  soil  or 
water  shall  be  thoroughly  covered  \vith  Portland  cement 
mortar.  All  machine  finished  surfaces  shall  be  well 
coated  with  whitelead  and  tallow  before  being  shipped 
or  exposed  to  the  elements. 

All  paint  shall  possess  properties  which  will  insure 
the  best  possible  protection  of  the  metal.  The  pigment 
shall  be  chemically  inert  after  application  and  the 
vehicle  shall  be  the  equal  of  pure  boiled  linseed  oil. 

Sec.  24.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  building  in 
violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or 
any  person  who  shall  assist  in  the  violation  or  shall 
fail  to  comply  with  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordi- 
nance, or  shall  build  in  violation  of  any  detailed  state- 
ment of  application,  plans  or  specifications  submitted  or 
approved  thereof,  provided  such  detailed  plan  as  ac- 
cepted is  according  to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance, 
shall  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  ten  (10)  Dollars 
and  not  more  than  Five  Hundred  (500)  Dollars,  or  in 
default  of  payment  thereof  by  imprisonment  in  the 
House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee  County,  for  not  more 
than  six  (6)  months,  and  each  and  every  such  violation 
or  non-compliance  for  each  and  every  day  thereof  shall 
be  considered  a separate  offense.  It  shall  be  no  defense 
to  any  violation  of  this  ordinance  that  such  plans  or 
any  part  thereof  were  accepted  by  any  officer  of  the 
City  of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with  the  approval 
thereof  or  any  building  permit  issued  thereunder. 


58 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Sec.  23.  Protection  of  Metal  Work. 

In  riveted  work  the  suij.ace  coming  in  contact  shall 
each  be  painted  before  being  riveted  together.  All 
parts  which  are  inaccessible  for  painting  after  erec- 
tion shall  have  two  coats  of  paint  at  the  time  of  fabri- 
cation. All  metal  work  unless  otherwise  noted  in  the 
building  code,  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned  of  all  scale, 
dirt  and  rust  and  be  given  one  coat  of  paint.  After 
erection  all  such  work  shall  be  painted  at  least  one 
additional  coat  of  paint  of  a color  different  from  the 
first  coat.  No  paint  shall  be  applied  when  the  surfaces 
are  exposed  to  wet  or  freezing  weather.  All  pockets 
permitting  the  deposition  of  dirt  and  water  shall  be 
filled  with  some  waterproof  compound  to  eliminate 
possible  corrosion.  All  steel  passing  through  soil  or 
water  shall  be  thoroughly  covered  v/ith  Portland  cement 
mortar.  All  machine  finished  surfaces  shall  be  well 
coated  with  whitelead  and  tallow  before  being  shipped 
or  exposed  to  the  elements. 

All  paint  shall  possess  properties  which  will  insure 
the  best  possible  protection  of  the  metal.  The  pigment 
shall  be  chemically  inert  after  application  and  the 
vehicle  shall  be  the  equal  of  pure  boiled  linseed  oil. 

Sec.  24.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  building  in 
violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or 
any  person  who  shall  assist  in  the  violation  or  shall 
fail  to  comply  with  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordi- 
nance, or  shall  build  in  violation  of  any  detailed  state- 
ment of  application,  plans  or  specifications  submitted  or 
approved  thereof,  provided  such  detailed  plan  as  ac- 
cepted is  according  to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance, 
shall  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  ten  (10)  Dollars 
and  not  more  than  Five  Hundred  (500)  Dollars,  or  in 
default  of  payment  thereof  by  imprisonment  in  the 
House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee  County,  for  not  more 
than  six  (6)  months,  and  each  and  every  such  violation 
or  non-compliance  for  each  and  every  day  thereof  shall 
be  considered  a separate  offense.  It  shall  be  no  defense 
to  any  violation  of  this  ordinance  that  such  plans  or 
any  part  thereof  were  accepted  by  any  officer  of  the 
City  of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with  the  approval 
thereof  or  any  building  permit  issued  thereunder. 


INSERT  II.  59 '/a 


TENSION  COMPRESSION.  TRANSVERSE.  SHEARING. 


KIND  OF  TIMBER. 

With 

Grain. 

Across 

Grain. 

With 

End 

Bearing. 

Grain. 
Under 
15  dia. 

Across 

Grain. 

Extreme 

Fibre 

Stress. 

Modulus  of 
Elasticity. 

With 

Grain. 

Across 

Grain. 

White  Oak 

. ...  1,200 

200 

1,500 

1,125 

500 

1,500 

1,200,000 

240 

1,000 

White  Pine  

. . . . 700 

50 

1,100 

825 

200 

1,000 

1,130,000 

100 

500 

Long  Leaf  Yellow  Pine.... 

. . . . 1,200 

60 

1,500 

1,125 

350 

1,800 

1,600,000 

175 

1,260 

Short  Leaf  Yellow  Pine 

. . . . 1,000 

50 

1,200 

900 

300 

1,500 

1,475,000 

150 

1,000 

Douglas  Fir  

. . . . 800 

1,100 

825 

200 

1,300 

1,500,000 

150 

Norway  Pine  

. . . . 800 

50 

1,000 

750 

250 

1,200 

1,190,000 

120 

Spruce  and  Eastern  Fir. , . . 

. . ..  800 

50 

1,000 

750 

200 

1,000 

1,300,000 

125 

750 

Hemlock 

. ...  600 

900 

675 

200 

700 

900,000 

100 

600 

Cypress  

. . . . 600 

1,100 

825 

240 

1,100 

1,150,000 

100 

Cedar  

. . . . 700 

1,100 

825 

300 

1,100 

800,000 

100 

400 

BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  59 

Sec.  25.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  with 
this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  26.  This  ordinance  snhll  take  effect  and/  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication.  \ 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 


File  Number  4562. 
95—AN  ORDINANCE 
Regulating  timber  construction. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Quality.  All  timber  used  in  construction 
work  shall  be  sound,  close  grained  and  free  from  de- 
fects thdt  will  materially  impair  its  strength  or  fitness 
for  the  purpose  intended. 

Sec.  2.  Unit  Stresses  and  Formulae.  The  maximum 
unit  working  stresses  due  to  the  combined  elect  of 
dead  and  live  loads  shall  not  exceed  the  following  val- 
ues in  pounds  per  square  inch;  see  insert  ii. 

For  compression  members  whose  length  does  not  ex- 
iceed  15d.  the  foregoing  values  given  for  “compression 
under  15  diam.”  may  be  used. 

When  the  length  of  the  compression  member  exceeds 
15  d.  the  above  values  given  for  “compression  with 
grain”  shall  be  reduced  as  follows: 

1 — 1 

S = C 

60d 

Where  S rzz  Allowable  working  stress  per  square  inch. 
C = “Compression  with  grain.” 

1 zrr  Unsupported  length  of  member  in  inches, 
d 1=  Least  width  of  member  in  inches. 

In  no  case  shall  the  length  of  compression  members 
•exceed  thirty  times  the  least  width  of  the  member. 

All  members  subject  to  bending  as  girders,  beams 
and  joists  with  rectangular  sections  shall  be  assumed 
as  supported  at  the  ends  and  shall  be  designed  for 
flexure  and'  hoiflzontal  shear  in  accordance  with  the 
following  formulae: 


60 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Sbd2 

M = For  all  conditions  of  loading. 

6 

1 Sbd2 

P = For  uniform  loading. 

9 L 
P13 

D = For  uniform  loading. 

76.8  El 
3 V 
H 

2 bd 

M = Bending  moments  'in  inch  pounds  (dead  plus 

live) . 

S =:  Extreme  fibre  stress,  given  in  above  table  of  units, 
b Width  of  member  in  inches, 
d Depth  of  member  in  inches. 

P ~ Total  load  in  pounds  (dead  plus  live). 

L = Distance  center  to  center  of  supports  in  feet. 

D — Defiection  at  center  in  inches. 

1 — Distance  center  to  center  of  supports  in  inches. 

E Modulus  of  elasticity  given  in  above  table  of  units. 

I Moment  of  inertia  of  the  cross  section,  referred 

to  neutral  axis  at  right  angles  to  the  line  of 
action  of  the  forces  producing  the  bending. 

H rrz  Horiontal  shear  or  shearing  with  grain  given  in 
above  table  of  units. 

V ==  Total  vertical  shear  at  the  section  under  investiga- 
tion. 

All  members  subject  to  bending  shall  be  properly 
stiffened  laterally  to  prevent  buckling. 

Sec.  3.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  or  agent  vio- 
lating any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  or  any 
firm  or  corporation  or  agent  assisting  in  the  commission 
of  any  violation  of  any  of  the  requirements  thereof,  or 
any  person,  firm  or  corporation  or  agent  who  shall  neg- 
lect to  do  each  and  every  act  required  herein,  whether 
such  act  shall  have  beeen  approved  by  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings  or  not,  shall  for  each  and  every  day’s  viola- 
tion or  non-comnliance  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less 
than  five  (5)  dollars  nor  more  than  five  hundred  (500) 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


61 


dollars  or  in  default  of  fine  by  imprisonment  in  the 
House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee  County  not  less  than 
one  day  nor  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  4.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  con- 
travening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby 
repealed. 

Sec.  5.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  pas- 
sage and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

To  Regulate  the  Use  of' Concrete  Blocks  for  Buildings. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
tcaukee  do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  No  building  built  of  concrete  blocks  shall 
exceed  a height  of  60  feet  above  the  grade.  When  con- 
crete blocks  are  used  in  the  construction  of  buildings; 
the  thicgness  in  inches  of  enclosing  and  bearing  walls 
shall  not  be  less  than  set  forth  herein. 


For  business,  public  and  partly  public  buildings: 


- 

Base- 

ment. 

1st 

2nd 

-Stories- 

3rd 

4th 

5th 

One  story  

12  - 

12 

. . 

• 

Two  story 

16 

12 

12 

. . 

. , 

, * 

Three  story 

16 

16 

12 

12 

Four  story 

201 

16 

16 

12 

12 

. . 

Five  story 

24 

20 

20 

16 

12 

12 

For  dwellings,  tenements  or  apartment  houses: 


Base- 

ment 

1st 

2nd 

— Stoi 
3rd 

•les 

4th 

5th 

6th 

One  story  .. 

...12 

10 

, , 

Two  story  .. 

...  12 

- 12 

10 

. , 

Three  story 

...  16 

12 

12 

10 

. . 

Four  story  . 

...16 

16 

12 

12 

io 

Five  story  . 

...  20 

16 

16 

12 

12 

10 

Six  story  .. . 

...  20 

20 

16 

16 

12 

12 

10 

A story  is  the  perpendicular  distance  from  one  floor  to 
the  next,  or  from  the  floor  to  the  roof,  but  no  story  shall 
be  more  than  18  feet  in  height. 


62 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Parapet  walls  shall  not  be  less  than  10  inches  in  thick- 
ness. Enclosing  basement  walls  of  frame  dwellings  not 
over  two  stories  in  height  above  the  basement  shall  have 
walls  not  less  than  10  inches  thick,  if  such  walls  are  not 
more  than  5 feet  below  the  grade;  the  walls  shall  not  be 
less  than  12  inches  thick  if  more  than  5 feet  and  less 
than  6 feet  below  grade,  and  not  less  than  16  inches 
thick  if  6 feet  or  more  below  the  grade.  No  enclosing 
basement  walls  of  a brick  veneered  dwelling  or  of  a 
frame  building  higher  than  two  stories  above  the  abase- 
ment shall  be  less  than  12  inches  thick. 

Where  walls  are  longer  than  100  feet  between  cross 
walls  or  offsets  of  at  least  4 feet  or  where  they  are 
higher  than  14  feet  unbraced  or  where  openings  reduce 
the  sectional  bearing  area  more  than  35  per  cent,  they 
shall  be  increased  in  the  thickness  from  10  inches  to  12 
inches  or  shall  be  increased  4 inches  above  the  tabu- 
lated thickness  where  such  shows  12  inches  or  more,  or 
shall  have  pilasters  not  over  16  feet  between  centers 
projecting  not  less  than  8 inches  and  of  not  less  than  16 
inches  face. 

All  other  walls  of  concrete  blocks  shall  not  be  less 
in  thickness  than  provided  for  brick  walls  as  set  forth 
in  other  parts  of  the  ordinance  regulating  the  thick- 
ness of  wall. 

In  case  concrete  blocks  are  not  of  the  full  thickness 
of  the  wall  they  shall  overlap  each  other  across  the 
thickness  of  the  wall  in  every  course  not  less  than  4 
inches;  and  at  least  50  per  cent,  of  the  solid  parts  of 
the  blocks  shall  be  directly  over  each  other  when  laid 
in  the  walls. 

Sec.  2.  Where  the  face  of  the  wall  only  is  of  concrete 
blocks  and  the  backing  of  brick  or  vice-versa,  the  blocks 
shall  be  bonded  to  the  brick  work  with  headers  project- 
ing 4 inches,  and  every  third  block  course  shall  be  a 
header  course.  No  block  facing  shall  be  less  than  4 
inches  thick. 

Sec.  3.  Blocks  in  building  walls  shall  be  laid  up  in 
cement  mortar.  ^ . 

Sec  4.  Hollow  concrete  blocks  shall  not  be  used  in 
party  walls  except  when  filled  solid. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


t>3 


Sec.  5.  Blocks  shall  be  made  of  cement,  sand  or 
stone  screenings,  gravel  or  broken  stone  or  broken  slag 
thoroughly  mixed  with  clean  water  and  shall  not  con- 
tain less  cement  than  in  the  following  proportions  of 
solids: 

Not  more  than  3 parts  of  sand  or  stone  screenings  to 
one  ‘part  of  cement  to  which  may  be  added  not  more 
than  4 parts  of  gravel,  broken  stone  or  broken  slag. 
The  cement  shall  be  Portland  of  a specific  gravity  of  not 
less  than  3.1  and  of  a fineness  so  as  to  leave  not  more 
than  8 per  cent,  residue  on  a No.  100  sieve  and  not  more 
than  25  per  cent,  on  a No.  200  sieve;  it  shall  not  develop 
initial  set  in  less  than  30  minutes  and  shall  not  set  hard 
in  less  than  one  (1)  hour  nor  more  than  ten  (10)  hours; 
it  shall  have  a tensile  strength  per  square  inch  at  the 
age  of  24  hours  in  moist  air  of  not  less  than  75  pounds, 
at  the  age  of  7 days,  one  (1  day  in  moist  air,  6 days  in 
water)  of  not  less  than  500  pounds,  and  at  the  age  of  28 
days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  27  days  in  water)  of  not  less 
than  600  pounds,  it  shall  have  constancy  in  volume,  prov- 
en by  subjecting  three  inch  diameter  thin  pads  to  dry 
air,  water  and  steaming  tests;  it  shall  not  contain  more 
than  1.75  per  cent,  of  anhydrous  sulphuric  acid  (S'03) 
nor  more  than  4 per  cent,  of  magnesia  (MGO). 

The  sand  shall  be  clean  and  sharp,  the  largest  par- 
ticle to  pass  a one-fourth  inch  mesh  sieve;  the  sand 
shall  not  contain  more  than  5 per  cent,  of  clay  and  no 
other  impurities.  In  place  of  sand  a proportionate 
amount  of  stone  screenings  may  be  used. 

The  gravel  or  broken  stone  or  broken  slag  shall  be 
clean,  the  largest  pieces  to  pass  a three-quarter  inch 
mesh  sieve  and  be  retained  on  a one-quarter  inch  mesh 
sieve. 

Sec.  6.  The  air  spa^ce  of  hollow  concrete  blocks  shall 
not  be  more  than  35  per  cent. 

Sec.  7.  Blocks  testing  350  pounds  to  the  square  inch 
shall  be  stored  at  least  ten  (10)  days  before  being  used 
in  basements  of  frame  buildings^or  in  buildings  of  other 
construction  not  more  than  one  (1)  story  in  height,  but 
in  all  other  buildings  such  blocks  shall  be  stored  at 
least '28  days,  and  shall  be  capable  of  standing  a test  of 


64  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

at  least  700  pounds  per  square  inch  at  28  days  before 
crushing,,  and  all  blocks  shall  have  a mark  or  impres- 
sion showing  the  identity  of  the  manufacturer  and  the 
date  of  manufacture. 

Special  blocks  for  enclosures  may  be  used  after  seven 
(7)  days'  storage  if  made  of  a concrete  containing  at 
least  two  (2)  parts  cement,  three  (3)  parts  of  stone 
screenings  or  sand  and  four  (4)  parts  of  gravel,  broken 
stone  or  broken  slag. 

In  computing  the  area  of  the  blocks  no  deduction  shall 
i)e  made  for  hollow  spaces. 

'Sec.  8.  In  order  to  ascertain  the  strength  of  the 
blocks  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  may  require  tests  to 
be  made  and  any  blocks  selected  by  him  shall  be  de- 
livered by  the  owner  or  builder  to  the  testing  laboratory 
in  the  city  free  of  charge;  the  testing  to  be  done  without 
cost  to  the  owner  or  builder. 

Any  and  all  blocks  failing  to  withstand  such  test  shall 
be  condemned  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  and  shall 
not  be  used  in  the  construction  of  any  building. 

Sec.  9.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  using  con- 
crete blocks  in  the  construction  of  buildings  in  viola- 
tion of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  any 
person  who  shall  assist  in  the  violation  or  shall  fail  to 
comply  with  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or 
shall  build  in  violation  of  any  detailed  statement  of  ap- 
plication, plans  and  specifications  submitted  or  approved 
thereof,  provided  such  detailed  plan  as  accepted  is  ac- 
cording to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  shall  be 
liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  $10.00  and  not  more  than 
five  hundred  dollars  ($500.00),  or  in  default  of  payment 
thereof  by  imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correction  of 
Milwaukee  County  for  not  more  than  six  months,  and 
each  and  every  such  violation  or  non-compliance  for 
each  and  every  day  thereof  shall  be  considered  a sepg,- 
rate  offense.  It  shall  be  no  defense  to  any  violation  of 
this  ordinance  that  such  plans  or  any  part  thereof  were 
accepted  by  any  officer  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  or 
passed  upon  with  the  approval  thereof  or  any  building 
permit  issued  thereunder. 


A 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  65 

Sec.  10.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  with 
this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  11.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  March  31,  1913. 


File  Number  4865. 

99— AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  Arches,  Lintels,  Light  Shafts,  Roofs,  Cor- 
nices, Etc. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
icaukee  do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Openings  for  doors  and  windows  in  all 
buildings  shall  have  abutments  or  lintels  of  stone,  iron, 
steel  or  concrete,  which  will  have  a bearing  at  each 
end  of  not  less  than  six  (6)  inches  on  the  wall. 

On  the  inside  of  all  openings  in  which  the  outer  lin- 
tels are  less  than  the  thickness  of  the  wall  to  be  sup- 
ported, there  shall  be  timber  lintels,  and  shall  have  an 
arch  turned  over  the  timber  lintel,  or  the  inside  lintel 
may  be  cast  or  wrought  iron  or  steel,  in  which  case 
stone  blocks  or  cast-iron  plates  shall  not  be  required 
at  the  ends  where  the  lintel  rests  on  the  walls,  provided 
the  openings  are  not  more  than  six  (6)  feet  in  width. 

Wood  lintels  must  be  solid  for  the  full  thickness  of 
the  head.  No  wood  lintels  will  be  permitted  in  fireproof 
l)uildings.  . 

Sec.  2.  Light  Shafts. 

No  space  or  light  shaft  of  less  than  forty  (40)  square 
feet  for  each  three  (3)  story  building,  or  less  than  fifty 
(50)  square  feet  for  a four  (4)  story  building,  and  so 
on  increasing  ten  (10)  square  feet  sectional  area  for 
each  additional  story  in  height,  shall  be  considered  as 
affording  means  of  communication  with  the  outer  air, 
and  such  open  space  or  light  shafts,  if  covered  with  a 
skylight  or  roof  of  any  kind,  shall  not  be  considered  as 
fulfilling  the  terms  of  the  ordinance. 

All  skylights  made  at  the  foot  of  light  walls  or  light 
•courts  shall  be  made  either  of  prismatic  lights  set  in 


66 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


cast-iron  frames,  or  of  glass  at  least  % of  an  inch  thick 
set  in  metallic  frames;  and  if  the  latter  are  used  they 
shall  be  protected  by  wire  netting  placed  at  least  six 
(6) -inches  above  the  glass  of  such  skylights,  or  of  wired 
glass  set  in  metallic  frames  and  metallic  sash. 

Sec.  3.  Roofs. 

The  use  of  combustible  shingle  roofs  or  other  forms 
of  combustible  roof  covering  is  strictly  prohibited  with- 
in the  fire  limits  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  upon  build- 
ings to  be  erected  or  altered,  or  where  roofs  of  present 
buildings  are  to  be  recovered. 

Sec.  4.  Mansard  Roofs. 

If  a mansard  or  other  roof  of  a like  character  hav- 
ing a pitch  of  over  sixty  (60)  degrees  be  placed  on  any 
building  exceeding  forty  (40)  feet  in  height,  the  roof 
shall  be  constructed  of  fire  resisting  materials. 

Sec.  5.  Roof  on  Contiguous  Buildings. 

In  all  cases  where  two  or  more  buildings  over  two  (2) 
stories  in  height  are  built  adjoining  one  to  another  and 
separated  by  means  of  a division  wall,  the  roof  sheath- 
ing, cornices  or  ridge  moldings  shall  not  extend  over  or 
cover  any  portion  of  such  division  wall  unless  such 
roofs  are  constructed  wholly  of  fireproof  materials. 

Sec.  6.  Cornices. 

In  all  cases  where  a wall  is  finished  with  a stone  or 
terra  cotta  cornice,  sixty-five  (65)  per  centum  of  the 
weight  of  the  material  for  such  cornice  shall  be  on  the 
inside  of  the  outer  face  of  the  waH,  or  shall  be  securely 
anchored  so  that  the  cornice  shall  be  firmly  balanced 
upon  the  wall.  In  skeleton  construction  all  horizontal 
and  vertical  joints  shall  be  made  water-tight.  Cornices, 
gutters,  eaves,  or  parapets  of  all  buildings  over  forty 
(40)  feet  high,  excepting  residences,  shall  be  con- 
structed of  non-combustible  material,  and  shall  be  well 
secured  to  the  wall  with  iron  anchors  or  metal  brackets. 

The  backs  of  tin  and  iron  coverings  shall  have  at  least 
one  (1)  coat  of  paint,  and  all  cornice  lookouts  and 
anchors  two  (2)  coats  of  paint. 

Where  cornices  project  over  the  public  highway  the 
lookouts  to  which  the  cornice  on  all  buildings  is  secured 
shall  in  all  cases  be  of  metal,  placed  not  more  than  four 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


67 


<4)  feet  apart  and  firmly  secured  to  the  wall. 

In  all  cases  the  walls  shall  be  carried  up  to  the 
sheathing  of  the  roof,  and  where  the  cornice  projects 
above  the  roof,  the  walls  shall  be  carried  up  to  the  top 
of  the  cornices. 

Sec.  7.  Repair  of  Cornices. 

All  exterior  wooden  cornices,  except  for  residences 
and  buildings  under  forty  (40)  fet  in  height  that  shall 
hereafter  require  to  be  repaired  or  replaced,  shall  be 
constructed  of  some  nop-combustible  material,  as  re- 
quired for  new  buildings;  and  all  exterior  wooden  cor- 
nices or  gutters,  except  for  residences  and  buildings  un- 
der forty  (40)  feet  in  height,  that  may  hereafter  be 
damaged  by  fire  or  otherwise,  if  replaced,  shall  be  con- 
structed of  non-combustible  material. 

Sec.  8.  Snow‘  Brakes. 

Snow  brakes  or  guards  made  of  incombustible  ma- 
terials shall  be  attached  to  all  roofs  of  buildings  over  two 
(2)  stories,  or  twenty-five  (25)  feet  high  hereafter  con- 
structed or  altered  along  any  courtway  or  street  lines 
or  within  ten  (10)  feet  of  the  same,  having  a pitch  of 
more  than  twenty-five  (25)  degrees,  unless  projecting 
cornices  or  gutters  are  so  arranged  as  to  form  adequate 
snow  guards. 

Sec.  9.  Temporary  Supports. 

Any  temporary  support  placed  under  any  structure, 
wall,  girder  or  beam  during  the  erection,  finishing,  al- 
teration or  repairing  of  any  building  or  structure,  or 
part  thereof,  .shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  safely 
carry  the  load  to  be  placed  thereon. 

Sec.  10.  Scaffold,  Staging  and  Hoist. 

Scaffolding,  staging,  hoists,  and  such  other  appurten- 
ances of  building  operations  must  be  amply  strong  and 
secure  for  the  purposes  intended.  . ^ 

Sec.  11.  Outside  Scaffolds. 

Outside  scaffold,  either  supported*  by  continuous  sup- 
ports from  the  ground  up  or  upon  thrustouts  from  win- 
dows and  walls  above  the  third  floor,  shall  be  provided 
with  tight  plank  floors  and  ten  (10)  inch  curbs  and  2x4 
inch  hand  rail  thirty-four  (34)  inches  high  on  the  out- 
side; and  when  such  scaffolds  are  used  on  buildings  over 


(58 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


seventy-five  (75)  feet  high  there  shall  be  a guard  rail 
filled  in  with  wire  netting  not  exceeding  two  (2)  inch 
mesh,  or  seven-eighths  (%)  inch  boards  not  over  one- 
half  (%)  inch  apart  secured  to  uprights  not  less  than 
two  (2)  inch  by  four  (4)  inch  'scantlings  thoroughly 
braced  and  secured.  Said  enclosure  shall  be  kept  at 
least  five  (5)  feet  in  advance  of  the  level  on  which  the 
workmen  employed  on  said  front  are  working. 

Sec.  12.  Closing  of  Openings. 

During  the  construction  or  alteration  of  any  building 
within  ten  (10)  feet  of  any  street  line  or  unprotected 
sidewalk,  the  windows  on  each  floor  above  the  second 
shall  be  temporarily  or  properly  enclosed  to  prevent  ma- 
terial or  building  material  waste  from  falling  onto  the 
public  highway,  as  soon  as  the  story  is  built. 

Sec.  13.  Temporary  Stairs. 

All  buildings  over  three  (3)  stories  high  shall  be  pro* 
vided  by  the  owners  thereof  with  temporary  plank  stairs 
of  no  greater  pitch  than  seventy-flve  (75)  degrees  to  the 
horizon,  for  the  facilitation  of  inspection,  and  said  stairs 
shall  be  kept  in  good  repair  until  the  permanent  stairs 
are  made  accessible. 

Sec.  14.  Raising  to  Grades. 

If  any  building  shall  have  been  built  before  the  street 
upon  which  it  is  located  is  graded,  or  if  the  grade  is 
altered,  such  building  may  be  raised  or  lowered  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  such  grade. 

Sec.  15.  Privy  Vaults. 

No  privy  vault  shall  be  built  or  maintained  by  any 
person  on  any  lot  or  land  fronting  on  a street  or  alley 
in  which  water  pipe  and  sewer  has  been  laid,  to  which 
service  pipe  and  house  drain  can  be  attached,  except  a 
temporary  privy  used  during  the  construction  of  a build- 
ing. 

All  privy  vaults  hereafter  erected  or  maintained  by 
any  person,  persons,  company  or  corporation,  on  any  lot, 
or  part  of  lot,  or  land  fronting  on  any  street,  alley  or 
public  ground,  which  are  not  provided  with  public  sewer 
and  water  pipe,  shall  be  constructed  and  maintained  wa- 
tertight, shall  not  be  located  within  two  (2)  feet  of  the 
line  of  any  abutting  lot,  part  of  lot,  or  land,  nor  within 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  69 

eight  (8)  feet  of  any  door,  window  or  other  opening  of 
any  building  used  for  residence  purposes. 

No  person  shall  be  granted  for  the  erection  or  altera- 
tion of  any  building  upon  any  lot,  part  of  lot,  or  land 
fronting  on  any  street  or  alley  which  are  supplied  with 
water  pipe  and  sewer,  the  building  plan  of  which  does, 
not  show,  nor  specifications  state,  the  location  of  a wa- 
ter closet  or  closets  and  fixtures,  and  their  connection 
with  water  main  pipe  and  sewer  in  the  street  or  alley, 
as  the  case  may  be. 

Every  water  closet  in  any  building  shall  have  a win- 
dow opening  directly  to  a street,  yard,  court  or  light 
shaft. 

Before  proceeding  with  the  erection  of  any  building 
within  the  corporate  limits  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee, 
one  or  more  substantial  Dry  Earth  Closets  must  be  pro- 
vided by  the  owner  or  his  agent  for  the  use  of  persons 
engaged  in  any  work  on  any  building  or  other  structure 
on  said  premises. 

Such  Dry  Earth  Closets  shall  be  constructed  in  a sub- 
stanial  manner,  properly  enlcosed  from  public  view, 
and  sufficient  in  number  to  accommodate  all  persons 
engaged  in  doing  any  work  upon  any  building  or  struc- 
ture on  the  premises. 

As  often  as  may  be  necessary,  and  at  the  completion 
of  the  work  on  the  building  or  other  structure,  the  Dry 
Earth  Closets  shall  be  removed  from  the  premises  and. 
no  part  of  the  contents  shall  be  left  or  disposed  on  the. 
premises. 

Sec.  16.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  servant  or 
agent  constructing  or  altering  any  building  in  violation 
of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  or  any  person  who 
shall  assist  in  the  violation  or  shall  fail  to  comply  with 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  shall  con- 
struct or  alter  any  building  in'  violation  of  any  detailed 
statement  of  application,  plans  and  specifications  sub- 
mitted or  approved  thereof  provided  such  detailed  state- 
ment or  plans  as  accepted  are  according  to  the  provi- 
sions of  this  ordinance  and  in  case  it  is  not  it  shall  be 
no  defense  to  any  violation  of  this  ordinance  that  such 
plans  or  any  part  thereof  were  accepted  by  any  officer 
of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with  approval 


70 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


thereof  or  any  building  permit  issued  thereunder  sub- 
ject to  the  above  provisions  shall  for  each  and  every 
such  violation  or  non-compliance  for  each  and  every  day 
thereof  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  ten  (10)  dol- 
lars nor  more  than  five  hundred  (500)  .dollars  or  in  de- 
fault of  fine  by  imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correc- 
tion of  Milwaukee  County  not  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  17.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  con- 
travening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby 
repealed. 

Sec.  18.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 

File  Number  4971. 

104 — AN  ORDINANCE 
Regulating  Stairways. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
tcaukce  do  ordain  as  folloics: 

Section  1.  Every  building  shall  have  at  least  one 
stairway  extending  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest  floor; 
such  stairway  shall  not  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet  wide 
and  have  a direct  exit  to  the  outside  at  the  grade  or 
ground  floor. 

Sec.  2.  Every  building  more  than  one  (1)  story  c bove 
the  basement  shall  have  access  to  the  roof  either  by  an 
inside  stairway  or  a fixed  step  ladder.  The  stairway  or 
fixed  ladder  extending  to  the  roof  shall  be  located  so  as 
to  be  accessible  from  all  points  of  the  upper  floor  of  the 
building.  The  opening  to  the  roof  shall  be  not  less  than 
20x30  inches,  closed  with  a tight  fitting  door  or  cover, 
clad  on  the  outside  with  metal,  fastened  from  the  inside 
only  with  bolts  or  hooks  and  shall  never  be  locked;  any 
building  requiring  more  than  one  (1)  stairway  according 
to  this  ordinance  shall  have  at  least  one  such  stairway 
extend  to  the  roof,  and  exit  to  roof  from  such  stairway 
shall  be  through  a door  of  not  less  than  3x61^  feet  in 
size.  ^ 

Sec.  3.  Any  basement  used  for  living  or  business  pur- 
poses or  places  of  assemblage  or  where  boileri^  or  en- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


71 


gines  are  located  shall  have  at  least  one  stairway  lead- 
ing direct  to  the  outside  of  the  building  or  into  a fire- 
proof passage  which  leads  direct  to  the  outside.  The 
number  of  stairways  leading  from  a basement  used  for 
business  purposes  shall  not  be  less  than  required  for 
the  upper  fioors  of  such  building. 

Sec.  4.  All  buildings  of  less  floor  area  than  3,500 
square  feet  on  each  fioor  shall  have  at  least  one  interior 
stairway,  if  more  than  two  (2)  stories  in  height  there 
shall  be  at  least  two  (2)  stairways,  and  shall  have  at 
least  one  additional  stairway  for  each  additional  6,000 
square  feet  fioor  area  or  major  fraction  thereof;  these, 
stairways  are  in  addition  to  any  fire  escape  or  outside 
stairway,  which  may  be  required  by  other  ordinances. 

Sec.  5.  Buildings  three  (3)  stories  or  more  in  height 
shall  have  at  least  one  of  the  stairways  enclosed  in  a 
fireproof  shaft  of  not  less  than  2-inch  solid  thickness 
and  accessible  from  each  floor  of  the  building,  and  all 
windows  and  sash  in  such  shaft  shall  be  of  metal  and 
glazed  with  wire  glass.  All  doors  to  this  stairway  shall 
be  standard  fire  doors  which  close  automatically  and 
have  metal  frames.  Where  more  than  one  (1)  stairway 
is  required  for  a building,  such  stairways  shall  be  lo- 
cated as  far  apart  as  practical. 

Sec.  6.  No  stairway  in  a dwelling  shall  be  less  than- 
three  (3)  feet  wide  and  in  a place  of  business  less  than 
four  (4)  feet  wide,  measured  in  the  clear  between  the 
hand  rails. 

Sec.  7.  Hand  rails  shall  be  provided  at  least  at  one- 
side  of  the  stairway  in  buildings  three  (3)  stories  or- 
less  in  height;  and  in  all  buildings  over  three  (3)  stories 
in  height  or  all  places  used  as  places  of  assemblage 
there  shall  be  hand  rails  at  both  sides  of  the  stairway. 

Sec.  8.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  servant  or 
employe,  constructing  or  altering  any  building  in  viola- 
tion of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  or  any  person 
who  shall  assist  in  the  violation  or  shall  fail  to  comply 
with  any  ^of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  or  shall 
construct  or  alter  any  building  in  violation  of  any  de- 
tailed statement  of  application,  plans  and  specifications 
submitted  or  approved  thereof,  provided  such  detailed 


72 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


statement  or  plans  as  accepted  are  according  to  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance  and  in  case  it  is  not  it  shall 
be  no  defense  to  any  violation  of  this  ordinance  that 
such  plans  or  any  part  thereof  were  accepted  by  any 
officer  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with 
approval  thereof  or  any  building  permit  issued  there- 
under subject  to  the  above  provisions,  shall  for  each  and 
every  such  violation  or  non-compliance  for  each  and 
every  day  thereof  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  ten 
(10)  dollars,  nor  more  than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars 
or  in  default  of  fine  by  imprisonment  in  the  House  of 
Correction  of  Milwaukee  County  not  more  than  six 
months. 

Sec.  9.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  con- 
travening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby 
repealed. 

Sec.  10.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 

File, Number  <662. 

96— AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  Superimposed  Loads  upon  Structures. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  • of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows : 

'Section  1.  The  following  minimum  super-imnosed 
or  live  loads  uniformly  distributed  in  pounds  per  square 
foot,  shall  be  used  in  calculating  the  stresses  to  be 
sustained  by  any  structure: 

Lbs.  per 
Square  foot 

Foor  fioors  of  dwellings  ^ 30 

For  fioors  of  hotels,  tenements,  boarding  and 
lodging  houses,  hospitals  and  club  houses  . . 30 

For  first  fioor  of  office  buildings  ...'.. 80 

For  all  other  floors  of  office  buildings  40 

For  floors  of  class  and  recitation  rooms  of 

school  buildings  40 

For  floors  of  all  other  parts  of  school  build- 
ings 


60 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  73 

For  floors  of  theaters,  churches,  auditoriums 
and  places  of  assemblage  having  flxed  seats  . . 50 
Other  parts  of  these  buildings  have  no  flxed 

seats  80 

For  flors  of  dance  halls,  gymnasiums,  armories.  100 
For  floors  of  store  buildings  for  the  sale  or  stor- 
age of  light  merchandise  and  buildings  for 

light  manufacturing  100 

For  floors  of  stables  80 

For  floors  of  garages  80 

For  grand  stands,  reviewing  stands  or  tempo- 
rary structures  for  seating  80 

All  stairs  60 

Balconies  and  canopies  80 


Floors  intended  for  the  storage  of  heavy  merchandise 
or  manufacturing  purposes  where  heavy  loads  may  be 
placed,  or  where  moving  machinery  is  placed,  shall 
be  designed  with  the  factor  of  safety  required  in  these 
ordinances  for  the  respective  materials  used  in  con- 
struction. 

Lbs.  per 
Square  foot 

Roofs  30 

Hollow  sidewalks  150 

Lbs.  per 
Square  foot 

Sec.  2.  Wind  pressure  acting  horizontally  ....  30 

Sec.  3.  The  floor  spans  between  two  joists  or  beams 
shall  be  designed  for  a load  10%  in  excess  of  the  loads 
assumed  on  the  entire  floor. 

Sec.  4.  The  joists,  beams,  girders,  columns  and  walls 
of  any  roof  shall  be  designed  for  the  full  load. 

Sec.  5.  Floor  girders  shall  bo  designed  to  carry  not 
less  than  85%  of  the  live  load. 

Sec.  6.  In  a factory,  store,  warehouse,  or  other  com- 
mercial building  the  live  loads  to  be  supported  by  walls, 
columns  or  foundations,  shall  be  assumed  at  not  less 
than  85%  of  the  full  load  of  the  top  floor,  80%  of  the 
next  lower  floor  and  75%  for  each  floor  below  this. 

In  all  other  buildings  the  live  loads  to  be  supported 
by  walls,  columns  and  foundations,  shall  be  assumed  at 


74 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


not  less  than  85%  of  the  full  load  of  the  top  floor  and 
5%  less  for  each  next  lower  floor  until  a ratio  of  50%  is 
reached,  which  shall  be  assumed  for  any  further  lower 
floor. 

Sec.  7.  The  overturning  moment  due  to  wind  pres- 
sure shall  not  exceed  75%  of  the  momient  of  stability 
of  a structure  due  to  the  dead  load  only,  otherwise  the 
structure  shall  be  anchored  to  their  foundations  which 
shall  be  of  sufficient  weight  to  insure  the  stability  of 
the  structure;  also  diagonal  bracing  or  rigid  connec- 
tions between  upright  and  horizontal  structural  mem- 
bers shall  be  provided  to  resist  distortion.  The  wind 
stress  may  be  disregarded  in  a structure  of  less  than 
100  feet  in  height  whose  height  does  not  exceed  twice 
its  width. 

Sec.  8.  Factor  of  Safety. 

If  no . maximum  safe  loads  are  prescribed  for  any 
materials  or  when  no  minimum  sizes  of  any  structural 
parts  of  a building  are  prescribed  in  the  ordinances 
the  factor'^of  safety  as  prescribed  in  ordinance  on  steel 
and  timber  construction  shall  be  used. 

Sec.  9.  For  materials  exposed  to  the  elements  or  to 
vibration  of  moving  loads  the  factor  of  safety  shall  be 
increased  50%. 

Sec.  10.  In  addition  to  the  super-imposed  loads  es- 
tablished by  this  ordinance, , provisions  must  be  made 
in  calculating  the  stresses  of  any  structure  to  take  care 
of  special  loading,  distributed  or  concentrated. 

Sec.  11.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  building  in 
violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or 
any  person  who  shall  assist  in  the  violation  or  shall  fail 
to  comp ly‘ with  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance^ 
or  shall  build  in  violation  of  any  detailed  statement 
of  application,  plans  and  specifications  submitted  or 
approved  thereof,  provided  such  detailed  plan  as  ac- 
cepted is  according  to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance, 
shall  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  Ten  (10)  Dol- 
lars and  not  more  than  Five  Hundred  (500)  Dollars, 
or  in  default  of  payment  thereof  by  imprisonment  in 
the  House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee  County  for  not 
more  than  six  (6)  months,  and  each  and  every  such  vio- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  . 75 

lation  or  non-compliance  for  each  and  every  day  thereof 
shall  be  considered  a separate  ofiense.  It  shall  be  no 
defense  to  any  violation  of  this  ordinance  that  such 
plans  or  any  part  thereof  were  accepted  by  any  officer 
of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with  the  ap- 
proval thereof  or  any  building  permit  issued  thereunder. 

Sec.  12.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  with 
this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  13.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 

AN  ORDINANCE 
Regulating  the  Height  of  Buildings. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  This  ordinance  or  any  other  ordinance 
regulating  *the  construction  of  buildings  the  following 
definitions  shall  apply  unless  specifically  mentioned 
otherwise: 

'Sec.  2.  A building  is  of  fireproof  construction  if  all 
the  walls,  partitions,  piers,  columns,  floors,  ceilings, 
roof  and  stairs  are  built  of  incombustible  material  and 
if  all  metallic  structural  members  are  protected  from 
fire  by  an  incombustible  fire  resisting  covering  of  low 
heat  conduction  of  not  less  than  2 inches  thickness  for 
columns  and  girders  and  not  less  than  lyz  inches  thick- 
ness for  other  structural  parts.  This  thickness  shall^ 
be  outside  of  the  extreme  edges  of  structural  members. 
Such  covering  shall  consist  of  Portland  cement  con- 
crete, brick,  terra  cotta  or  tile  laid  in  cement  mortar, 
the  plastering  shall  not  be  applied  to  wood  lath  or  wood 
furring  strips. 

In  a fireproof  building  the  trimmings  and  finished  floor 
may  be  of  wood.  Any  space  between  the  flooring  and 
the  fireproof  material  below  same  shall  not  be  greater 
than  2 inches. 

Outside  doors  and  windows  and  their  frames  facing 
a court,  street  or  alley  less  than  30  feet  wide  or  being 
less  than  30  feet  away  from  any  boundary  line  between 


76  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

adjoining  premises  shall  be  made  of  metal  and  the 
glass  in  same  shall  be  wire  glass. 

All  other  doors  and  windows  and  their  frames  may  be 
of  wood. 

Inclosing  walls  shall  not  be  less  than  12  inches  thick 
if  of  brick,  tile,  terra  cotta  or  plain  concrete  or  shall 
not  be  less  than  six  inches  thick  if  of  reinforced  con- 
crete. 

Sec.  3.  Mill  Construction.  A building  is  of  mill  con- 
struction if  all  walls  are  built  of  incombustible  material, 
but  no  enclosing  wall  shall  be  less  than  12  inches  thick 
if  of  brick,  tile,  terra  cotta  or  plain  concrete,  which  is 
not  reinforced,  and  if  post  girders  and  joist  are  of  tim- 
ber which  shall  measure  in  width  at  least  one  half  its 
depth.  No  joist  shall  measure  less  than  72  square 
inches  and  no  post  shall  measure  less  than  100  square 
inches  in  sectional  area.  If  any  steel  or  iron  is  used 
for  structural  purposes,  it  shall  be  fireproofed  with  not 
less  than  one  inch  incombustible  material  or  metal  lath 
and  plaster.  The  floors  shall  be  not  less  than  3 inch 
lumber  having  grooves  and  splines  at  their  joints  and 
shall  be  covered  with  incombustible  felt  and  shall  have 
a separate  finished  floor  of  not  less  than  % inch  thick- 
ness. 

The  lower  thickness  of  the  roof  planking  shall  be  not 
less  than  2 inch  lumber  tongued  and  grooved  and  cov- 
ered with  incombustible  felt  and  the  upper  thickness 
shall  be  not  less  than  % inch,  and  there  shall  be  an 
incombustible  roof  covering. 

There  shall  be  no  openings  in  the  floor  unless  pro- 
tected by  fireproof  doors  and  no  concealed  air  spaces 
except  such  as  are  enclosed  by  incombustible  material. 

All  stairways  and  elevators  shall  be  enclosed  with 
walls  of  incombustible  material. 

Outside  doors  and  windows  and  their  frames  facing 
a court,  street  or  alley  less  than  30  feet  wide  or  being 
less  than  30  feet  away  from  any  boundary  line  between 
adjoining  premises  shall  be  made  * of  metal  and  the 
glass  in  same  shall  be  wire  glass.  All  other  doors  and 
windows  and  their  frames  may  be  of  wood. 

Sec.  4.  Ordinary  Construction.  A building  is  of  ordi- 
nary construction  if  all  enclosing  walls  consist  of  stone. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  77 

brick,  tile  or  concrete,  and  the  roof  has  an  incombustible 
covering;  also  in  which  any  of  the  following  conditions 
exist:  Structural  iron  parts  are  not  protected;  the 

plastering  is  on  wood  lath  with  concealed  hollow  spaces 
behind  any  wood  joist;  rafters  or  studs  of  smaller  sec- 
tion than  required  for  mill  construction  but  no  joist, 
rafters  and  studs  shall  be  of  less  than  2 inches  lumber, 
with  uncovered  openings  in  the  floor;  where  stairways 
and  elevators  are  not  enclosed  with  fire  resisting  mate- 
rial. 

Outside  doors  and  windows  and  their  frames  facing 
a court,  street  or  alley  less  than  80  feet  wide  or  being 
less  than  30  feet  away  from  any  boundary. line  between 
adjoining  premises  shall  be  made  of  metal  and  the  glass 
in  same  shall  be  wire  glass.  All  other  doors  and  win- 
dows and  their  frames  may  be  of  wood. 

Sec.  5.  Frame  Buildings.  A frame  building  or  a 
wooden  veneered  building  is  a building  whose  struct- 
ural parts  and  enclosing  walls  consist  of  wood.  If  such 
enclosing  walls  are  veneered,  encased  or  faced  with 
stone,  brick,  tile,  concrete,  plaster  or  metal  whose  sta- 
bility or  rigidity  depends  upon  the  frame  wall  the  build- 
ing is  also  termed  a frame  building. 

Sec.  6.  Business  Buildings.  All  buildings  not  used 
solely  as  private  residence,  apartment,  tenement  or 
boarding  house  shall  be  considered  as  business  build- 
ings regarding  their  requirements  of  construction. 

Sec.  7.  Heights  of  Building.  The  height  of*a  build- 
ing is  measured  at  the  center  line  of  its  principal  front 
from  the  street  grade  or  if  setting  back  from  the  street 
from  the  grade  of  the  ground  adojining  the  building  to 
the  highest  part  of  the  roof,  if  a flat  roof,  or  to  a 
height  two-thirds  of  the  roof  if  a gabled  or  hipped  roof. 

If  the  grade  of  the  lot  or  adjoining  street  in  the  rear 
or  alongside  of  the  building  falls  below  the  grade  of  , 
the  front  the  height  shall  be  measured  in  the  center  of 
the  side  showing  the  greatest  fall. 

©ec.  8.  Buildings  of  fireproof  construction  shall  be 
limited  to  a height  of  225  feet. 

Sec.  9.  In  a fireproof  building  exceeding  160  feet  in 
height,  all  stairways  and  corridor  windows  and  doors 
shall  be  of  fireproof  construction  with  metal  frames 


78 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


and  all  sash  connected  therewith  shall  be  of  metal  and 
all  glass  shall  be  wire  glass.  The  stairway  and  corridor 
finish  and  floors  shall  be  entirely  of  incombustible  mate- 
rial. Such  buildings  shall  be  permitted  only  on  a public 
street  of  not  less  width  than  80  feet,  unless  such  build-- 
ings  are  set  back  from  the  street  line  to  a line  not  less 
than  40  feet  distant  from  the  center  of  the  street. 

Sec.  10.  .Buildings  of  mill  construction  shall  not  be 
higher  than  85  feet  above  the  grade. 

Sec.  11.  Buildings  of  ordinary  construction  shall  not 
be  higher  than  60  feet  above  the  grade. 

Sec.  12.  Frame  or  veneered  buildings  shall  not  be 
higher  than  40  feet  above  the  grade. 

!S>ec.  13.  Roof  appendages  such  as  dormer  windows,, 
domes,  towers,  turrets,  spires,  skylights,  monitors,  pent- 
houses or  other  projections  above  the  main  roof  of  a 
building  shall  not  exceed  in  total  area  20  per  cent  of 
the  main  roof,  otherwise  the  building  height  limit  shall 
apply  to  the  roof  of  such  appendage. 

Such  roof  appendages  of  any  frame  or  veneered 
building  shall  not  exceed  a height  of  50  feet  above  the 
grade;  if  such  appendage  is  on  the  roof  of  a business 
building  the  walls  and  roof  of  such  appendage  shall  be 
covered  with  incombustible  material. 

Such  appendage  on  the  roof  of  a building  of  ordinary 
construction  shall  not  exceed  a height  of  80  feet  above 
the  grade. 

Such  appendage  on  the  roof  of  a mill  constructed 
building  shall  not  exceed  a height  of  110  feet  above 
the  grade. 

Pent  houses  containing  elevator  machinery  shall  be 
constructed  as  defined  in  the  elevator  ordinance. 

structures  shall  be  designed  to  resist 
the  horizontal  wind  pressure  of  thirty  pounds  per  square 
inch. 

Sec.  15.  All  buildings  more  than  one  hundred  (100) 
feet  in  height,  shall  be  equipped  with  a sprinkler  sys-  ! 
tern,  or  there  shall  be  a stand  pipe  inside  of  the  build- 
ing  at  least  four  (4)  inches  in  diameter,  extending  from 
the  basement  grade  to  the  roof.  There  shall  be  at  least 
one  such  stand  pipe  where  the  building  area  of  any 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


79 


story  is  not  more  than  10,000  square  feet,  and  one  addi- 
tional stand  pipe  for  each  additional  10,000  square  feet 
or  fraction  thereof.  There  shall  be  a hose  connection 
of  fire  department  standard  to  such  stand  pipes  on  each 
fioor  with  hose  attached  sufficient  to  reach  every  part 
of  such  floor.  Such  stand  pipe  shall  be  connected  with 
a pressure  tank  not  lower  than  the  top  floor  and  a 
pump  system  of  a capacity  of  not  less  than  5,000'  gallons. 

Sec.  16.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  building  in 
violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  or 
any  person  who  shall  assist  in  the  violation  or  shall 
fail  to  comply  with  any  provisions  of  this  ordinance  or 
who  shall  build  in  any  violation  of  any  detailed  state- 
ment of  application,  plans  or  specifications  submitted 
or  approved  thereof  providing  such  detailed  plans  as 
accepted  are  in  accordance  to  the  provisions  of  this 
ordinance  and  in  case  they  are  not  it  shall  be  no  defense 
to  any  violation  of  this  ordinance,  that  such  plans  or 
any  part  thereof  were  accepted  by  an  officer  of  the  City 
of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with  approval  thereof,  or 
any  building  permit  issued  thereunder  subject  to  the 
above  provisions  shall  for  each  and  every  such  violation 
or  non-complianc,e  for  each  and  every  day  thereof  be 
liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  ten  (10)  dollars  nor 
more  than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars,  or  in  default  of 
fine  by  imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correction  of 
Milwaukee  County  not  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  17.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  the 
provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  18.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  its  passage  and  publication. 

Passecf  Dec.  23,  1912. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

To  Regulate  the  Floor  Areas  in  Buildings. 

The  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  do  ordain 
as  follows: 

Section  1.  The  area  of  any  floor  of  a building  shall 
be  measured  in  the  clear  between  incombustible  and  fire 
resisting  walls.  Walls  of  any  other  kind  of  material 
shall  not  be  considered  as  dividing  walls. 


80 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Seo  2.  Dividing  walls  will  be  required:  In  fireproof 
buildings  having  a floor  area  greater  than  18,000  square 
feet. 

In  buildings  of  mill  construction  having  a floor  area 
greater  than  .10,000  square  feet. 

In  buildings  of  ordinary  construction  having  a floor 
area  greater  than  7,r.00  scfuare  feet. 

In  a wood  frame  building  having  a floor  area  greater 
tlian  5,01)0  square  feet. 

Buildings  not  exceeding  two  stories  in  height  above 
the  basement  may  be  increased  in  floor  area  50  per  cent, 
in  excess  of  the  above  table  and  the  percentage  of  in- 
crease shall  be  computed  on  the  original  area. 

If  such  buildings  are  equipped  with  an  automatic 
sprinkler  system  the  floor  area  may  be  increased  30  per 
cent,  and  if  located  so  as  to  front  on  not  less  than  three 
streets  or  two  streets  and  an  alley  the  floor  area  may 
be  further  Increased  20  per  cent. 

Sec.  3.  Where  dividing  walls  are  required  in  any  of 
the  above  mentioned  buildings  such  walls  shall  be  of 
solid  incombustible  fire  resisting  materials,  and  of  the 
same  thickness  as  required  by  the  table  for  enclosing 
walls,  and  shall  be  continuous  from  the  foundation  to 
three  feet  above  the  roof  in  non-flreprcof  buildings.  All 
openings  in  these  division  walls  shall  have  standard 
fire  doors  on  each  side  of  the  walls. 

Sec.  4.  Each  subdivided  part  of  such  building  shall 
be  provided  with  stairs  and  exits  the  same  as  a separate 
building. 

iSec.  5.  One  story  buildings  of  fireproof  construction 
shall  not  be  limited  in  floor  area. 

Sec.  6.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  owning,  con- 
trolling or  managing  any  building  or  premises,  wherein 
or  whereon  anything  in  violation  of  this  ordinance  shall 
exist  or  shall  be  placed,  or  any  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion employed  who  shall  assist  in  the  commission  of  any. 
violation  or  any  of  the  requirements  hereof,  or  who  shall 
build  contrary  to  the  plans  and  specifications  submitted 
to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  provided  such  plans  and 
specifications  are  in  accordance  v/ith  this  ordinance,  or 
any  person,  firm  or  corporation  who  shall  neglect  to  doy 
each  and  every  act  required  herein,  whether  such  act/ 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


81 


has  been  approved  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  or  not, 
shall  for  each  and  every  day’s  violation  or  non-compli- 
ance be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  dollars 
and  not  more  than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars  or  in  de- 
fault of  fine  by  imprisonment  in  the  house  of  correction 
not  less  than  one  day  nor  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  7.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  8.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  its  passage  and  publication. 

93— AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  the  Safety  of  Buildings  During  the  Construc- 
tion of  Buildings. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
roauhee  do  ordain  as  follows : 

Section  1.  All  persons  constructing  buildings  where 
the  plans  and  specifications  require  the  floors  to  be 
arched  between  the  beams  thereof,  or  where  the  floors 
or  filling  in  between  the  floors  are  of  fire  proof  material 
or  brick  work,  shall  complete  the  flooring  or.  filling  in  on 
each  floor  as  the  building  progresses  before  any  work 
shall  be  permitted  on  the  next  succeeding  floor  above. 
If  the  plans  and  specifications  of  such  buildings  do  not 
require  filling  in  between  the  beams  of  floors  with  brick 
or  fireproof  material,  all  contractors  for  carpenter  work 
in  the  course  of  construction  shall  lay  the  under  flooring 
thereof  on  each  story  as  the  building  progresses  before 
any  work  shall  be  permitted  on  the  next  succeeding  story 
above.  Where  double  floors  are  not  to  be  used  all  per- 
sons constructing  the  building  shall  keep  planked  over 
the  floor  one  story  below  the  story  where  the  work  is 
being  performed. 

If  the  floor  beams  are  of  iron  or  steel,  the  contractors 
for  iron  or  steel  work  of  such  buildings  in  the  course  of 
construction,  or  the  owners  of  such  buildings,  shall  thor- 
oughly plank  over  the  entire  tier  of  iron  or  steel  beams 
on  which  the  structural  iron  or  steel  work  is  being 
erected,  except  such  spaces  as  may  be  reasonably  re- 
quired for  the  proper  construction  of  such  iron  or  steel 
work,  and  for  the  raising  or  lowering  of  materials  to  be 


82 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


used  in  the  construction  of  such  building,  or  such  spaces 
as  may  be  designated  by  the  plans  and  specifications  for 
stairways  and  elevator  shafts.  But  all  such  openings 
shall  be  enclosed  or  fenced  in  on  all  sides  by  barriers 
of  at  least  four  feet  in  height.  In  case  of  any  opening 
across  which  are  placed  runways  or  tramways,  then  the 
entire  opening  shall  be  planked  over. 

If  elevating  machines  or  hoisting  apparatus  are  used 
within  a building  in  the  course  of  construction  for  the 
purpose  of  lifting  material  to  be  used  in  such  construc- 
tion the  contractors  or  owners  shall  cause  the  shafts  or 
openings  in  each  fioor  to  be  enclosed  or  fenced  iii^on  all 
sides  by  a barrier  at  least  eight  (8)  feet  in  height.  If 
a building  in  course  of  construction  is  five  (5)  stories  or 
more  in  height,  no  lumber  or  timber  needed  for  such 
construction  shall  be  hoisted  or  lifted  on  the  outside  of 
such  building. 

Sec.  2.  Any  person  violating  the  provisions  of  this 
ordinance  shall  upon  conviction  thereof  be  punished 
by  a fine  of  not  more  than  one  hundred  (100)  dollars, 
or  in  default  of  payment  of  such  fine  by  imprisonment  in 
the  House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee  County  for  not  to 
exceed  ninety  (90)  days. 

Sec.  3.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  contra- 
vening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  re-  { 
pealed.  ' | 

Sec.  4.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  its  passage  and  publication. 

Passed  September  16,  1912. 

File  Number  5819. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  Fire  Escapes.  . 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
tcaukce  do  ordain  as  folloius: 

Section  1.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm 
or  corporation  to  construct,  maintain  or  occupy  any 
building  more  than  two  (2)  stories  high  unless  provided 
with  one  or  more  stairway  and  balcony  fire  escapes  or 
spiral  chutes,  constructed  of  incombustible  material  on 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


83- 


the  outside  of  such  building,  placed  in  such  location  and 
installed  in  such  a manner,  and  as  many  in  number  as 
may  he  directed  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  and  the 
Chief  of  Fire  Department. 

Such  fire  escapes,  stairways  or  chutes  shall  be  con- 
nected at  each  fioor  line  by  wrought  iron  platform,  bal- 
cony, piazza  or  other  resting  place  and  of  a length  to 
permit  access  to  the  same;  they  shall  be  convenient  of 
access  from  the  interior  of  the  building  through  opening 
not  less  than  twenty-four  (24)  inches  in  width.  Free 
and  unobstructed  access  to  these  fire  escapes  shall  be 
had  through  a door  at  each  floor  level. 

Sec.  2.  The  uppermost  balcony  of  every  fire  escape 
shall  be  provided  with  a substantial  wrought  iron  cat 
ladder  securely  fastened  to  the  wall  of  the  building 
which  shall  extend  three  (3)  feet  over  and  above  the 
roof  of  the  building.  Such  balconies,  stairways  and  plat- 
forms shall  be  supported  by  wrought  iron  brackets,  all 
securely  bolted  together,  the  brackets  to  extend  through 
the  wall  of  the  building  and  to  be  provided  with  nuts 
and  washers,  or  iron  anchors,  and  properly  secured 
on  the  inside  of  the  wall. 

Sec.  3.  The  pitch  of  all  fire  escape  stairways  shall 
be  at  an  angle  of  not  more  than  46  degrees. 

Sec.  4.  All  balconies,  stairways  and  platforms  shall 
he  constructed  in  such  a manner  as  to  maintain  a load 
of  100  pounds  per  square  foot;  all  steps  shall  be  capable 
of  sustaining  a load  of  150  pounds  on  each  step  on  a fac- 
tor of  safety  of  four  (4). 

The  floors  of  all  balconies  and  platforms  and  treads 
of  fire  escape  stairways  to  be  made  of  wrought  iron, 
square  edged  bars  or  of  any  other  incombustible  mate- 
rial. If  square  edged  bars  are  used,  the  edge  surfaces 
of  bars  to  face  upwards.  (Round,  or  any  other  shaped 
bars  are  prohibited.,)  The  bars  shall  not  be  more  than 
% of  an  inch  apart.  Stairways  to  be  at  least  24  inches 
wide,  and  balconies  and  platforms  shall  be  at  least  28 
inches  wide,  and  stairways  sh'all  be  at  least  two  (2) 
feet  away  from  the  building. 

All  such  balconies,  stairs  and  platforms  to  be  pro- 
vided with  wrought  iron  bars  or  pipe  hand  rails,  secure- 


84 


BUILDING  ORDINAiNCES. 


ly  fastened  to  the  iron  work  and  building  proper.  The 
top  rail  to  extend  through  the  wall  and  fastened  on  the 
inside  of  the  building  with  washers  and  bolts. 

There  shall  be  attached  to  the  first  or  lower  balcony  a 
counter-balanced  stairway  extending  to  the  ground. 
Said  stairway  shall  be  of  the  same  construction,  pitch 
and  width  and  to  be  provided  with  two  hand  rails,  as 
the  portion  of  the  fire  escape  above. 

Sec.  5.  Wherever  spiral  fire  escape  chutes  are  used, 
with  balconies  leading  to  entrances  of  chutes  from  the 
various  fioors  of  buildings,  said  balcony  fioors  to  be  con- 
nected with  a substantial,  continuous,  perpendicular 
wrought  iron  ladder,  thoroughly  secured  to  sides  of  bal- 
cony, which  shall  extend  from  five  (5)  feet  above  grade 
to  a point  three  (3)  feet  above  the  roof.  This  ladder  is 
for  the  use  of  the  firemen  for  the  connection  of  hose  at 
the  various  fioors  and  roof,  and  for  the  prompt  assist- 
ance by  them  to  those  imperiled. 

Sec.  6.  There  shall  be  attached  to  such  fire  escape, 
stair,  balcony  or  platform,  or  spiral  chutes,  from  a point 
five  (5)  feet  above  the  ground  extending  to  a point 
three  (3)  feet  above  the  roof  or  cornice  in  close  prox- 
imity to  and  accessible  from  fire  escape,  including  cat 
ladder  and  a three  inch  wrought  iron  stand  pipe.  At 
each  story  above  the  first  and  on  the  roof  there  shall  be 
attached  a 244  inch  angle  hose  valve  with  male^  hose 
connection  and  a double  or  a Siamese  female  hose 
connection  at  the  base  of  pipe,  with  threads  to  conform 
to  the  size  and  pattern  used  by  the  Fire  Department  of 
the  City  of  Milwaukee. 

Sec.  7.  Every  building  required  to  be  equipped  with 
fire  escape  stairways  and  balconies  or  spiral  chutes  shall 
have  displayed  in  conspicuous  places,  on  each  fioor  of 
such  building,  notices  sufficient  in  number  and  in  plainly 
legibile  type  at  least  six  inches  in  height,  indicating  and 
showing  the  location  of  such  fire  escape  stairways,  bal- 
cony or  spiral  chutes  and  the  direct  way  to  reach  them. 
If  such  notice  be  not  displayed  within  thirty  (30)  days 
after  such  equipment  is  installed  and  kept  continuously 
displayed  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  or  Chief  of  Fire 
Department  shall  cause  the  building  to  be  closed  and 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  85 

Itept  closed  until  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall 
"have  been  complied  with. 

Sec.  8.  It  shall  be  unlawful  under  any  circumstances 
to  close  up  or  obstruct  any  passageways  leading  to  any 
hre  escape  stairways,  balconies  or  platforms,  or  any 
spiral  chute  of  any  building.  No  change  in  the  position 
or  constrruction  of  any  such  fire  escape  stairway,  bal- 
cony or  platform,  or  spiral  chute  shall  be  made  unless 
the  permission  of  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  and  Chief 
of  Fire  Department  shall  first  have  been  obtained. 

iSec.  9.  If  any  window  or  other  opening,  other  than 
the  exit  to  the  fire  escape  stairway,  balcony  or  platform, 
or  spiral  chute,  abuts  on,  or  faces  any  such  fire  escape 
stairway,  balcony  or  platform,  or  spiral  chute,  it  shall 
be  provided  with  metal  frame  and  wire  glass,  and  sash 
of  such*  windows  or  openings  shall  be  stationary,  or 
such  window  or  other  opening  shall  be  closed  up  with 
incombustible  material. 

Sec.  1(>.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Inspector  of  Build- 
ings to  carefully  examine  and  pass  upon  all  applications 
made  hereunder  as  well  as  on  all  drawings,  plans  and 
specifications  and  he  shall  see  to  it  that  the  same  in  all 
things  conform  to  the  requirements  hereof,  and  he  may 
require  the  same  to  be  amended,  altered  or  changed  by 
the  applicant  as  he  shall  direct,  before  issuing  a permit 
thereon,  and  after  approving  of  any  such  application  he 
shall  issue  a permit  to  such  applicant  for  the  erection 
and  maintenance  of  such  fire  escape  stairway,  balcony 
or  platform,  or  spiral  chute,  according  to  the  drawings, 
plans  and  specifications  therefor  and  shall  keep  a record 
thereof  in  his  office. 

It  shall  furtl\er  be  the  duty  of  the  Inspector  of  Build- 
ings to  inspect  and  examine  all  such  .fire  escape  stair- 
ways, balconies  or  platforms,  or  spiral  chutes  and  all 
fastenings,  braces,  hand  rails,  and  supports  in  connec- 
tion therewith,  from  time  to  time  and  whenever  he  shall 
find  any  part  thereof  defective  or  unsafe,  or  in  need  of 
any  repairs,  he  shall  forthwith  notify  the  owner  or  agent 
of  the  building  to  which  such  fire  escape  stairway,  bal- 
cony or  platform,  or  spiral  chute  is  connected,  in  writ- 
ing, that  he  or  they,  is  or  are  required  to  make  needed 


86 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


repairs  (specifying  what  such  repairs  consist  of),  within 
a time  stated  in  such  notice,  which  time  shall  be  fixed; 
by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings. 

If  any  owner  or  owners  of  any  building  to  which  such 
fire  escape  stairway,  balcony  or  platform  or  spiral  chutei 
is  attached,  shall  fail,  neglect  or  refuse  as  herein  pre- 
scribed for,  within  the  time  limited  therefor  by  such  no- 
tice, to  make  such  repairs  or  alterations,  he  shall  bei 
subject  to  the  penalty  of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  11.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or 
corporation  to  construct,  erect  or  remodel,  or  cause  to 
be  constructed,  erected  or  remodeled,  any  fire  escape 
stairway,  balcony  or  platform,  or  spiral  chute,  without 
first  making  application  to  .the  Inspector  of  Buildings, 
and  seouring  a permit  therefor;  which  permit  shall  be 
issued  to  the  applicant  upon  compliance  ’^yith  all  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  12.  Every  applicant  for  a permit  for  such  firei 
escape  stairway,  balcony  or  platform,  or  spiral  chute, 
shall  pay  into  the  City  Treasury  the  sum  of  one  (1)  dol- 
lar therefor  to  be  credited  to  the  General  City  Fund  and 
said  permit  shall  be  duly  signed  by  the  City  Treasurer! 
and  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  and  the  same  shall  be; 
in  full  for  the  aforesaid 'examination  of  drawings,  plans, 
specifications  and  permit. 

Sec.  13.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  or  any  offi- 
cer of  a corporation  who  shall  violate  or  cause  to  be  vio- 
lated, any  provision  of  this  ordinance  or  who  shall  re- 
fuse or  neglect  to  erect,  construct,  put  up  or  remodel i 
any  fire  escape  stairway,  balcony  or  platform,  or  spirall 
chute,  according  to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,, 
shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a misdemeanor,  and  shall  oni 
conviction  thereof  be  punished  by  a fine  of  not  less  than  i 
ten  (10)  dollars,  nor  more  than  two  hundred  (200)  dol- 
lars, together  with  the  cost  of  prosecution,  or  by  im- 
prisonment in  the  House  of  Correctibn  for  Milwaukee 
County  for  a term  not  exceeding  six  months,  or  by  both  i 
such  fine  and  imprisonment,  and  each  and  every  day  of  i 
such  violation  shall  be  a separate  offense. 

Sec.  14.  All  ordinances  and  parts  of  ordinances  con- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  87 

travelling  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby 
repealed. 

Sec.  15.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  (20)  days  following  its  pas- 
sage and  publication. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Relating  to  Canopies  and  Hoods  Extending  upon  Public 

Highways. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows : 

Section.  1.  No  permanent  hood  or  canopy  shall  be 
constructed  unless  constructed  in  the  manner  herein 
provided.  . 

Sec.  2.  There  shall  be  a height  of  not  less  than 
eight  (8)  feet  in  clear  between  the  grade  of  the  side- 
j walk  and  the  lowest  point  of  any  appendage  or  pro- 
I jection  extending  from  any  building  into  the  public  high- 
way, in  regard  to  the  erection  of  any  canopy  or  perma- 
nent hood.  Permanent  hoods  or  canopies 'over  doors 
shall  not  extend  more  than  five  (5)  feet  on  either  side 
of  the  door,  and  the  projection  shall  not  exceed  four 
(4)  feet. 

Sec.  3.  All  hoods  and  canopies  shall  have  gutters 
and  conductors  connected  with  the  sewer  at  the  build- 
ing. 

Sec.  4.  The  projection  of  movable  awnings  shall’ not 
exceed  the  width  of  the  sidewalk,  and  shall  have  a 
resistance  of  wind  pressure  of  twenty  (20)  pounds,  with 
a factor  of  safety  of  four  (4). 

Sec.  5.  Uanopies  built  of  incombustible  material 
throughout,  and  capable  of  resisting  a superimposed 
load  of  eighty  (80)  pounds  per  square  foot,  with  a fac- 
tor of  safety  not  less  than  four  (4),  and  extending  from 
the  line  to  the  curb  at  a height  in  the  clear  of  not  less 
than  ten  (10)  feet  nor  more  than  fifteen  (15)  feet  above 
the  sidewalk,  and  to  slope  and  drain  towards  the  build- 
ing, provided  with  conductors  connected  with  the  sewer 
of  the  building  may  be  built.  There  shall  be  installea 
under  this  canopy,  lights  to  reflect  on  to  the  highway 
below  the  canopy,  equal  to  two  (2)  candle  power  for 


88 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


each  area  foot  of  the  surface  of  the  canopy,  and  such 
lights  shall  be  kept  lighted  continually  from  one  hour 
after  sunset  until  one  hour  before  sunrise. 

0ec.  6.  Application  for  permit  shall  be  presented  to 
the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  together  with  blueprint,  and! 
a fee  shall  be  charged  for  such  permit  and  inspection  by 
the  Building  Inspector  of  three  ($3.00)  dollars  for  small 
hoods  or  canopies  over  doors  or  movable  awnings  of 
any  kind  or  nature.  For  other  canopies,  a fee  of  six 
($6.00)  dollars  shall  be  charged. 

The  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  refuse  any  permit 
which  does  not  show  fulfillment  of  the  provisions  of 
this  ordinance  in  any  respect,  and  any  violation  of  any 
of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  any  other  ordi- 
nace,  shall  operate  as  an  immediate  revocation  of  sHch 
permit.  The  fee  for  permit  herein  mentioned  shall  not 
include  street  permit,  when  it  is  necessary  to  use  the 
streets  as  mentioned  or  covered  by  any  other  ordinance, 
and  such  street  permit  shall  be  in  addition  to  such  per- 
mits herein  mentioned. 

Sec.  7.  The  City  of  Milwaukee  hereby  shall  have 
and  does  reserve  the  right  to  at  any  time  in  the  future 
cause  the  person,  firm  or  corporation  to  whom  a permit 
was  granted  at  his,  her,  or  its  or  their  own  cost  and 
expense  to  remove  such  canopy,  hood  or  removable- 
awning  whenever  the  Common  Council  by  resolution  or 
otherwise  made,  decide  that  the  same  is  necessary ; and 
should  such  person,  firm  or  corporation  fail,  refuse  or 
neglect  to  so  remove  such  canopy,  hood  or  movable 
awning,  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works  shall  remove 
or  cause  same  to  be  removed  and  the  cost  of  such 
removal  shall  be  charged  to  such  property  the  same 
as  other  special  assessments. 

Sec.  8.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  building  or 
erecting,  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
ordinance,  or  any  person  who  shall  assist  in  the  viola- 
tion, or  shall  fail  to  comply  with  any  provisions  of 
this  Ordinance,  or  who  shall  build  in  any  violation  of 
detailed  statement  of  application,  plans  or  spe^cifica- 
tions  submitted  to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  and  ap- 
proved thereby,  or  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions 
herein  named,  whether  consented  to,  or  plans  accepted 


building  ordinances. 


89 


by  any  official,  agent  or  employe  of  the  city,  shaU,  for 
pach  and  every  violation  or  non-compliance,  be  liable 
t^a  fine  of  not  less  than  ten  ($10.00)  dollars  nor  more 
tLn  two  hundred  and.flfty  (^50.00)  dollars,  or  in  de- 
fault of  fine,  by  imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correction 
of  Milwaukee  county  for  not  more  than  six  (6)  months. 

Sec  9 This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  (20)  days  following  its 
passage  and  publication. 

Passed  Nov.  24,  1913. 

File  Number  665. 
iOO— AN  ORDINANCE 

To  Regulate  the  Installation  and  Maintenance  of  Toilets 

and  Toilet  Rooms  in  Certain  Buddings  in  the  City  ot 

Milwaukee. 

The  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  do  ordain 
as  follows: 

Section  1.  All  toilets  or  water-closets  hereafter  in- 
stalled in  any  office  building,  factory  stor^e 
ing  or  quasi-public  building  within  the  City  of  Milwau- 
kee, except  such  buildings  as  are  owned  or  occupied  by 
the  United  States,  shall  be  equipped  with  a proper  flash- 
ing system.  All  such  toilets  and  water-closets  shall 
have  sewer  connections,  and  shall  be  placed  upon  a 
base  of  some  material  impervious  to  water,  which  base 
shall  have  an  area  of  at  least  four  (4)  square  feet  Each 
water-closet  shall  be  enclosed  by  partition  at  least 
six  (6)  feet  in  height. 

Sec.  2.  The  use  of  the  latrine  system  of  water-closets 
and  toilets  in  such  buildings  shall  be  allowed  only  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Commissioner  of  Health,  bucn 
systems  shall  be  automatically  flushed  at  least  once  in 
flve  (5)  minutes,  and  shall  be  enameled  or  lined  with  a 
non-deteriorating  surface  impervious  to  water,  ana 
equipped  with  seats  fitting  the  bodies  of  the  persons 
using  them. 

/Sec.  3.  All  urinals  in  such  buildings  shall  be  con- 
structed of  a material  impervious  to  water,  with  a non- 
deteriorating inner  surface,  and  shall  be  built  upon  a 
raised  platform  of  material  impervious  to  water,  which 


90 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


platform  shall  be  at  least  four  (4)  inches  higher  than 
the  surrounding  floors,  and  shall  extend  forward  to  a 
distance  of  at  least  two  (2)  feet  from  the  water  distrib- 
uting portions  of  said  urinals.  Such  urinals  shall  be 
flushed  continuously,  or  at  intervals  of  not  more  than 
five  (5)  minutes. 

Sec.  4.  All  toilet-rooms  in  such  buildings  shall  be 
completely  enclosed  so  as  to  be  distinct  and  separate 
rooms,  and  shall  be  provided  with  proper  ventilation  to 
the  outside  air.  In  no  case  shall  ventilation  into  a 
workroom  or  other  part  of  the  building  be  permitted. 
All  such  toilet-rooms  shall  have  a window  area  equal 
to  at  least  three  (3)  square  feet  for  each  fixture  in  such 
room,  and  closet-bowls  and  urinals  are  to  be  considered 
fixtures  under  this  provision.  There  shall  be  separate 
toilet-rooms  and  water-closets  for  the  different  sexes  in 
all  such  buildings,  and  each  such  room  or  closet  shall 
be  clearly  marked  to  indicate  by  which  sex  it  shall  be 
used,  and  no  person  shall  be  allowed  to  use  any  toilet- 
room  assigned  to  the  other  sex.  In  all  buildings  within 
the  city  where  eight  (8)  or  more  persons  are  employed, 
at  least  one  toilet  shall  be  supplied  for  each  twenty  (204 
persons  employed  in  the  building.  All  toilet-rooms,  toi- 
lets and  water-closets  shall  be  kept  in  a clean  and ’san- 
itary condition  at  all  times. 

Sec.  5.  The  Commissioner  of  Health  is  authorized 
and  empowered  to  order  such  changes  In  the  location 
or  construction  of  toilets,  toilet-rooms  and  water-closets 
in  any  such  buildings  as  in  his  opinion  may  best  serve 
the  interests  of  sanitation,  and  any  person  failing  to 
comply  with  an  order  of  the  Health  Commissioner  given 
under  this  section  shall  be  subject  to  the  penalty  pre- 
scribed in  Section  6 of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  6.  Any  owner,  lessee,  or  any  person  or  corpora- 
having  charge  of  any  of  the  aforesaid  buildings, 
who  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  shall 
forfeit  to  the  City  of  Milwaukee  a penalty 'of  not  less 
than  ten  dollars  ($10.00)  nor  more  than  one  hundred 
dollars  ($100.00)  for  each  and  every  offense,  and  in  de- 
fault of  payment  thereof  shall  be  imprisoned  either  in 
the  County  Jail  or  the  House  of  Correction  for  Milwau- 
kee County  not  less  than  five  (5)  days  nor  more  than 
thirty  (30)  days. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


91 


Sec.  7.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  contra- 
vening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  re- 
pealed. 

Sec.  8.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  its  passage  and  publication.  > 

Passed  Nov.  6,  -1911. 

File  Number  3046 

89— AN  ORDINANCE 
To  Regulate  the  Moving  of  Buildings. 

The  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  do  ordain 
as  follows: 

Section  1.  No  person,  firm  dr  corporation,  its  servants 
or  agents,  shall  move  or  cause  to  be  moved,  any  build- 
ing or  structure,  or  any  part  thereof,  without  applying 
for  and  obtaining  a permit  from  the  Inspector  of  Build- 
ings, and  without  also  obtaining  a permit  from  the  Com- 
missioner of  Public  Works  if  any  sidewalk,  alley,  street, 
highway  or  other  public  ground  is  to  be  occupied  in 
such  moving. 

Sec.  2.  An  application  for  a permit  shall  show  the 
construction  at  the  present  time,  its  use  and  location, 
also  the  new  location,  with  diagram  of  the  lot  showing 
the  new  location,  and  any  existing  building  thereon,  the 
sub-structure  that  it  is  to  be  placed  upon,  the  use  intend- 
ed in  the  future,  and  the  route  to  be  traversed  in  the 
moving. 

Sec.  3.  In  case  a permit  is  required  from  both  the 
Inspector  of  Buildings  and  the  Commissioner  of  Public 
Works,  such  permit  shall  not  be  valid  and  in  force 
until  obtained  from  both  departments  and  until  all  other 
preliminary  requirements  of  the  city  ordinances  per- 
taining to  the  moving  of  buildings  upon  the  public 
streets  are  complied  with. 

Sec.  4.  No  permit  shall  be  granted  for  the  moving 
of  any  structure  that  has  deteriorated  or  been  dam- 
aged from  any  cause  50  % or  more  of  its  original  value. 
No  permit  shall  be  granted  for  the  moving  of  any  struc- 
ture within  the  fire  limits  or  from  the  outside  to  the 
inside  of  the  fire  limits,  unless  the  building  is  of  a con- 


92  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

struction  and  kind  permissible  for  new  buildings  for 
the  purpose  for  which  it  is  intended  to  be  used  within 
the  fire  limits. 

A permit  may  be  granted  for  the  moving  of  a wood  or 
veneered  building  on  the  same  premises  within  the  fire 
limits  provided  that  its  height  is  not  increased,  and  fur- 
ther, that  no  building  originally  used  for  dwelling  pur- 
poses before  such  moving  shall  be  altered  except  for 
office  purposes. 

Sec.  5.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  servant  or 
agent  moving  any  building  in  violation  of  the  provisions 
of  this  ordinance,  or  any  person  who  shall  assist  in  the 
violation  or  shall  fail  to  comply  with  any  of  the  provi- 
sions of  this  ordinance,  or  shall  move  any  building  in 
violation  of  any  detailed  statement  of  application,  plans 
and  specifications  submitted  or  approved  thereof,  pro- 
vided such  detailed  statement  or  plans  as  accepted  are 
according  to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  and  in 
case  it  is  not,  it  shall  be  no  defense  to  any  violation  of 
this  ordinance  that  such  plans  or  any  part  thereof  were 
accepted  by  any  officer  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  or 
passed  upon  with  approval  thereof,  or  any  building  per- 
mit issued  thereunder  subject  to  the  above  provisions, 
shall  for  each  and  every  such  violation  or  non-compli- 
ance for  each  and  every  day  thereof  be  liable  to  a fine 
of  not  less  than  Ten  (10)  Dollars  nor  more  than  Five 
Hundred  (500)  Dollars  or  in  default  of  fine  by  imprison- 
ment in  the  house  of  correction  of  Milwaukee  County  not 
more  than  six  (6)  months. 

Sec.  6.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  contra- 
vening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  re- 
pealed. 

Sec.  7.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  93 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  the  Construction  and  Equipment  of  Garages. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
icaukee  do  ordain  as  folloics: 

Section  1.  A “garage”  is — 

A building  or  that  portion  of  a building  in  which  a 
vehicle  or  vehicles,  using  or  carrying  volatile  inflam- 
mable liquids  for  fuel  or  power,  is  or  are  kept  for  use, 
repair,  rental  or  live  storage,  or  for  demonstrating  pur- 
poses, and  any  part  of  said  building  that  is  not  separated 
therefrom  by  unpierced  fire  walls,  floors  and  ceilings. 

Nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  construed  to  mean 
places  where  automobiles  are  kept  when  drained,  solely 
for  exhibition  or  sale  purposes,  or  dead  storage. 

Sec.  2.  An  “automobile”  i,s  d self-propelled  vehicle. 

Sec.  3.  An  automobile  carrying  a volatile  inflamma- 
ble liquid  shall  not  be  placed — 

(a)  In  a building  of  wood  which  shall  be  more  than 
fifteen  feet  high,  used  for  more  than  four  automobiles, 
or  located  less  than  ten  feet  away  from  any  other  build- 
ing. 

(b)  In  a building,  any  portion  of  which,  outside  of 
the  garage,  is  used  as  a place  of  assemblage  or  employ- 
ment for  persons  at  any  time,  other  than  employes  of 
the  garage,  which  portion  is  not  sejparated  from  the  ga- 
rage by  unpierced  fire  walls,  floors  and  ceilings. 

(c)  Nothing  herein  contained  in  this  section  shall 
prevent  the  owner  of  any  existing  garage  from  keeping 
not  more  than  two  automobiles  for  his  own  use  in  a 
portion  of  a building;  nor  for  anyone  occupying  a part  of 
such  building  as  a dwelling.  Garages  hereafter  erected, 
any  portion  of  which  is  used  for  dwelling  purposes,  shall 
be  subject  to  all  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance. 

Fire  Resisting  Construction. 

Sec.  4.  A garage  must  be  of  fireproof  construction  if 
intended  for  the  use  of  more  than  four  automobiles;  if 
built  within  five  (5)  feet  of  a boundary  line  between 
premises  or  within  ten  (10)  feet  of  any  other  building; 
where  any  persons  are  assembled  or  employed  other 


94 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


than  employes  of  the  garage,  and  in  all  such  cases  the 
floors,  ceilings  and  walls  must  be  unpierced.  Enclosing 
walls  within  flve  (5)  feet  of  any  other  building,  or  with- 
in flve  (5)  feet  of  a boundary  line  between  premises 
shall  have  no  openings;  all  openings  in  walls  shall  have 
Are  doors  or  windows,  but  these  requirements  shall  not 
apply  to  openings  in  front  walls  on  the  street  line  where 
such  street  in  thirty  (30)  feet  or  more  in  width.  All  ex- 
terior walls,  abutting  on  a street,  alley  or  lot  line,  of 
any  building  used  as  a garage  'shall  have  parapet  walls 
carried  to  at  least  two  feet  above  the  roof,  and  shall  be 
coped  with  incombustible  material. 

In  lieu  of  fireproof  construction  a one  story  garage 
may  be  built  of  incombustible  material  provided  that  the 
floor  area  does  not  exceed  360  square  feet  and  the  height 
does  not  exceed  fifteen  feet  measured  from  the  floor  to  a 
point  two-thirds  of  the  height  of  the  roof,  and  that  such 
garage  does  not  form  a part  of  any  building  and  is  not 
contained  in  any  other  building;  such  garage  shall  not 
be  built  less  than  one  foot  from  a boundary  line  between 
adoining  premises  or  any  frame  building  and  not  more 
than  one  such  garage  shall  be  built  on  any  twenty-five 
foot  frontage  of  a lot.  The  walls  and  roof  of  such  in- 
combustible garage  may  consist  of  corrugated  iron  not 
lighter  than  twenty  gauge  U.  S.  standard,  covered  with 
a rust  resisting  coating,  fastened  to  a steel  frame  work, 
or  may  consist  of  cement  plaster  of  not  les«  than  two 
inches  solid  thickness  on  metal  lath  with  metal  frame. 
The  floor  in  all  cases  shall  be  of  incombustible  material 
and  the  doors  shall  be  of  metal  or  metal  covered  wood 
and  the  windows  and  sash  shall  be  of  metal  with  wire 
glass. 

Tanks. 

Sec.  5.  Storage  tanks  shall — 

(a)  Not  be  installed  until  application,  with  plans  and 
specifications  showing  full  details  of  location  and  con- 
struction of  tank  and  all  connections  have  been  filed 
with  and  approved  by  the  Inspector  ot  Buildings.  If  in 
conformity  with  all  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  a 
permit  shall  be  issued. 

(b)  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  installing  any 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


95 


gasoline  tank  shall  notify  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  be- 
fore covering  or  enclosing  same,  and  said  Inspector  of 
Buildings  shall  have  an  inspection  made  of  such  tank 
and  connections  and  same  must  not  be  covered  up  or 
enclosed  before  inspected. 

(c)  Not  be  placed  upon  or  under  any  street,  or  any 
part  of  highway  or  alley  or  sidewalk. 

Under  any  building  any  part  of  which  is  used  for  a 
residence,  hotel  or  lodging  purposes  or  place  of  assem- 
blage. 

Not  have  a capacity  in  excess  of  300  gallons. 

Be  made  of  iron  or  steel  galvanized  of  at  least  number 
twelve  (12)  United  States  standard  gauge. 

Be  coated  on  the  outside  with  rust-resisting  material. 

Have  joints  tightly  riveted,  calked,  soldered,  brazed  or 
welded. 

Be  tested  by  hydrostatic  pressure  to  twenty-five  (25) 
pounds  to  the  square  inch. 

Have  all  pipe  connections  at  the  top,  and  no  vent  or 
filling  pipes  lo  drop  lower  than  the  top  of  the  tank. 

Be  buried  entirely  so  that  no  part  of  the  tank  is  less 
than  two  feet  under  the  surface  of  the  ground.  Tanks 
that  are  to  be  filled  by  a pipe  from  the  street  shall  be 
buried  at  least  two  feet  lower  than  the  surface  of  the 
street  or  gutter. 

Tanks  in  the  ground  that  are  within  five  (5)  feet  of 
any  building  shall,  if  required,  be  buried  two  (2)  feet 
lower  than  the  level  of  the  lowest  floor  of  any  such  build- 
ing. 

Tanks  may  be  placed  below  lowest  floor  of  building 
and  shall  be  covered  entirely  with  two  (2)  feet  of  earth, 
and  covered  with  a concrete  slab  at  least  six  (6)  inches 
thick  on  top,  and  such  tank  shall  be  equipped  with  sep- 
arate fill  and  vent  pipe  extending  to  the  outside  of  the 
garage  or  building. 

(d)  No  tank  shall  be  installed  until  application  with 
plans  and  specifications  showing  full  detail  of  location 
and  construction  of  tank  and  of  connections  has  been 
submitted  to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  who  shall  have 
a reasonable  time  thereafter  to  examine  said  plans,  and 
who  shall  give  a permit  after  the  applicant  has  paid  into 


96  building  ordinances. 

the  city  treasury  the  sum  of  two  dollars  ($2.00)  as  a 
permit  fee  for  the  installation  of  each  tank,  which  sum 
or  sums  shall  he  credited  to  the  general  city  fund,  if 
said  plans  are  according  to  this  ordinance  and  other 
ordinances  which  may  be  applicable  thereto,  and.  the 
giving  of  a permit  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  m vio- 
lation of  this  or  any  other  ordinance  shall  not  be  a de- 
fense to  a violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  herein 
named.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  installing  gaso- 
line or  volatile  liquid  tanks  pursuant  to  this  ordinance, 
shall  again  notify  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  before  cov- 
ering or  enclosing  the  same,  and  he  shall  cause  an  in- 
spection to  be  made  of  the  same  and  connections,  and 
the  same  shall  not  be  covered  up  or  used  before  they 
are  approved  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  as  fulfilling 
the  requirements  of  this  ordinance,  but  such  approval 
by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  not  be  considered  a 
defense  to  a violation  of. any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
ordinance. 

No  garage  shall  contain  more  than — 

Five  gallons  of  volatile  infiammable  liquid  in  sajety 
cans  (automobile  equipment  excepted)  and  six  hundred 
(600)  gallons  (ten  (10)  barrels)  of  volatile  infiammable 
liquid  in  underground  storage  tanks.  ^ ^ 

Safety  cans  for  storing  volatile  infiammable  liquids  in 
a garage  shall  be  made  of  metal,  shall  have  a screw  top, 
and  shall  have  a capacity  not  to  exceed  five  (5)  gallons, 
and  when  not  in  use  shall  be  placed  in  drip  pans. 

When  a portable  filling  tank  is  used  for  the  storing  or 
handling  of  volatile  inflammable  liquids,  this  tank  must 
be  of  a capacity  not  to  exceed  sixty  (60)  gallons  and 
must  be  made  of  at  least  three-sixteenth  (^^)  inch  steel 
construction. 

The  said  portable  tank  shall  be  supported  on  wheels, 
the  same  being  equipped  with  rubber  tires  and  be  pro- 
vided with  a suction  pump.  This  pump  must  be  pro- 
vided with  hose  attachment;  the  hose  must  not  exceed 
eight  (8)  feet  in  length.  The  pump  must  be  equipped 
with  ground  key  shut-off  cock  where  hose  is  attached  to 
pump,  also  with  approved  ground  key  shut-off  cock  at 
the  end  of  the  hose.  Pump  must  be  equipped  with  con- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  97 

venient  lock  and  the  same  must  be  locked  when  not  in 
use. 

No  portable  filling  tank  shall  be  allowed  standing  on 
public  walks  or  public  driveways  when  not  in  immediate 
use  for  filling  automobiles. 

The  Vent  Pipe. 

Sec.  6.  The  vent  pipe  for  storage  tanks  shall  be — 

(1)  Made  of  one  inch  or  larger  wrought  iron  pipe, 
with 

Heavy  cast  fittings,  and  screw  joints  made  with  lith- 
arge and  glycerine.  - 

Connected  with  the  top  of  storage  tank,  and  to  be  pro- 
vided with  a screw  of  thirty  (30)  mesh  brass  wire  at  or 
near  the  tank  connection. 

(2)  Carried  up  to  the  outer  air,  well  braced  in  po- 
sition and — 

Capped  with  a double  goose-neck  or  return  bend  with 
openings  at  least  two  feet  higher  than  the  roof  of  ga- 
rage or  building,  and  be  covered  with  a brass  wire  of 
one-sixteenth  (^V)  inch  mesh  or  so  arranged  that  the 
filling  pipe  cannot  be  opened  without  opening  the  vent. 

The  opening  of  vent  pipe  for  storage  tanks  (not  ex- 
ceeding a capacity  of  three  hundred  (300)  gallons)  out- 
side of  the  garage  or  building  shall  be 

Directly  over  the  storage  tank. 

Covered  by  a screen  of  thirty  (30)  mesh  brass  wire. 

Closed  by  a screw  cap  when  not  in  use,  and 

Enclosed  in  a metal  box,  with  a cover  that  is  flush 
with  the  surface  of  the  ground  if  on  public  highway,  and 
is  kept  locked  when  not  in  use. 

The  Filling  Pipe. 

Sec.  7.  The  filling  pipe  for  storage  tanks  shall  be — 

Made  not  less  than  one  and  one-fourth  (1^)  inch  or 
larger  wrought  iron  or  steel  pipe  with  heavy  cast  fit- 
tings, and 

Screw  joints  with  litharge  and  glycerine  and  be  pro- 
vided with  screen  of  thirty  (30)  mesh  brass  wire. 

One  at  the  tank  connection  or  near  the  tank  connec- 
tion, and 

One  below  the  filling  cock  or  valve. 

Filling  pipe  to  extend  to  the  outside  of  the  garage  and 


98 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


when  onto  public  highway  to  be  buried  at  least  two  (2) 
feet  under  ground;  intake  enclosed  in  a metal  box,  with 
a cover  that  is  flush  with  the  surface  of  the  ground  and 
securely  locked  when  not  in  use;  intake  shall  be  closed 
with  a screw  cap. 

Connection  with  top  of  tank  or  with  valve  connected 
therewith,  and  extend  down  to  the  bottom  of  the  storage 
tank. 

Laid  at  a uniform  grade  so  that  it  will  drain  empty 
into  the  tank. 

Pumps. 

Sec.  8.  All  volatile  inflammable  liquids  must  be 
drawn  from  the  tank  by  means  of  a suction  system  or 
pump,  which  shall  have  a shut-off  with  ground  keyway 
on  the  nozzle  and  automatic  check  thereon  between  the 
pump  and  the  nozzle: 

Heating. 

Sec.  9.  No  stove,  furnace.  Are  or  Are  heat  shall  be 
used  or  allowed — 

In  a garage  or 

In  any  portion  of  the  building  or  below  the  topmost 
floor  of  the  garage  that  is  provided  with  any  opening 
from  the  garage,  and  not  separated  from  the  same  by  un- 
pierced fire-walls,  floors  and  ceilings. 

Carbide. 

Sec.  10.  There  shall  not  be  more  than  six  hundred 
(600)  pounds  of  calcium  carbide  in  air-tight  containers 
in  any  garage;  said  carbide  in  no  case  shall  be  placed 
in  a cellar,  but  only  on  the  floor  above  the  basement  and 
shall  be  placed  six  (6)  inches  or  more  above  the  floor. 

Lighting. 

Sec.  11.  Movable  incandescent  electric  lights  in  a 
garage  shall  be  protected  by  metal  cages,  and  shall  be 
fitted  with  keyless  sockets.  All  electric  switches  and 
plug  receptacles  shall  be  permanently  located  at  least 
four  (4)  feet  above  the  floor,  and  all  switches  and  safe- 
ty fuses  shall  be  grouped  and  placed  within  a fireproof 
cabinet. 

Electric  charging  apparatus  shall  not  be  installed  in 
a garage,  but  may  be  kept  in  separate  room  where  there 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


99 


is  no  inflammable  substance;  said  room  to  be  protected 
by  unpierced  fire-walls.  No  open  frame  shall  be  placed 
less  than  seven  (7)  feet  above  the  floor. 

Smoking. 

Sec.  12.  Smoking  is  absolutely  prohibited  in  any 
room  or  place  in  which  a volatile  inflammable  liquid  is 
kept,  or  in  any  room, or  hall  opening  into  such  room  or 
place.  A notice  in  large  letters,  “No  Smoking,''  shall  be 
displayed  and  in  all  places  in  which  a volatile  inflamma- 
ble liquid  is  kept. 

Inflammable  Liquids. 

Sec.  13.  No  volatile  inflammable  liquid  shall  be — 

(a)  Used  in  a garage  for  cleaning  or  for  any  other 
purpose  whatsoever,  other  than  filling  tanks  of  automo- 
biles. 

(b)  Allowed  to  run  upon  the  floor  or  to  fall  or  pass 
into  the  drainage  system  of  the  garage. 

(c)  Put  into  cr  removed  from  the  tank  of  an  auto- 
mobile while  any  light  or  fire  on  the  same  is  burning. 

(d)  Carried  or  kept  in  an  open  vessel. 

Sand. 

Sec.  14.  Sand  shall  be  kept  to  the  amount  of  five 
hundred  (500)  pounds,  in  boxes  provided  with  hand 
scoops  or  fire-buckets,  in  appropriate  places  for  imme- 
diate use  for  fire  extinguishing  purposes  only,  and  shall 
also  be  kept  in  convenient  receptacles  for  use  in  ab- 
sorbing any  waste  oil. 

Waste  Cans. 

Sec.  15.  Self-closing  metal  cans  set  firmly  on  four- 
inch  legs  shall  be  kept  on  all  floors,  for  the  purpose  of 
holding  all  inflammable  waste  material. 

Limit  of  Time  to  Conform. 

Sec.  16.  On  and  after  its  passage  and  publication, 
this  ordinance  shall  rescind  and  replace  any  and  all 
existing  ordinances  having  to  do  with  the  construction, 
location  and  operation  of  garages,  but  this  ordinance 
ehall  not  apply  as  to  construction  of  any  garage  here- 
tofore built  and  in  use  except  as  to  changes  desired. 
The  maintaining  after  building  contrary  to  this  ordi- 


100 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


nance  shall  be  unlawful  and  each  and  every  day  of  such 
maintenance  shall  be  considered  a separate  offense. 
This  ordinance  shall  apply  to  additions  on  old  build- 
ings. 

Consent  of  Property  Owners. 

Sec.  16a.  It  shall  not  be  lawful  for  any  person  to  lo- 
cate, build,  construct,  or  keep  in  any  block  a garage  if 
in  such  block  two-thirds  of  the  buildings  are  devoted  to 
exclusive  residence  purposes  on  both  sides  thereof,  un- 
less the  written  consent  of  the  property  owners  on  .both 
sides  of  the  street  or  alley  in  such  block  shall  first  be 
obtained  and  filed  with  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  before 
application  for  a permit  be  made. 

Violation  and  Penalty. 

Sec.  17.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  owning,  con- 
trolling or  managing  any  building  or  premises  wherein 
vjr  whereon  anything -in  violation  of  this  ordinance  shall 
be  placed,  or  shall  exist,  and  any  person  employed  who 
shall  assist  in  the  commission  of  any  such  violation,  and 
all  persons  who  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  ordinance  or  fail  to  comply  therewith,  or  any  re- 
quirements thereof,  who  shall  build  in  violation  of  any 
detailed  statement  of  specifications  or  plans  submitted 
or  approved  thereunder,  or  any  certificate  or  permit  is- 
sued thereunder,  shall  for  each  and  every  such  violation 
or  non-compliance  be  fined  not  less  than  fifty  ($50')  dol- 
lars nor  more  than  five  hundred  ($500)  dollars,  or  in 
case  of  failure  to  pay  by  imprisonment  in  the  House  of 
Correction  for  Milwaukee  County  not  less  than  fifteen 
(15)  days  nor  more  than  six  (6)  months. 

Sec.  18.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  the  date  of  its  passage  and  pub- 
lication. 

The  foregoining  ordinance  passed  January  11,  1911. 

Includes  amendments  passed — 

May  22,  1911. 

August  28,  1911. 

January  2,  1912. 

January  8,  1912. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  101 

File  Number  5771. 

183—AN  ORDINANCE 

To  Regulate  the  Construction  of  Apartment  Houses» 

Tenement  Houses,  Boarding  and  Lodging  Houses. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
tcaukee  do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  An  apartment  or  tenement  house  in  the 
meaning  of  this  ordinance,  is  any  house  or  building  or 
portion  thereof,  which  is  rented,  leased,  let  or  hired 
out  to  be  occupied  as  a home  or  residence  of  three  or 
more  families  living  independently  and  doing  their 
cooking  or  having  facilities  for  doing  their  cooking  upon 
the  premises,  and  having  a common  right  in  the  stair- 
ways, yards  and  water  closets  or  some  of  them. 

A lodging  or  boarding  house  is  any  house  or  building 
or  portion  thereof,  in  which  six  or  more  persons  are 
harbored,  received  or  lodged  for  hire,  or  any  building 
or  part  thereof  v^hich  is  used  for  six  or  more  persons, 
not  members  of  the  family,  to  sleep  in  or  occupy  as  a. 
lodging. 

An  apartment  is  a room  or  suite  of  rooms  occupied 
or  designed  to  be  occupied  as  a family  domicile. 

A yard  is  an  open,  unoccupied  space  on  the  same  lot 
with  a tenement,  lodging  or  boarding  house,  between 
the  rear  line  of  the  house  and  the  rear  line  of  the  lot. 

A court  is  an  open,  unoccupied  space  other  than  a 
yard,  on  the  same  lot  with  a tenement,  lodging  or  board- 
ing house.  A court  entirely  surrounded  by  a house  or 
building  is  an  inner  court.  A court  bounded  on  one 
side  and  both  ends  by  a house  or  building  and  on  the 
remaining  side  by  a lot  line  is  an  inner  lot-line  court. 
A court  extending  to  a street,  alley  or  yard,  is  an  outer 
court.  A court  with  one  side  on  a lot  line  and  opening 
to  street  or  yard  or  both  is  an  outer  lot-line  court. 

A shaft  includes  exterior  and  interior  shafts,  whether 
for  light,  air,  elevator,  dumbwaiter  or  any  other  pur- 
pose. A vent  shaft  is  one  used  solely  to  ventilate  or 
light  a water  closet  compartment,  bath  room  or  passage- 
way. 

A public  hall  is  a hall,  corridor,  or  passage  way  not 
within  an  apartment. 


102 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


A stair  hall  includes  the  stairs,  stair  landings,  those 
portions  of  the  public  halls  through  which  it  is  neces- 
sary to  pass  in  getting  from  the  entrance  floor  to  the 
roof,  and  the  enclosing  partitions. 

A basement  is  a story  partly,  but  not  more  than  one- 
half  its  height,  below  the  level  of  the  lot. 

A cellar  is  a story  more  than  one-half  its  height 
below  the  level  of  the  lot. 

An  attic  is  an  enclosed  portion  of  a building  above 
the  top  story  and  is  not  to  be  construed  or  counted  as 
a story. 

The  expressions  “fireproof’  and  “fireproof  construc- 
tion” wherever  herein  used,  ^ean  a construction  of 
walls,  piers,  partitions,  floors,  roof  and  stairs  in  which 
no  wood  or  other  inflammable  material  is  used,  in 
which  the  several  structural  parts  are  made  of  hard, 
incombustible,  fire-resisting  materials  and  in  which  all 
structural  parts  of  steel  and  iron  are  thoroughly  pro- 
tected from  fire  by  an  ample  covering  of  such  fire-re- 
sisting material.  A fireproof  tenement,  lodging  or 
boarding  house  is  one  of  fireproof  construction.  But 
this  definition  shall  not  be  construed  as  prohibiting 
elsewhere  than  in  stair  halls  or  entrance  halls,  the  use 
of  w^ooden  flooring  on  top  of  the  fireproof  floors  or  the 
use  of  hardwmod  rails  to  stairs. 

Where  a grade  in  the  street  or  lot  adjacent  to  a ten- 
ement, lodging  or  boarding  house  varies,  the  mean  or 
average  grade  of  such  street  or  lot  shall  be  considered 
the  grade  of  such  street  or  lot. 

A lot  line  is  the  boundary  line  on  either  side  of  the 
proposed  building  premises  to  be  indicated  as  such  on 
the  lot  diagram,  and  a lot  is  such  building  premises 
open  and  unoccupied  by  any  other  building. 

Sec.  2.  Every  apartment  house,  tenement,  lodging  or 
boarding  house  hereafter  erected,  five  stories  or  more 
above  cellar  or  basement,  shall  be  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion. 

Sec.  3.  In  every  non-fireproof,  as  well  as  fireproof 
tenement,  lodging  or  boarding  house,  three  stories  or 
more  in  height,  exclusive  of  cellar,  the  floor  of  first 
story  above  the  cellar  including  all  supports,  also  par- 
titions in  cellar  shall  be  of  fireproof  construction. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


103 


Sec.  4.  The  stair  halls  in  all  non-fireproof  as  well  as 
fireproof  tenement  houses  shall  be  constructed  as  in 
this  section  specified.  In  every  apartment  house,  tene- 
ment house,  boarding  or  lodging  house,  which  either  is 
occupied  or  is  arranged  to  be  occupied  by  more  than 
two  families  on  any  floor,  or  which  is  four  stories  and 
cellar  in  height,  the  stair  hall  shall  be  constructed  of 
fireproof  material  throughout.  In  apartment,  tenement 
houses  and  boarding  and  lodging  houses  three  stories 
and  cellar  in  height,  and  which  also  are  not  occupied  or 
so  arranged  to  be  occupied  by  more  than  two  families 
on  any  floor,  the  stair  halls  shall  be  made  of  fireproof 
or  open  mill  construction.  Enclosing  partitions  shall 
be  either  fireproof  or  filled  with  incombustible  material. 

&ec.  5.  All  shafts  constructed  in  apartment  houses, 
tenement,  lodging  and  boarding  houses,  shall  be  con- 
structed fireproof  throughout.  No  elevator  shall  be 
built  in  the  well-hole  of  the  stairs  but  shall  be  enclosed 
in  separate  fireproof  shaft. 

Sec.  6.  No  apartment  house,  tenement,  lodging  or 
boarding  house  shall  hereafter  be  erected  or  enlarged- 
upon  or  moved  onto  any  lot  so  as  to  occupy  more  than; 
ninety  per  cent  of  a corner  lot,  or  more  than  seventy- 
five  per  cent  of  any  other  lot,  provided  that  the  space 
occupied  by  fire  escapes  shall  not  be  deemed  a part  of 
the  lot  occupied. 

Sec.  7.  Behind  every  apartment  house,  tenement, 
lodging  or  boarding  house  hereafter  erected  or  enlarged 
upon  or  moved  onto  any  lot  which  does  not  extend  from 
the  street  to  an  alley^  there  shall  be  a yard  extending 
across  the  entire  width  of  the  lot  at  every  point  from 
the  ground  to  the  sky  unobstructed,  except  that  fire- 
escapes  or  unenclosed  outside  stairs  may  project  not 
over  four  and  one-lhalf  feet  from  the  rear  line  of  the 
house;  and  the  depth  of  said  yard  measured  from  the 
extreme  rear  wall  of  the  house  to  the  rear  line  of  the 
lot  shall  be  as  follows:  The  depth  of  the  yard  behind 

such  house  hereafter  erected  upon  a corner  lot  shall 
not  be  less  than  ten  feet  in  every  part,  provided  that 
where  such  lot  is  less  than  one  hundred  feet  in  depth,, 
the  depth  of  the  yard  shall  not  be  less  than  ten  per 
centum  of  the  depth  of  such  lot,  but  shall  never  be  less 


104 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


than  five  feet  in  every  part.  The  depth  of  yard  behind 
apartment,  tenement,  boarding  or  lodging  houses  built 
on  othe^  than  corner  lots  measured  from  the  rear  line 
of  any  part  of  such  house  to  the  center  line  of  the 
alley,  if  there  is  an  alley,  or  the  rear  line  of  the  lot, 
where  there  is  no  alley,  shall  be  equal  to  at  least  one- 
fourth  of  the  height  of  such  building  above  the  ground 
level,  but  in  no  case  shall  it  be  less  than  ten  feet. 

Sec.  8.  No  apartment,  tenement,  lodging  or  boarding 
house  shall  be  erected  upon  or  moved  onto  the  front  of 
any  platted  lot  or  other  parcel  of  land  abutting  upon 
but  one  street,  where  there  is  another  building  upon  the 
rear  of  the  same  lot  or  parcel,  or  upon  the  rear  of  any 
such  lot  or  parcel  where  there  is  another  building  upon 
the  front  of  the  same  Unless  there  be  between  such 
building  a clear,  unobstructed  space  at  least  fifteen  feet 
in  width,  if  either  building  be  two  stories  in  height, 
and  at  least  twenty  feet  in  width,  if  either  building  be 
three  stories  high,  and  at  least  twenty-five  feet  in  width 
if  either  building  be  over  three  stories  high. 

Sec.  9.  No  apartment,  tenement,  lodging  or  boarding 
house  shall  have  vent  shafts,  except  for  the  purpose  of 
lighting  or  ventilating  water  closet  or  bath  room  com- 
partments or  passage  ways. 

Sec.  10.  No  outer  lot  line  court  measured  from  the 
lot  line  to  the  wall  of  the  building,  shall  be  less  than 
three  feet  for  buildings  two  stories  or  less  in  height. 
For  buildings  more  than  two  stories  in  height,  the 
width  of  such  court  shall  increase  one  foot  for  each 
additional  story. 

Where  an  outer  court  is  situated  between  wings  or 
parts  of  the  same  building  or  between  different  build- 
ings on  the  same  lot  the  width  of  said  court  measured 
from  wall  to  wall  shall  not  be  less  than  eight  feet  in 
any  part,  provided  the  court  does  not  exceed  thirty-six 
feet  in  length,  in  all  buildings  four  stories  or  less  in 
height;  for  each  additional  story  in  height  such  court 
shall  increase  one  foot  in  width ; and  for  each  additional 
ten  feet  or  increase  or  fraction  thereof  in  length  of  such 
court,  the  entire  width  shall  be  increased  one  foot,  and 
the  increase  in  width  shall  be  cumulative. 

No  inner  lot  line  court  shall  be  less  than  six  feet  in 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


105 


width,  nor  less  than  sixty  square  feet  in  area  of  unob- 
structed space  for  courts  two  stories  or  less  in  height; 
no  inner  court  shall  be  less  than  ten  feet  in  width  nor 
less  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  square  feet  in  area  for 
courts  two  stories  or  less  in  height;  and  for  every  addi- 
tional story  every  such  inner  court  or  inner  lot  line 
court  shall  be  increased  in  size  by  at  least  one  linear 
foot  in  its  length  and  one  linear  foot  in  its  width. 

No  court  or  vent  shaft  shall  be  covered  by  a roof  or 
sky-light  but  shall  be  open^  and  unobstructed  from  the 
bottom  thereof  to  the  sky. " No  fire  escape  or  stairway 
shall  be  constructed  therein  unless  the  court  be  en- 
larged proportionately,  and  have  direct  exit  outside  of 
the  building. 

At  the  bottom  of  every  shaft  or  inner  court  there 
shall  be  a sufficient  access  to  such  shaft  or  court  as  to 
enable  it  to  be  properly  cleaned  out.  All  such  inner 
courts  shall  have  an  intake  for  fresh  air,  leading  from 
a street  or  yard,  the  area  of  which  intake^  in  square  feet 
shall  equal  two  one-thousandths  of  the  number  of  cubic 
feet  contained  in  said  court. 

No  building  shall  hereafter  be  altered  or  enlarged  to 
encroach  upon  the  space  reserved  by  law  for  light  and 
air,  on  lots  or  parcels  of  ground  on  which  such  apart- 
ment house,  tenement  house,  lodging  house^  or  boarding 
house  is  erected. 

A corner  lot  is  a lot  which  abuts  on.  two  streets. 

Sec.  11.  In  every  apartment  house,  tenement,  lodg- 
ing or  boarding  house,  every  room  except  water  closet 
compartments  and  bath  room  shall  have  at  least  one 
window  opening  directly  upon  the  street  or  upon  a 
yard  or  court.  The  total  window  area  in  such  room 
shall  be  at  least  one-tenth  of  the  superficial  floor  area 
of  the  room  and  the  top  of  at  least  one  window  shall 
be  not  less  than  seven  feet  above  the  floor  and  the  up- 
per half  of  it  shall  be  made  so  as  to  open  the  full 
width.  No  building  shall  be  converted  into,  used  or 
leased  for  a tenement,  lodging  or  boarding  house,  unless 
every  such  room  thereof  used  for  such  purpose  shall 
have  a window  opening  directly  upon  a street,  yard  or 
court;  nor  shall  any  building  or  part  thereof  construct- 
ed and  used  for  a different  purpose,  be  remodeled  so 


106 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


as  to  convert  it  into  a tenement  house,  unless  so  re- 
modeled as  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  this 
section. 

Sec.  12.  In  every  apartment  house,  tenement,  lodg- 
ing or  boarding  house  one  at  least  of  the  windows  pro- 
vided to  light  each  public  hall  or  part  thereof,  shall 
contain  not  less  than  ten  square  feet  of  glass  area.  In 
every  such  house  three  or  more  stories  in  height  where 
the  stairs  of  public  halls  are  not  provided  with  win-  ! 
dows  on  each  floor  opening  directly  to  the  outer  air, 
there  shall  be  directly  over  each  stairwell  a ventilating  [ 
skylight  with  ridge  or  gable  ventilators  having  a min- 
imum opening  of  forty  square  inches,  or  such  skylight 
shall  be  provided  with  fixed  or  movable  louvers.  The 
glazed  roof  of  such  skylight  shall  be  not  less  than  • 
twenty  feet  in  area. 

Sec.  13.  In  every  apartment  house,  tenement,  lodg- 
ing or  boarding  house  there  shall  be  adequate  chim- 
neys running  through  every  floor  with  an  open  fire 
place  or  grate,  or  place  for  a stove  properly  connected 
with  one  of  said  chimneys  for  every  apartment,  unless 
the  apartment  is  heated  by  a furnace,  hot  water  or 
steam  and  provisions  are  made  in  cooking  by  gas  or 
electricity. 

Sec.  14.  No  room  in  cellar  or  basement  of  any  apart- 
ment, tenement,  lodging  or  boarding  house  shall  be  con- 
structed, altered,  or  occupied  for  living  purposes  unless 
all  the  following  conditions  are  complied  with;  such 
rooms  shall  be  at  least  eight  feet  high  in  every  part 
from  the  floor  to  the  ceiling;  the  ceiling  of  such  room 
shall  be  at  least  four  feet  above  the  level  of  the  lot; 
such  room  shall  have  a window  or  windows  opening  . 
upon  a street,  yard  or  outer  court  and  the  total  window 
area  shall  be  at  least  one-tenth  the  superficial  floor  area 
of  the  room;  one-half  of  sash  of  such  window  shall  be 
made  to  open  the  full  width;  the  walls  and  floor  of  such 
room  shall  be  damp-proof  and  water-proof,  and  fit  for 
human  habitation  as  determined  by  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings. 

fSec.  15.  In  every  apartment  house,  or  tenement  there 
shall  be  a separate  water  closet  in  a bath  room  or  sep- 
arate compartment  within  each  apartment,  provided 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  107 

that  there  are  apartments  consisting  of  but  one  or  two 
rooms  there  shall  be  at  least  one  water  closet  for  every 
two  apartments. 

For  every  tenement  house  heretofore  erected  there 
shall  be  provided  at  least  one  water  closet  for  very 
two  apartments,  provided  that  the  total  number  of  per- 
sons in  such  two  apartments  does  not  exceed  eight; 
where  the  total  number  of  persons  exceeds  eight  there 
shall  be  a separate  water  closet  for  each  apartment. 

In  every  lodging  or  boarding  house  there  shall  be 
provided  at  least  one  water  closet  for  every  eight  per- 
sons, and  for  each  additional  eight  persons  or  fraction 
thereof  there  shall  be  at  least  one  additional  water 
closet. 

Every  water  closet  and  bath  room  compartment  in 
every  apartment  house,  tenement  house,  lodging  or 
boarding  house  hereafter  constructed  shall  have  a 
window  at  least  three  square  feet  in  area,  opening  upon 
a street,  yard,  court  or  upon  a vent  shaft  not  less  than 
twenty-one  square  feet  in  area;  and  every  water  closet 
and  bath  room  compartment  in  ^every  apartment  house, 
tenement,  lodging  or  boarding  .house  heretofore  erected 
shall  receive  compartment  ventilation  by  such  windows 
or  by  a proper  metal  or  masonry  ventilating  pipe  run- 
ning up  to  and  above  the  roof,  with  a sectional  area  of 
at  least  one  square ' inch  for  every  six  cubic  feet  of 
space  contained  in  such  apartment,  but  no  such  vent 
pipe  shall  be  less  than  thirty-six  square  inches  in  area. 
Every  water  closet  compartment  in  every  tenement, 
lodging  or  boarding  house  shall  be  provided  with  proper 
means  of  lighting  the  same.  All  water  closets  shall  be 
kept  in  repair  and  drip  trays  shall  not  be  permitted. 

' All  apartment  houses,  tenement  houses,  lodging  or 
boarding  houses,  not  so  situated  as  to  be  accessible  to 
the  sewerage  system  of  the  city,  shall  be  provided  with 
privy  vaults  constructed  as  follows:  The  vaults  shall 

be  outside  of  said  building  and  sunk  in  the  ground  not 
less  than  six  feet  and  shall  be  walled  up  with  con- 
crete or  brick  or  stone  laid  in  cement  mortar  with 
bottom  of  the  same  material,  shall  be  rende’-ed  water- 
tight, and  shall  be  so  constructed  that  the  outsiJe  shall 
be  at  least  two  feet  from  the  line  of  all  adjoining  lots. 


108 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


and  also  the  same  distance  from  every  street  and  alley. 
The  vaults  shall  be  carried  one  foot  above  the  surface 
of  the  ground  and  shall  be  built  to  exclude  all  water 
from  surface  or  from  roofs  of  buildings.  Such  privies 
shall  be  repaired  or  cleaned  on  the  order  of  the  Inspec- 
tor of  Buildings. 

Sec.  16.  Every  apartment  house,  tenement  house, 
lodging  or  boarding  house  shall  have  water  furnished 
in  sufficient  quantity  at  one  or  more  places  on  each 
floor  occupied  by  one  or  more  families,  provided  the 
said  apartment,  tenement,  lodging  or  boarding  house 
is  located  on  a street  or  alley  supplied  with  city  water 
pipes.  When  said  building  is  not  so  situated  a suffi- 
cient supply  of  wholesome  water  shall  be  provided  on  a 
part  of  the  lot  where  it  will  not  be  contaminated  from 
closets,  barns,  garbage  or  other  sources  of  impurity. 

Sec.  17.  Before  the  erection,  construction  or  altera- 
tion, except  minor  repairs,  of  any  apartment  house, 
tenement  house,  boarding  or  lodging  house,  or  any 
part  of  such  building,  or  the  excavation  of  any  cellar 
therefor  is  commenced,  the  owner  or  lessee,  or  agent 
or  either,  or  the  architect  or  builder  employed  by  such 
owner  or  lessee  in  connection  with  the  proposed  erec- 
tion or  operation,  shall  apply  to  the  Inspector  of  Build- 
ings for  a permit  to  do  such  work.  The  application 
for  such  permit  shall  state  the  exact  site  to  be  occu- 
pied and  indicate  by  diagram  the  dimensions  thereof 
and  location  of  the  building  thereon,  and  state  the 
materials  to  be  used,  the  dimensions  and  estimated 
cost  of  the  proposed  building  and  the  probable  time 
to  be  occupied  in  the  completion.  The  application  shall 
be  accompanied  by  a detailed  statement  of  the  specifi- 
cations, a full  and  complete  copy  of  the  plans  of  such 
proposed  work  and  the  structural  detail  drawings  of 
such  proposed  building  as  the  said  officer  may  require, 
and  a written  statement  giving  the  full  name  and  resi- 
dence, street  and  number,  of  the  owner  or  each  of  the 
owners  of  such  proposed  building,  also  the  name  and 
residence  of  the  architect  and  contractor.  Said  state- 
ment and  specifications  and  copy  of  plans,  shall,  if  ap- 
proved, be  kept  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  Inspector 
cf  Buildings,  and  the  erection,  construction  or  altera- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


109 


tion  of  such  building  shall  not  be  commenced  or  pro- 
ceeded with  until  such  statement  and  plans  shall  have 
been  so  filed  and  a permit  issued  by  such  Inspector  of 
Buildings,  and  when  proceeded  with,  the  erection,  con- 
struction or  alteration  of  such  building  shall  be  car- 
ried on  in  accordance  with  such  approved  detailed 
statement  of  specifications  and  copy  of  plans  and  not 
otherwise.  If  the  detailed  statement  of  specifications 
and  copy  of  plans  indicate  that  the  building  contem- 
plated will  not  in  all  respects  be  in  accordance  with 
the  requirements  of  this  ordinance,  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings  shall  refuse  to  issue  a permit  until  said  speci- 
fications and  plans  shall  have  been  made  to  conform 
in  every  respect'  with  the  requirements  of  this  ordi- 
nance. 

Sec.  18.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  owning, 
controlling  or  managing  any  building  or  premises, 
wherein  or  whereon  anything  in  violation  of  this  ordi- 
nance shall  exist  or  shall  be  placed,  or  any  person, 
firm  or  corporation  employed  who  shall  assist  in  the 
commission  of  any  violation  of  any  of  the  requirements 
hereof,  or  who  shall  build  contrary  to  the  plans  ^ or 
specifications  submitted  to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings, 
provided  such  plans  and  specifications  are  in  accord- 
ance with  this  ordinance,  or  any  person,  firm  or  corpo- 
ration who  shall  neglect  to  do  each  and  every  act 
required  herein,  whether  such  act  has  been  approved 
by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  or  not,  and  the  fact  that 
the  plans  and  specifications  are  accepted  by  the  Inspec- 
tor of  Buildings  shall  be  no  defense  to  a violation  of 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  shall  for  each 
and  every  day’s  violation  or  non-compliance  be  liable 
to  a fine  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  dollars  nor  more  than 
five  hundred  (500)  dollars  or  in  default  of  fine  by  im- 
prisonment in  the  house  of  correction  not  less  than  one 
day  nor  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  19.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  the 
provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  20.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  Nov.  10,  1913. 


110 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


File  Number  4867, 
100— AN  ORDINANCE 

- Regulating  the  Construction  of  Stables  and  Structures. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
icaukce  do  ordain  as  foUoics: 

Section  1.  No  person,  firm  or  corporation  shall  con- 
struct or  establish  any  stable  or  structure,  to  be  used 
for  the  keeping  or  housing  of  domestic  animals,  at  a less 
distance  than  fifteen  (15)  feet  from  any  residence,  dwell- 
ing or  place  of  assemblage. 

The  floor  of  all  stables  or  rooms  used  for  such  pur- 
poses shall  be  made  of  material  impervious  to  water 
and  shall  be  drained  by  connecting  with  the  City  .scw^'r. 

Sec.  2.  Any  stable  or  structures  to  be  used  for  +he 
keeping  or  housing  of  horses,  mules  or  cows,  shall  be 
provided  with  ventilators  leading  through  the  roof  v.Tth 
an  area  not  less  than  sixteen  (16)  square  inches  for  each 
animal. 

Sec.  3.  Any  stable  or  structure  in  which  manure  or 
stable  refuse  accumulates,  shall  be  provided  with  a wa- 
tertight box,  bin  or  pit,  located  within  the  premises 
on  which  such  stable  or  structure  is  situated.  Said  box^ 
bin  or  pit  shall  be  ventilated  by  means  of  a flue  or  duct 
having  a cross  sectional  area  of  not  less  than  twelve 
(12)  square  inches,  and  extending  above  the  roof  of  such 
stable  or  structure.  Said  box,  bin  or  pit  shall  at  all 
times  be  securely  covered,  except  when  opened  during 
the  time  of  depositing  or  removing  the  manure  or  refuse. 

Sec.  4.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  servant  or 
agent  constructing  or  altering  any  building  in  violation 
of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  any  person  who 
shall  assist  in  the  violation  or  shall  fail  to  comply  with 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  shall  con- 
struct or  alter  any  building  in  violation  of  any  detailed 
statement  of  application,  plans  and  specifications  sub- 
mitted or  approved  thereof,  provided  such  detailed  state- 
ment or  plans  as  accepted  are  according  to  the  provi- 
sions of  this  ordinance,  and  in  case  it  is  not  it  shall  be 
no  defense  to  any  violation  of  this  ordinance  that  such 
plans  or  any  part  thereof  were  accepted  by  any  officer 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Ill 


of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with  approval 
thereof  or  any  building  permit  issued  thereunder  sub- 
ject to  the  above  provisions  shall  for  each  and  every 
such  violation  or  noncompliance  for  each  and  every  day 
thereof  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  ten  (10  dol- 
lars nor  more  than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars,  or  in  de- 
fault of  fine  by  imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correction 
of  Milwaukee  county  not  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  5.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  contra- 
vening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  re- 
pealed. 

Sec.  6.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  August  '4,  1913. 

File  Number  4969 
115— AN  ORDINANCE 
Regulating  the  Construction  of  Sheds. 

Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows : 

Section  1.  Enclosed  shed  for  the  storage  of  fuel, 
vehicles,  except  automobiles  and  others  using  volatile 
liquids  for  a means  of  power,  and  garden  utensils,  and 
arbors  may  be  built  of  wood  construction  within  the 
fire  limits;  they  shall  not  be  more  than  one  (1)  story 
or  twelve  (12)  feet  in  height  and  not  more  than  two 
hundred  (200)  feet  in  area;  such  sheds  shall  be  located 
at  least  fifteen  (15)  feet  from  the  street  line  of  the  lot 
and  on  the  rear  half  of  such  lot,  and  there  shall  not  be 
more  than  one  (1)  such  shed  built  to  any  twenty-five 
(25)  feet  frontage  of  such  lot. 

Sec.  2.  Open  shelter  sheds  one  (1)  story  and  not  ex- 
ceeding fifteen  (15)  feet  in  height,  nor  more  than  1,000 
feet  in  area  may  be  built  of  wood  construction  within 
the  fire  limits,  and  shall  not  have  any  floors  of  combus- 
tible material.  No  such  shed  shall  be  built  within  ten 
(10)  feet  of  adjoining  premises. 

Sec.  3.  Any  shed  for  the  storage  of  minerals  or  coal 
in  bulk,  if  more  than  twenty-five  (25  feet  from  any  other 
building  or  the  adjoining  premises  and  not  more  than 


112 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


thirty  (30)  feet  in  height,  nor  more  than  15,000  feet  in 
area,  may  be  built  of  wooden  construction  within  the 
city  limits,  the  roof  of  such  shall  be  covered  with  fire- 
resisting  material. 

When  such  shed  exceeds  the  above  regulations  it 
shall  be  built  entirely  of  fire-resisting  construction,  or 
may  be  of  wood  construction,  but  shall  have  a dividing 
wall  of  fireproof  construction,  so  that  no  compartment 
of  such  shed  exceeds  the  first  mentioned  area. 

Sec.  4.  Shed  for  the  storage  of  combustible  material 
may  be  built  of  frame  construction  within  the  city 
limits  if  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  feet  from  the  ad- 
joining premises  or  any  other  building,  if  not  more  than 
twenty  (20)  feet  in  height  and  if  the  area  of  same  does 
not  exceed  five  thousand  (5,000)  square  feet.  The  roof 
shall  be  covered  with  fire-resisting  material.  If  such 
shed  is  enclosed  with  fire-resisting  material,  the  area 
may  be  increased  to  ten  thousand  (10,000)  square  feet; 
whenever  such  shed  exceeds  ten  thousand  (10,000') 
square  feet,  there  shall  be  dividing  walls  of  fireproof 
construction  for  each  compartment  over  ten  thousand 
(10,000)  square  feet  area. 

Sec.  5.  Buildings  for  the  storage  of  ice  within  the 
city  limits  may  be  of  frame  coiistruction,  but  shall  not 
exceed  forty-five  (45)  feet  in  height,  nor  ten  thousand 
(10,000)  feet  in  area,  when  not  less  than  twenty-five 
(25)  feet  from  adjoining  premises  or  any  other  building, 
but  when  exceeding  such  regulation  they  shall  be  built 
of  fire-resisting  material;  and  when  of  a greater  area 
than  ten  thousand  (10,000)  square  feet  they  shall  have 
dividing  walls  of  fireproof  materials. 

iSec.  6.  Elevators  for  the  storage  of  grain  in  bulk 
located  within  the  city  limits  shall  be  of  fireproof  con- 
struction if  more  than  thirty  (30)  feet  in  height  or  have 
a floor  area  exceeding  five  thousand  (5,000)  square  feet. 

Sec.  7.  Temporary  buildings  or  strustures  for  fairs,, 
conventional  exhibitions,  festivals  and  similar  purposes 
may  be  erected  of  frame  construction,  but  shall  be 
capable  of  withstanding  a wind  pressure  of  30  pounds 
to  the  square  foot  and  sustaining  a live  load  of  125 
pounds  to  the  square  foot  on  a factor  of  safety  of  four 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


113 


(4),  Such  permit  for  temporary  structure  shall  be  for 
a period  net  to  exceed  six  (6)  months,  and  shall  be  torn’ 
down  or  removed  within  twenty-four  (24)  hours  after 
such  permit  expires,  or  the  use  of  the  building  for  that 
particular  purpose  for  which  is  was  built  has  ceased. 

Sec  S.  Where  division  or  enclosing  walls  are  re- 
quired they  shall  not  be  less  than  twelve  (12)  inches 
thich  for  the  upper  sixteen  (16)  feet  and  for  each  suc- 
cf  ecling  lower  sixteen  feet  shall  increase  four  (4)  inches 
in  thickness  when  these  walls  are  not  more  than  one 
hundred  (100)  feet  in  length  and  for  each  additional  one 
hundred  (100)  feet  or  fraction  thereof  in  length  shall 
be  increased  four  (4)  inches  in  thickness,  but  in  lieu 
of  such  additional  thickness,  such  walls  may  have  pro- 
jecting piers  or  pilasters  not  over  twenty  (20)  feet  on 
centers  of  not  less  than  twenty  (20)  inches  thickness 
in  12  inch  section,  28  inches  thickness  in  16  inch  sec- 
tion, 36  inches  in  succeeding  lower  sections;  the  face 
of  such  projecting  pilaster  shall  not  be  less  than  thirty- 
two  (32)  inches. 

Reinforced  concrete  division  or  enclosing  wall  may 
be  of  four  (4)  inches  less  in  thickness  than  as  specified 
for  bvi.^k,  but  shall  not  be  less  than  eight  (8)  inches 
thick  in  any  part,  and  shall  have  pilasters  as  for  brick 
walls,  and  of  such  face  and  reinforcement  to  equal  the 
strength  of  brick  pilasters  of  the  sizes  given  in  preced- 
ing sections; 

Sec.  9.  One  (1)  story  fireproof  constructed  sheds 
shall  not  be  limited  as  to  area  or  height. 

■ Sec.  10.  Corrugated  or  sheet  iron  shall  not  be  con- 
sidered as  fireproof  or  fire-resisting  material. 

Sec.  11.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  con- 
travening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby 
repealed. 

Sec.  12.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  20  days  following  its  passage  and 
publication. 

Passed  Sept.  2,  1913. 


114 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


File  Number  5778. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  Privileges  upon  the  Public  Highway. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
uaukee  do  ordain  as  foUoics: 

Section  1.  Permits.  No  person,  firm,  corporation  or 
agent  shall  place,  erect  or  attach  any  permanent  or 
fixed  construction  or  projection  into  a public  highway 
except  within  the  limitations  stated  hereafter  and 
upon  application  to  and  obtaining  a permit  from  the 
Inspector  of  Buildings.  Any  such  permitted  construc- 
tion or  projection  is  a privilege  and  cannot  be  claimed 
as  a right.  No  construction  shall  be  placed  so  as  to 
prevent  free  passage  over  a public  highway. 

Sec.  2.  Alterations.  If  any  alterations  are  being  made 
of  parts  of  an  existing  structure  that  projects  into  the 
highway  more  than  the  limitations  established  by  this 
ordinance,  such  projecting  parts  of  the  structure  shall 
be  made  to  conform  in  every  respect  with  the  provisions 
of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  3.  Face  of  Wall.  The  face  of  any  wall,  first 
story  show  window,  quoins,  columns  or  pilasters  shall 
not  project  into  any  street  or  alley. 

Window  sill  shall  not  be  allowed  to  project  more  than 
two  (2)  inches  beyond  the  boundary  line  of  the  prem- 
iess,  and  then  only  when  not  less  than  ten  (10)  feet 
above  the  grade. 

The  face  of  any  riser  or  platform  above  the  grade 
shall  be  kept  within  the  limits  of  the  boundary  lines  of 
the  premises,  and  then  only  when  at  not  less  than  ten 
(10)  feet  in  clear  between  the  grade  of  the  sidewalk 
and  the  lowest  point  of  any  appendage  or  projection 
extending  from  any  building  into  the  street  or  alley. 

Sec.  4.  Oriel  or  Bay  Windows  or  Cornices.  Oriel  or 
bay  windows,  balconies  and  front  cornices  or  any  parts 
of  them  shall  not  be  less  than  ten  (10)  feet  above  the 
sidewalk  where  projecting  into  the  street;  but  where 
such  projections  are  into  alley  without  sidewalk,  they 
shall  not  be  less  than  fourteen  (14)  feet  above  the  estab- 
lished grade. 

Main  cornices  shall  not  project  into  a street  more  than 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


115 


five  (5)  feet  nor  more  than  two  (2)  feet  into  an  alley 
except  that  the  returns  of  such  cornices  at  the  corner 
of  an  alley  will  be  permitted  of  a projection  the  same  as 
in  front  for  a length  extending  in  the  alley  equal  to 
three  (3)  times  the  projection.  Subordinate  cornices, 
belts  or  sill  courses  shall  not  project  into  a street  more 
than  two  (2)  feet  nor  more  than  one  (1)  foot  into  an 
alley. 

Cornices  shall  be  drained  toward  the  building. 

Sec.  5.  Bay  Windows.  The  face  oi  any  bay  or  oriei 
window  shall  not  project  more  than  two  (2)  feet,  and 
their  cornices  not  more  than  three  (3)  feet  into  any 
street  or  alley.  There  shall  be  no  bay  or  oriel  window 
in  street  or  alley  where  such  highway  is  less  than 
twenty  (20)  feet  in  width. 

Bay  or  oriel  windows  projecting  into  a street  or  alley 
shall  not  have  a greater  frontage  than  fifteen  (15)  feet 
and  only  one  such  bay  or  oriel  window  shall  be  per- 
mitted for  every  thirty  (30)  feet  of  front. 

There  shall  be  a distance  of  at  least  five  (5)  feet  be- 
tween tvro  (2)  such  bay  or  oriel  windows,  and  at  least 
two  and  one-half  (2Y2)  feet  from  the  dividing  property 
line.  The  face  of  any  bay  or  oriel  window  shall  be 
kept  within  a line  drawn  from  the  intersection  of  a 
dividing  property  line  and  the  street  line,  at  an  angle 
of  twenty  (20)  degrees  with  the  street  line. 

At  the  intersection  of  streets  a corner  oriel  window 
may  be  built  of  not  less  than  two  (2)  feet  projection  of 
its  face  into  the  street  and  not  more  than  three  (3) 
feet  projection  of  cornices  into  the  street,  provided  that 
the  face  of  the  oriel  windows  directly  over  the  corner 
line  of  the  lot  shall  not  project  beyond  it. 

Sec.  6.  Balcony.  A balcony  shall  not  project  into 
the  street  or  alley  more  than  four  (4)  feet  over  the 
extreme  edge  nor  more  than  three  (3)  feet  six  (6) 
inches  measured  at  the  face  of  the  railing,  the  railing 
shall  have  balustrade  or  open  work  not  less  than  three 
(3)  feet  high  and  not  more  than  four  (4)  feet  high  above 
the  platform. 

Such  balconies  shall  be  built  entirely  of  incombustible 
materials  and  shall  be  drained  towards  the  building. 

Sec.  7.  Doors.  First  story  doors  facing  the  street  or 


116 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES, 


alley  shall  be  so  placed  that  they  will  not  project  into 
such  street  or  alley  when  open. 

Sec.  8.  Fire  Escapes.  Fire  escapes  shall  not  project 
into  the  street  or  alley  more  than  four  (4)  feet  six  (6) 
inches  and  no  fixed  part  thereof  shall  be  less  than  ten 
(10)  feet  above  the  sidewalk  or  less  than  fourteen  (14) 
feet  above  an  alley;  balanced  stairs  suspended  at  the 
above  levels  shall  connect  the 'fire  escapes  with  the 
street  grade.  Stand  pipes  and  connections  at  the  re- 
quired height  are  permitted. 

iSec.  9.  Hitching  Posts  and  Rings.  Hitching  rings 
shall  not  be  placed  on  the  top  of  the  curb  or  sidewalks. 
Hitching  posts  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  nor  more 
than  three  (3)  feet  six  (6)  inches  high  and  not  less  than 
three  (3)  inches  nor  more  than  six  (6)  inches  thick 
may  be  placed  on  the  sidewalk  not  nearer  than  six  (6) 
inches  to  and  not  more  than  ten  (10)  inches  from  the 
outer  edge  of  the  curb. 

Sec.  10.  Clocks.  Illuminated  clock  signs  if  indicating 
the  correct  standard  time,  will  be  permitted,  provided 
that  no  part  of  same  shall  project  beyond  the  curb  line. 
No  part  of  the  support  of  a clock  shall  be  less  than 
eight  (8)  feet  or  more  than  twelve  (12)  feet  high,  and 
shall  not  be  placed  more  than  two  (2)  feet  inside  of  the 
curb  line.  Such  clock  shall  not  measure  more  than  four 
(4)  feet  in  any  horizontal  direction  and  shall  not  have 
any  name  or  advertising  matter,  except  the  words  “cor- 
rect standard  time.” 

Sec.  11.  Projections.  Below  the  grade  line  the  parts 
of  a building  projecting  into  an  alley  shall  be  limited  to 
the  sewer  pipes  and  the  footings. 

Sec.  12.  Stairways.  In  open  stairways  leading  down 
below  grade,  risers  shall  not  project  into  the  street  or 
alley. 

Covered  steps,  stairways  or  other  openings  leading 
down  below  the  grade,  shall  not  project  more  than 
three  (3)  feet  six  (6)  inches  into  the  street  when  the 
sidewalk  is  more  than  twelve  (12)  feet  wide  and  shall 
not  project  more  than  three  (3)  feet  into  the  street 
when  the  sidewalk  is  twelve  (12)  feet  wide  or  less. 

The  covering  of  such  steps  or  other  openings  shall 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


117 


consist  of  metal  doors  with  metal  frames,  the  doors  and 
frames  shall  have  a non-slippery  surface  and  shall  be 
placed  even  with  the  grade  of  the  sidewalk.  The  doors 
shall  be  kept  closed  except  when  in  actual  use,  and  ^ 
shall  be  securely  fastened  when  closed. 

Sec.  13.  Metal  Gratings.  Metal  gratings  with  opem 
surface  placed  even  with  grade  will  be  permitted  in  a 
ings  not  more  than  % of  an  inch  wide  with  non-slippery 
sidewalk  instead  of  doors. 

Sec.  14.  Vaults  and  Hollow  Sidewalks.  Vaults  occu- 
pying the  space  under  a sidewalk  from  the  line  of  the 
premises  to  the  curb  line  may  be  built  by  the  owner 
of  the  property  abutting  such  sidewalk.  The  application 
for  a permit  for  a sidewalk  vault  shall  be  made  upon 
an  official  blank  signed  by  the  owner  of  the  abutting 
property,  for  which  he  shall  pay  a fee  of  ten  (10)  dol- 
lars for  the  first  thirty  (30)  feet  frontage  or  fraction 
thereof  and  five  (5)  dollars  for  each  additional  thirty 
(30)  feet  frontage  or  fraction  thereof. 

Such  sidewalk  vaults  shall  not  interfere  with  any 
public  work  or  improvement,  and  the  City  of  Milwaukee, 
in  granting  to  build  such  vaults,  reserves  the  right  at 
any  time  to  construct  under  or  within  such  vaults  muni- 
cipally owned  utilities  needed  for  the  public  service,  and 
the  owner  shall  vacate  such  vault  space  or  its  structural 
parts  without  cost  to  the  city  when  so  ordered  by  the 
Common  Council  by  resolution  or  otherwise. 

iSec.  15.  Boilers,  Engines,  etc.  Boilers,  engines  or 
machinery  using  steam,  gas  or  explosive  mixtures  or 
tanks  containing  volatile  inflammable  liquid  shall  not 
be  located  in  or  under  the  public  highway. 

Sec.  16.  Retaining  Walls.  Retaining  walls  built  of 
brick,  stone  or  plain  concrete  shall  not  be  less  than 
seventeen  (17)  inches  at  top  and  not  less  than  thirty 
(30)  inches  at  the  bottom  for  a depth  not  exceeding 
ten  (10)  feet  and  for  any  additional  depth  the  thickness 
at  bottom  shall  not  be  less  than  one-third  (%)  the  total 
height  of  such  wall,  but  in  all  cases  shall  be  of  a 
strength  to  resist  of  the  ground  with  a factor  of  safety 
of  not  less  than  four  (4). 

Reinforced  concrete  retaining  walls  shall  be  built  to 


118  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

withstand  the  pressure  of  the  ground  with  a factor  of 
safety  of  not  less  than  four. 

All  such  retaining  walls  shall  be  built  on  a foundation 
of  not  less  than  two  (2)  rows  of  piling,  each  pile  shall 
be  at  least  twelve  (12)  inches  in  diameter  at  its  thin- 
nest part  and  shall  be  driven  to  at  least  fourteen  (14) 
feet  below  the  footing  of  such  retaining  wall. 

Before  beginning  the  excavation  for  a hollow  side- 
walk, the  earth  of  the  street  shall  be  protected  from 
caving  in  by  driving  at  least  three  (3)  rows  of  sheet 
piling  at  the  curb  line,  the  entire  distance  of  the  exca- 
. vation.  Such  sheet  piling  shall  extend  at  least  six  (6) 
feet  below  the  footing  of  the  retaining  walls.  Where 
reinforced  concrete  walls  are  used,  the  vertical  rein- 
forcement shall  extend  at  right  angles  into  the  concrete 
floor  of  such  vault  or  hollowr  sidew^alk  at  least  five  (5) 
feet. 

The  roof  or  top  of  the  vault  or  hollow^  sidew^alk  shall 
be  built  of  incombustible  material  and  shall  be  capable 
of  carrying  a live  load  of  150  pounds  per  square  foot 
with  a factor  of  safety  of  not  less  than  four.  The  side- 
wmlk  surface  shall  be  at  the  grade  established  by  the 
city.  The  top  surface  shall  consist  of  cement  concrete 
or  other  hard  incombustible  material,  and  shall  be  non- 
slippery.  Glass  for  lighting  subspaces  may  be  used  in 
the  top  surface  if  the  single  units  are  not  over  three  (3) 
inches  in  diameter  or  containing  not  over  nine  (9) 
square  inches  and  the  frame  containing  the  glass  has 
non-slippery  surface. 

Sec.  17.  Openings  for  Elevators.  Openings  in  side- 
w^alks  for  elevators  or  chutes  wTll  be  permitted  if  such 
openings  are  not  over  eight  (8)  feet  frontage  and  do 
not  exceed  in  the  direction  of  the  width  of  the  sidewmlk 
more  than  one-third  such  width  and  not  over  six  (6) 
feet,  and  are  placed  close  to  the  curb  line.  These  open- 
ings shall  be  covered  with  doors  of  the  same  kind  as 
required  for  stairs  or  other  openings  in  sidewalks. 

Sec.  18.  Other ^ Openings.  Other  openings  in  side- 
walks for  coal  holes  or  similar  purposes  of  not  more 
than  six  (6)  square  feet  surface,  located  close  to  the 
curb  line  and  not  less  than  twenty  (20)  feet  distance 
betw^een  centers  wull  be  permitted;  a load  of  150 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  119 

pounds  per  square  foot  with  a factor  of  safety  of  not 
less  than  4;  such  frames  and  covers  shall  have  a non- 
slippery  surface;  the  covers  may  have  openings  for  ven- 
tilation not  over  % of  an  inch  wide;  they  shall  .be  se- 
curely fastened  when  not  in  use. 

Sec.  19.  The  City  of  Milwaukee  hereby  shall  have 
and  does  reserve  the  right  to  at  any  time  in  the  future 
cause  the  person,  firm  or  corporation  to  whom  a permit 
was  granted  at  his,  her,  its  or  their  own  cost  and  ex- 
pense to  remove  such  vault,  ho-llow  sidewalk  or  any 
such  projection  over  or  into  any  street  or  alley  when- 
ever the  Common  Council,  by  resolution  or  otherwise 
made,  decide  that  the  same  is  necessary;  and  should 
such  person,  firm  or  corporation  fail,  refuse  or  neglect 
to  so  remove  such  vault,  hollow^  sidewalk  or  any  such 
projection,  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works  shall 
remove  or  cause  same  to  be  removed  and  the  cost  of 
such  removal  shall  be  charged  to  such  property  the 
same  as  other  special  assessments. 

Sec.  20.  Penalty.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
building  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
ordinance  or  any  person  who  shall  assist  in  the  viola- 
tion or  shall  fail  to  comply  with  any  provisions  of  this 
ordinance  or  who  shall  build  in  any  detailed  statement 
of  application,  plans  or  specifications  submitted  or  ap- 
proved thereof,  providing  such  detailed  plans  as  accept- 
ed are  in  accordance  to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance 
and  in  case  they  are  not,  it  shall  be  no  defense  to  any 
violation  of  this  ordinance  that  such  plans  or  any  part 
thereof  were  accepted  by  an  officer  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee or  passed  upon  with  approval  thereof,  or  any 
building  permit  issued  thereunder,  subject  to  the  above 
provisions,  shall  for  each  and  every  such  violation  or 
non-compliance  for  each  and  every  day  thereof  be  liable 
to  fine  of  not  less  than  ten  (10)  dollars,  nor  more  than 
five  hundred  (500)  dollars,  or  in  default  of  fine,  by  im- 
prisonment in  the  house  of  correction  of  Milwaukee 
County  not  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  21.  Repeal.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contraven- 
ing the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  re- 
pealed. . 

Sec.  22.  Take  Effect.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect 


120 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


and  be  in  force  from  and  after  twenty  (20)  days  follow- 
ing its  passage  and  publication. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

To  Regulate  the  Equipment  and  Operation  of  Picture 
Machines;  and  the  Construction,  Alterations  and  Re- 
modeling of  any  Building,  and  the  Nature  of  the  Prem- 
ises Wherein  the  Same  are  Operated. 

The  Common  Council  of  th^  City  of  MilicauJcee  do  ordain  \ 
as  follows: 

Section  1.  By  the  term  “picture  machines,”  as  used 
in  this  ordinance,  is  meant  any  device  used  to  project 
upon  a surface  moving  picture  of  any  character  which 
the  public  are  admitted  to  view. 

Sec.  2.  No  picture  machine  shall  hereinafter  be  main- 
tained or  installed,  nor  shall  any  place  where  same  is 
being  exhibited,  or  operated,  be  maintained  except  in 
conformity  with  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  3.  Every  picture  machine  installed  shall  be  en- 
closed vrithin  a booth,  the  walls,  floors  and  ceiling  of 
which  shall  be  constructed  of  incombustible  material  of 
not  less  than  two  (2)  inches  solid  thickness,  on  rigid 
non-combustible  supports. 

Sec.  4.  No  substance  of  a combustible  nature  shall 
be  permitted  within  such  booth,  except  the  Aims  used  in 
the  operation  of  the  machine. 

Sec.  5.  Each  booth  shall  be  provided  wflth  a metal 
pipe  not  less  than  6 inches  in  diameter  for  ventilation 
purposes,  and  said  pipe  shall  be  extended  outside  of 
the  building  and  be  provided  with  a rotary  fan  driven 
by  power;  but,  if  such  pipe  is  of  not  less  than  twelve 
inches  diameter,  no  fan  shall  be  required. 

There  shall  also  be  provided  a fresh  air  opening  near 
the  rear  end  of  the  booth  in  the  floor,  or  near  the  floor  of 
said  booth  and  connecting  with  a metal  duct  of  not  less 
than  120  square  inches  area  leading  from  the  outside. 
These  fresh  air  openings  shall  have  a damper  operated 
automatically  by  fusible  link  in  case  of  fire,  and  a dam- 
per operated  at  the  will  of  the  operator;  or  a fireproof 
Vindow  of  not  less  than  4 square  feet  connecting  with 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  121 

the  outside  air  shall  be  provided,  opening  not  less  than 
one-half. 

The  entrance  door  in  the  booth  shall  be  not  more 
than  two  (2)  feet  in  width  and  five  (5)  feet  in  height 
and  not  less  than  % inch  thick,  and  shall  be  metal  clad, 
swing  outward  and  close  automatically.  Two  metal 
latches  shall  be  provided,  one  twelve  inches  below  the 
top  and  the  other  twelve  inches  above  the  bottom  of  the 
door,  and  shall  be  so  connected  that  one  operation 
opens  both  latches.  The  opening  for  the  operator’s 
I view  or  through  which  the  picture  is  projected  shall 
I be  not  larger  than  twelve  inches  by  twelve  inches,  and 
I shall  be  provided  with  metal  clad  door  which  closes  by 
gravity  and  is  held  open  by  fusible  links  placed  in  series 
so  arranged  that  one  of  the  links  is  suspended  directly 
over  the  film  when  it  is  in  the  slide  of  the  apparatus,  or 
so  arranged  as  to  be  closed,  except  when  held  open  by 
I pressure  of  the  operator  or  other  device. 

Sec.  6.  All  electric  wiring  in  the  booth  shall  be  non- 
inflammably  insulated.  Each  lamp  connected  with  a 
picture  machine  shall  be  provided  with  a separate 
switch  located  within  the  booth,  where  there  shall  also 
be  a switch  controlling  the  lights  in  the  exhibition 
room;  there  shall  also  be  a separate  system  of  lighting 
controlled  by  a switch  located  outside  the  operating 
booth,  controlling  red  lights.  One  such  lamp  shall  be 
placed  at  each  exit  with  a sign,  six  inghes  wide  and 
twelve  inches  long,  marked  “Exit,”  and  shall  be  directly 
above  said  exits.  The  lights  shall  be  kept  lit  during  all 
the  time  such  picture  performances  are  in  progress  or 
on  exhibition. 

Sec.  7.  Magazines  shall  be  used  for  receiving  and 
delivering  the  films  during  the  operation  of  the  ma- 
chine. A shutter  shall  be  provided  and  placed  in  front 
of  the  condenser  of  each  machine,  so  arranged  as  to 
remain  closed  until  held  open  by  the  pressure  of  the 
operator’s  foot  or  other  device  that  will  insure  the 
immediate  dropping  of  the  shutter  when  operation  of 
the  machine  is  stopped.  Films  not  in  the  machine  shall 
I)e  kept  in -metal  boxes  with  tightfitting  covers  when 
within  the  booth  enclosing  the  machine. 

Every  booth  shall  be  supplied  with  two  galvanized 


122  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

iron  buckets  of  not  less  than  four  gallons  capacity  each 
and  kept  filled  with  water  for  fire  protection  during  the 
performance. 

Sec.  8.  No  person  under  the  age  of  twenty-one  years 
shall  operate  or  be  permitted  to  operate  any  picture 
machine. 

(Sec.  9.  No  picture  machine  shall  be  maintained  or 
installed  in  any  building  except  such  building  has  the 
walls  containing  the  front  entrance  abut  directly  upon 
a public  street,  and  also  has  exits  upon  two  other  pub- 
lic thoroughfares,  or  one  other  public  thoroughfare  and 
one  open  space  not  less  than  five  (5)  feet  wide  leading 
to  a public  thoroughfare. 

Sec.  10.  a.  Stairways,  passageways  and  doors  shall 
have  a width  not  less  than  ten  inches  for  every  fifty 
seats  which  they  serve,  but  no  stairway  or  passageway 
shall  be  less  than  four  (4)  feet  wide  and  no  door  shall 
be  less  than  three  feet  wide. 

b.  Stairways  serving  balconies  or  galleries  shall  con- 
nect the  same  directly  with  the  outside  entrance  or 
lobby,  and  there  shall  be  no  opening  connecting  such 
stairways  with  the  main  fioor  of  the  auditorium, 

c.  Stairs  shall  have  handrails  on  each  side  and  shall 
not  ascend  more  than  eleven  (11)  feet  without  a land- 
ing, which  shall  not  be  less  than  the  width  of  the  stairs. 
Stairs  shall  have  at  least  six  risers  between  platforms, 
and  no  risers  shall  be  pl^aced  on  platforms.  Risers  shall 
not  exceed  seven  and  three-eights  inches  in  height, 
treads  shall  not  be  narrower  than  eleven  inches  from 
riser  to  riser,  and  no  winders  shall  be  allowed. 

d.  Aisles  shall  not  be  less  than  two  feet  ten  inches 
in  width  at  the  narrowest  point,  at  the  raised  platform 
or  picture  screen  extending  from  same  they  shall  be 
increased  in  width  inch  to  each  foot  of  the  length  of 
the  aisle,  or  in  lieu  thereof  a straight  aisle  the  width  of 
which  shall  not  be  less  than  the  average  width  of  the 
foregoing  calculation,  but  no  aisle  shall  be  less  than 
3 feet  6 inches  wide.  Aisles  along  walls  shall  not  be 
less  than  3 feet  wide. 

e.  Doors  shall  be  so  constructed  that  when  open  they 
shall  not  obstruct  any  portion  of  any  other  doorway 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  123 

opening  or  passageway.  Doors  for  ingress  or  egress 
shall  open  outward. 

f.  Each  floor,  balcony  or  gallery  shall  be  separately 
provided  with  emergency  exits  and  outside  stairways 
which  shall  not  be  less  than  three  feet  in  width,  made 
of  incombustible  material,  kept  free  from  obstruction 
and  incumbrances  of  any  kind,  the  width  of  such  emer- 
gency exits  shall  not  be  less  than  ten  inches  for  every 
fifty  persons. 

g.  Exit  doors  shall  not  be  obstructed  by  draperies 
nor  be  fastened  in  any  manner  that  will  prevent  them 
from  being  easily  opened  outward  during  the  time  such 
place  is  open  to  the  public,  and  shall  be  so  constructed 
and  maintained  that  any  person  can  at  once  open  them 

I from  the  interior. 

I h.  Outside  and  inside  stairs  and  passageways  shall 
be  supplied  with  an  independent  lighting  system,  with 
one  light  on  outside  of  each  exit  and  at  least  one  light 
every  15  feet  for  stairway,  incline  or  platform,  which 
shall  be  in  operation  during  the  entire  period  such  place 
is  open  to  the  public  and  until  the  audience  has  left  the 
building. 

Sec.  11.  a.  Not  more  than  twelve  seats  between 
aisles  in  any  row  will  be  permitted,  and  they  shall  not 
l)e  less  than  20  inches  in  average  in  width  and  no  seat 
shall  be  less  than  18  inches  wide.  Rows  of  seats 
shall  not  be  less  than  two  feet  six  inches  from  back  to 
back.  Seats  shall  be  securely  fastened  to  the  floor,  ex- 
cept in  boxes. 

b.  Plan  of  seating  arrangement  shall  be  submitted  to 
* the  Inspector  of  Buildings  at  the  time  securing  the 

building  permit. 

c.  Every  aisle  on  main  floor  shall  lead  directly  to 
9,n  exit  and  no  steps  shall  be  permitted  in  same. 

d.  Mirrors  will  not  be  permitted.  There  shall  nor 
“be  any  false  doors  or  windows,  giving  the  appearance 
of  an  opening. 

Sec.  12.  A raised  platform  may  be  built,  not  exceed- 
ing six  feet  in  extreme  depth  and  no  scenery  or  any- 
thing of  a combustible  nature  shall  be  permitted  there- 


124 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  ■ 


on.  If  a wider  platform  or  stage  is,  to  be  built  or  if 
any  scenery  or  similar  appurtenances  of  a stage  are  to 
be  used,  or  if  dressing  rooms  are  to  be  constructed,  the 
stage  and  dressing  rooms  shall  be  constructed  as  re- 
quired  in  the  ordinance  for  theater  buildings. 

Sec.  13.  Heating  apparatus  and  fuel  rooms,  if  in- 
stalled under  the  auditorium  or  passageways,  shall  be  in 
a fireproof  compartment. 

Sec.  14.  Galleries  or  balconies  shall  be  provided  with 
rail  guards. 

Sec.  15.  The  auditorium  shall  be  provided  with  a 
ventilating  system  capable  of  delivering  into  the  room 
not  less  than  2,000  cubic  feet  of  fresh  air  per  hour  for 
every  seat,  which  shall  be  kept  in  operation  during  per- 
formances. 

Sec.  16.  a.  Picture  showhouses  which  are  one  story 
in  height  and  not  occupied  by  any  other  business  or 
used  for  any  other  purposes  may  be  built  with  wooden 
floors  and  roofs,  in  case  there  is  no  basement,  but 
where  there  is  a basement,  floors  shall  be  constructed 
of  non-combustible  material.  Roof  shall  be  flat,  sur- 
rounded by  parapet  walls  at  least  two  feet  high.  If 
connected  with  any  other  part  of  a building  which  is 
occupied  for  other  purposes,  the  picture  showhouse  shall 
be  separated  from  same  by  unpierced  walls,  floors  and 
ceiling  constructed  of  brick,  tile  or  concrete. 

b.  The  walls  shall  be  constructed  not  less  than 
twelve  inches  thick  if  of  brick,  tile  or  concrete  blocks, 
and  if  of  reinforced  concrete  not  less  than  eight  inches 
thick;  but  they  shall  in  all  cases  conform  to  the  require- 
ments laid  down  by  the  ordinance  for  walls  of  theater 
buildings. 

c.  If  any  picture  showhouse  has  a seating  capacity 
exceeding  1,000,  or  if  any  picture  showhouse  is  pro- 
vided with  a balcony  or  a gallery,  the  building  shall 
be  of  fireproof  construction  throughout. 

Sec.  17.  The  highest  point  of  the  main  floors  of  the 
auditorium  of  any  picture  showhouse  shall  not  be  more 
than  two  feet  above  the  grade  of  the  sidewalk  at  the 
main  entrance. 

Sec.  IS.  The  Inspector  of  Buildings  and  his  assist- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


125 


ants  shall  have  the  right  to  enter  any  building  u^ed  for 
the  purpose  of  picture  shows  and  all  parts  thereof  at 
any  time,  and  especially  when  occupied  by  the  public, 
in  order  to  examine  such  buildings,  and  to  judge  of  the 
conditions  of  the  same,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person  to  interfere  with  any  of  them  in  the  perform- 
ance of  their  duties. 

Sec.  19.  No  booth  for  a picture  machine  shall  be 
constructed  or  altered  and  no  picture  machine  shall  be 
installed  until  application,  with  plans  and  specifications 
I showing  full  detail  of  location  and  construction  of  the 
booth  and  of  fioor  construction  supporting  the  booth 
has  been  submitted  to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  who 
shall  have  a reasonable  time  thereafter  to  examine  said 
plans  and  who  shall  give  a permit  after  the  applicant 
has  paid  into  the  city  treasury  the  sum  of  one  ($1.00) 
dollar  as  a permit  fee,  which  sum  shall  be  credited  to 
the  general  city  fund,  if  said  plans  are  according  to 
this  ordinance  and  other  ordinances  which  may  be 
applicable,  and  the  giving  of  a permit  by  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings  in  violation  of  this  or  any  other  ordinance 
shall  not  be  a defense  to  a violation  of  any  of  the  pro- 
visions herein  named. 

Sec.  20.  The  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  revoke  the 
permit  given  for  the  construction  and  operation  of  pic- 
ture machines  in  cases  where  there  is  any  violation  of 
the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  and  a new  application 
shall  be  made  in  order  to  again  operate  picture  ma- 
chines, and  the  fact  that  the  endorsements  of  any  viola- 
tion may  be  made  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  in  the 
acceptance  of  plans,  or,  in  any  other  manner,  shall  be  no 
^efense  to  a violation  of  any  of  the  previsions  of  this 
ordinance, 

Sec.  20a.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  violating 
any  of  the  provisions  herein  shall  be 'liable  to  a fine  of 
not  less  than  ten  (10)  dollars  nor  more  than  two  hun- 
dred (200)  dollars,  or  in  default  thereof  by  imprison- 
ment not  more  than  six  months  in  the  house  of  correc- 
tion. Each  and  every  day's  violation  shall  constitute  a 
separate  offense. 

Sec.  20A.  It  shall  not  be  lawful  for  any  person  to 
locate,  build,  construct  or  keep  in  any  block  a picture 


126  building  ordinances. 

showtiouse  if  two-thirds  of  the  total  number  of  build- 
ings on  both  sides  of  the  street  are  devoted  exclusively 
to  residential  purposes,  unless  two-thirds  of  the  total 
number  of  property  owners  on  both  sides  of  the  street 
shall  give  their  written  consent  and  the  same  be  filed 
with  the  inspector  of  buildings  before  application  for 
permit  be  made.  The  word  “street”  is  hereby  intended 
to  also  include  alley. 

Sec.  21.  All  ordinances  contravening  any  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance  are  h-ereby  modified  so  as  to 
give  full  force  to  each  and  every  provision  of  this  ordi- 
nance. 

Sec.  22.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  he  in 
force  from  and  after  its  passage  and  publication. 

Passed  Oct.  23,  1911. 

Amended  June  10,  1912. 

Amended  Aug.  4,  1913. 


File  Number  3587. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

To  License  Theaters  and  Moving  Picture  Show  Houses.  . 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 1 
icaukee  do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  No  person,  firm  or  corporation,  either  asi 
owner,  lessee,  manager,  officer  or  agent,  shall  keep,  < 
maintain,  conduct  or  operate  any  theater  or  moving  pic- 
ture show  house  in  the  City  of  Milwaukee  without  first 
obtaining  a license  therefor  in  the  manner  hereinafter 
provided. 

Sec.  2.  The  word  “theater”  as  used  in  this  ordinance 
is  defined  as  any  edifice  regularly  used  or  wholly  de- 
voted to  the  purposes  of  dramatic  or  operatic  or  other 
exhibitions,  plays  or  performances  for  admission  to  j 
which  an  entrance  fee  is  paid,  charged  or  received,  and  i 
shall  exclude  edifices  rented  or  used  only  occasionally 
for  dramatic  or  operatic  or  other  exhibitions,  plays  or 

performances.  . 

The  term  “moving  picture  show  house”  as  used  ini 
this  ordinance  is  defined  as  any  edifice  regularly  used 
or  wholly  devoted  to  the  purposes  of  exhibiting  moving^ 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


127 


pictures  of  any  kind  for  admission  to  which  an  entrance 
fee  is  paid,  charged  or  received,  and  shall  exclude  edi- 
fices used  only  occasionally  for  moving  picture  exhibi- 
tions or  illustrated  lectures. 

Sec.  3.  Applications  for  licenses  under  this  ordinance 
shall  be  made  to  the  mayor  upon  application  bl^-nks  to 
be  furnished  by  him,  and  the  mayor  may  grant  or  refuse 
for  cause  to  grant  any  such  license  as  in  his  judgment 
will  promote  the  good  order  and  welfare  of  the  city,  but 
no  such  license  shall  be  granted  for  any  edifice  which 
does  not  conform  in  all  respects  to  the  laws  of  this  state 
and  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  applying  to 
such  edifices,  and  unless  the  same  shall  be  safe  and 
proper  for  the  purposes  for  which  it  is  to  be  used.  When- 
ever the  mayor  shall  grant  any  such  license  he  shall 
give  to  the  person,  firm  or  corporation  applying  therefor 
a certificate  evidencing  such  grant,  signed  or  stamped 
with  his  signature,  to  be  delivered  to  the  city  treasurer, 
and  such  license  shall  be  issued  and  signed  by  the  city 
clerk,  and  shall  be  sealed  with  the  copporate  seal  of  the 
city,  and  the  city  clerk  shall  keep  a record  thereof,  and 
no  such  licenses  shall  be  issued  until  the  person  apply- 
ing for  the  same  shall  present  to  the  city  clerk  the  city 
treasurer’s  receipt  for  the  payment  to  the  city  of  the 
license  fee  hereinafter  provided  for. 

Sec.  4.  The  mayor  shall  have  power  and  authority 
to  revoke  or  annul  for  cause  any  license  granted  accord- 
ing to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  whenever  in  his 
judgment  the  good  order  and  welfare  of  the  city  will  be 
promoted  thereby,  and  whenever  the  licensed  building 
does  not  conform  in  all  respects  to  the  laws  of  this  state 
and  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  applying  to 
such  edifices,  and  whenever  the  same  shall  be  unsafe 
and  improper  for  the  purposes  for  which  it  is  used. 

Sec.  5.  Applications  for  such  licenses  shall  be  re- 
ferred by  the  mayor  to  the  chief  of  police,  who  shall 
cause  an  investigation  to  be  made  and  report  thereon 
to  the  mayor  as  soon  as  may  be,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  chief  of  the  fire  department,  commissioner  of 
health  and  the  building  inspector  to  assist  the  chief  of 
police,  upon  his  request,  in  mq,king  such  investigations. 


128 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Sec.  6.  The  sum  of  thirty  (30)  dollars  is  hereby  fixed 
as  the  annual  fee  for  such  licenses,  and  every  such  li- 
cense shall  expire  oh  the  first  day  of  July  following  the 
date  of  its  issuance,  and  in  case  such  license  shall  be 
issued  after  the  31st  day  of  July,  the  fee  therefor  shall 
be  two  dollars  and  fifty  cents  ($2.50)  for  each  month 
from  the  date  of  the  issuance  of  such  license  until  its 
expiration,  including  the  month  in  which  the  license  is 
issued. 

Sec.  7.  Every  license  issued  under  the  provisions  of 
this  ordinance  shall  while  the  same  is  in  force  be  posted 
in  a conspicuous  place  at  or  near  the  principal  entrance 
to  the  premises  for  which  it  is  issued,  so  that  the  same 
may  be  easily  seen  and  read  by  any  person  passing  in 
or  out  of  such  entrance. 

Sec.  8.  Any  person  who  shall  violate  any  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance  shall  upon  conviction  therefor 
forfeit  to  the  City  of  Milwaukee  a penalty  of  not  more 
than  one  hundred  (100)  dollars  for  each  offense,  to- 
gether with  the  costs  of  prosecution,  and  in  default  of 
payment  thereof  shall  be  imprisoned  in  the  County  Jail 
or  House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee  County  for  not 
more  than  sixty  (60)  days,  and  each  performance  and 
each  day’s  exhibition  shall  be  deemed  a separate  offense. 

Sec.  9.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  contra- 
vening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  re- 
pealed. 

Sec.  10.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  thirty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  June  23,  1913. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  , 129 

File  Number  5306. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  Theaters,  Public  Halls  and  Buildings  used 

for  Public  Assembly. 

The  Mayo7'  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows: 

Frontage. 

Section  *1.  All  buildings  used  wholly  or  in  part  for 
the  purpose  of  theaters,  public  halls  or  public  assembly 
shall  be  so  located  that  the  wall  containing  the.  front 
entrance  abuts  directly  upon  a street  and  also  has 
exits  from  main  floor  and  also  the  balcony  and  gallery 
forward  of  the  proscenium  wall  upon  two  other  public 
thoroughfares  or  one  other  public  thoroughfare,  and  an 
open  space  of  fireproof  passageway  not  less  than  five  (5) 
feet  wide  for  a length  of  one  hundred  (100)  feet,  or 
when  seating  capacity  is  less  than  one  thousand  (1,000) 
persons,  with  an  increase  of  at  least  six  (6)  inches  to 
each  additional  twenty-five  (25)  feet  of  length  or  frac- 
tion thereof,  or  one  (1)  inch  additional  width  for  each 
additional  one  hundred  (100)  persons  seating  capacity 
or  fraction  thereof,  leading  directly  to  a public  thorough- 
fare. Each  passageway  from  the  main  floor,  balcony  or 
gallery  shall  be  independent  of  each  other. 

The  highest  point  of  the  main  floor  of  any  theater 
shall  not  be  more  above  the  grade  of  the  sidewalk  than 
two  (2)  inches  to  each  foot  of  the  distance  of  the  main 
entrance,  from  the  lot  line  to  such  main  floor.  The 
surface  of  any  incline  shall  be  of  non-slipping  material. 

Entrance. 

Sec.  2.  If  the  principal  entrance,  corridor,  lobby  or 
vestibule  of  a theater  or  public  hall  is  at  one  side  of 
the  audience  room,  then  the  center  line  extended  of 
such  principal  entrance  shall  intersect  the  center  axis 
of  the  stage  and  the  audience  room  between  the  back 
of  the  seats  the  most  remote  from  the  stage  on  said  cen- 
ter axis  of  the  stage  and  the  audience  room  and  a point 
midway  between  such  seat  and  the  wall  opposite  the 
proscenium  wall. 


130  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

Floors. 

Sec.  3.  Floors  shall  be  designed  and  constructed  so 
as  to  be  capable  of  bearing  in  all  their  parts  in  addition 
to  the  weights  of  the  floor  construction,  permanent 
fixtures  and  mechanism  that  may  be  set  upon  them  a 
live  load  of  80  pounds  for  every  square  foot  of  surface 
in  such  floor  on  a factor  of  safety  of  four  (4).  Special 
provisions  shall  be  made  for  apparatus  or  heavy  loads 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Inspector  of  Buildings. 

Passageway. 

Sec.  4.  There  shall  be  no  steps  or  recess  in  a pas- 
sage, but  Vvhere  necessary,  inclined  floors  full  width 
of  such  passageway  shall  be  built.  The  incline  shall 
not  exceed  two  (2)  inches  in  height  per  foot. 

No  passagev/ay  shall  be  less  than  seven  (7)  feet  in 
height  in  any  part  thereof,  exj^ept  at  doors  and  these 
shall  not  be  less  than  six  (6)  feet  and  eight  (8)  inches 
high.  All  parts  of  any  passageway  shall  be  fireproof. 

No  doors  or  openings  except  entrance  doors  to  audi- 
torium and  stage  shall  be  installed  in  any  passageway. 

Balconies  and  Galleries. 

Sec.  5.  All  balconies  and  galleries  shall  be  construe* 
ed  of  non-combustible  material  throughout. 

Audience  Room. 

Sec.  6.  The  auditorium  and  stage  of  a theater,  pub- 
lic hall  or  place  of  assembly  shall  be  separated  from 
any  other  part  of  the  building  used  for  other  purposes 
by  unpierced  walls,  floors  and  ceilings. 

Walls. 

Sec.  7.  The  following  provisions  shall  apply  to  all 
buildings  to  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  theaters,  public 
halls  or  place  of  assembly  hereafter  built: 

(a)  The  outside  walls  of  any  building  to  be  built 
for  the  purpose  of  theaters,  public  halls,  or  place  of 
assembly  the  roofs  or  ceiling  of  which  are  carried  on 
trusses  or  girders  of  a span  of  fifty  (50)  feet  or  more 
shall  be  as  follows: 

If  the  walls  are  less  than  twenty-five  (25)  feet  high, 
they  shall  not  be  less  than  twenty  inches  thick; 

If  the  walls  are  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  feet  high. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


131 


lour  (4)  inches  shall  be  added  to  the  thickness  of  the 
twenty-five  (25)  feet  for  each  fifteen  (15)  feet  or  frac- 
tion thereof  added  to  the  height.  Each  section  of  fif* 
teen  (15)  feet  or  ’fraction  thereof  above  the  twenty-five 
(25)  feet  may  be  made  four  inches  less  in  thickness 
than  the  section  below,  but  in  no  Case  shall  the  top 
section  be  less  than  twenty  (20)  inches  thick. 

An  increase  of  four  (4)  inches  in  thickness  of  such 
wall  shall  be  made  in  all  cases  where  they  are  over 
one  hundred  (100)  feet  long  without  cross  walls  of 
equal  thickness. 

(b)  The  thickness  of  the  enclosing  walls  of  building 
or  room  used  for  theater,  public  halls  or  place  of  assem 
bly  where  such  rooms  are  less  than  fifty  (50)  feet  wide 
may  be  reduced  by  four  (4)  inches  from  the  above 
table. 

(c)  If  one  or  more  stories  are  built  above  any  room 
devoted  for  the  purpose  of  a theater,  public  hall  or 
place  of  assembly  and  such  stories  are  carried  on 
trusses  or  girders  the  thickness  of  such  walls  shall  be 
increased  by  four  (4)  inches  for  each  two  stories  or 
part  thereof  above  such  room. 

(d)  If  solid  masonry  wall  with  buttresses,  concrete 
or  skeleton  construction  is  employed,  and  the  supports 
placed  not  more  than  eighteen  (18)  feet  apart  and 
^extended  to  the  foot  of  the  trusses  or  girders  carrying 
the  ceiling,  or  if  iron  or  steel  columns  are  inserted  in 
such  walls  for  the  support  of  the  superstructure  and  at 
a distance  not  more  than  twenty-four  (24)  feet  between 
centers,  then  the  thickness  of  such  wall  may  be  reduced 
in  proportion  to  the  ihcrease  of  strength  afforded  by 
such  buttresses  or  columns,  but  in  no  case  shall  any 
such  wall  be  less  than  twelve  (12)  inches  in  the  top 
story,  and  four  inches  shall  be  added  going  downward 
for  each  story,  ot  each  gallery,  or  for  each  twenty-five 
(25)  feet  in  height  of  the  wall.  Curtain  walls  may  be 
twelve  inches  in  thickness. 

Columns  in  Walls. 

j 

Sec.  8.  If  iron  or  steel  columns  are  introduced  in 
:such  wall,  the  brick  work  around  such  column  shall  be 


132 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


bonded  into  the  brick  work  of  the  connecting  walls  and 
each  of  such  columns  shall  be  fireproofed. 

Construction. 

Sec.  9.  If  the  seating  capacity  of  any  building  or 
room  used  for  the  purpose  of  a theater,  public  hall  or 
place  of  assembly  is  more  than  six  hundred  (600)  the 
same  must  be  of  fireproof  construction  throughout. 

Stairways. 

Sec.  10.  Stairways  affording  ingress  or  egress  to  a 
public  hall  or  a theater  shall  be  in  width  equal  to 
eighteen  (18)  inches  for  every  one  hundred  persons  of 
seating  capacity  of  such  room  or  fraction  thereof,  but 
in  no  event  shall  any  such  stairway  be  less  than  forty- 
eight  (48)  inches  wide  in  the  clear. 

All  such  stairways  shall  have  hand  rails  on  each  side 
thereof  and  shall  not  ascend  a greater  height  than 
eleven  (11)  feet  without  a landing  and  the  length  and 
width  of  such  landing  shall  not  be  less  than  the  width 
of  the  stairs;  no  run  of  stairs  shall  consist  of  less  than 
six  (6)  risers  between  platforms  and  no  riser  shall  be 
placed  on  any  platform.  Stairways  which  are  over 
seven  (7)  feet  wide  shall  have  double  intermediate  hand 
rails  with  end  newel  posts  at  least  5V2  feet  high. 

Risers  shall  not  exceed  7%  inches  in  height,  treads 
shall  not  be  narrower  than  eleven  (11)  inches  from 
riser  to  riser  and  no  winders  shall  be  allowed. 

Galleries  shall  have  separate  and  distinct  entrances 
from  the  sidev/alk  level. 

If  the  run  of  stairs  at  the  bottom  is  not  toward  the 
street  there  shall  be  a hand  rail  three  (3)  feet  above 
the  floor,  constructed  from  the  foot  of  such  '"stairway 
for  a distance  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  feet  leading 
toward  the  street. 

There  shall  be  an  iron  stairway  from  the  stage  to 
the  fly  galleries  and  gridiron  continuing  to  the  roof  of 
the  building  or  a fireproof  passageway  or  exit,  such 
stairway  may  be  circular  but  shall  in  that  event  not 
be  used  for  access  to  dressing  rooms. 

Stairs  and  passages  leading  to  a box  or  boxes  seating 
- in  all  not  to  exceed  thirty  (30)  people  shall  be  inde- 
pendent of  all  other  stairs  and  seating,  and  shall  not 


4 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


133 


be  less  than  two  (2)  feet  ten  (10)  inches  wide  in  the 
clear.  For  each  additional  twenty  (20)  of  seating  capac- 
ity or  major  portion  thereof,  there  shall  be  an  addi- 
tional width  of  five  (5)  inches  added  to  such  stairways 
and  passages. 

Emergency  Exits. 

Sec.  11.  Emergency  exits,  stairways  and  passages 
shall  be  provided  separately  for  each  fioor,  balcony  or 
gallery.  They  shall  be  of  a width ‘of  at  least  ten  (10)^ 
inches  for  each  100  persons,  and  no  emergency  exit, 
doorway  or  stairway  shall  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet 
wide;  such  emergency  stairways  shall  be  made  of  in- 
combustible materials  and  shall  be  kept  free  of  all 
obstructions  or  incumbrances  of  any  kind  or  in  lieu  of 
emergency  stairways,  fire  escape  chutes  may  be  used 
• which  may  be  25  per  cent  less  capacity  than  stairways. 

Emergency  exits,  stairways  and  passages  may  be  built 
inside  the  walls  of  a building  provided  they  are  sur- 
rounded by  a fireproof  partition  not  less  than  two  (2> 
inches  solid  thickness,  separating  them  from  the  audi- 
ence rooms.  Such  exits  and  all  openings  leading  there- 
to shall  have  metal  frames  filled  with  fire-resisting 
doors  opening  outward,  hung  from  the  inside  corner  of 
joints  and  so  constructed  as  not  to  project  nor  open 
beyond  the  outside  of  the  face  of  the  wall  and  outer 
shutters  on  such  doorway  shall  not  be  permitted. 

Whenever  such  emergency  stairway  or  passage  passes, 
over  an  exit  door  or  window  or  other  opening,  such 
stairway  or  passage  shall  be  protected  by  a hood  for 
a space  of  five  (5)  feet  greater  in  width  than,  such 
opening,  with  non-combustible  material  over  the  open- 
ing. 

All  such  emergency  exits  and  stairways  shall  land 
at  the  ground  level  on  a public  thoroughfare  or  in  some 
space  that  connects  directly  with  the  street  or  alley, 
and  such  space  to  public  thoroughfare  shall  not  be  ob- 
structed by  any  doors,  gate,  bars  or  obstruction  of  any 
kind.  Every  court  or  space  in  which  there  is  an  emer- 
gency stairway  shall  have  direct  and  unobstructed  ac- 
cess along  the  surface  of  the  ground  to  the  street  or 
public  thoroughfare. 

Any  doors  in  openings  from  any  and  all  exits  and 


134 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


stairways  shall  be  so  constructed  that  when  open  they 
shall  not  obstruct  any  portion  of  any  other  doorway, 
opening  or  passageway. 

Any  door  affording  ingress  to  or  egress  from  any 
theater  or  public  hall  shall  open  outward  and  so  ar- 
ranged that  a pressure  of  25  pounds  from  the  inside 
will  cause  it  to  open,  and  shall  not  be  obstructed  by 
draperies  nor  be  fastened  in  any  manner  that  will  pre- 
vent it  from  being  opened  during  the  time  such  place  is 
opened  to  the  public. 

Mirrors  shall  not  be  permitted  in  the  auditorium  room, 
passageway  or  corridor. 

There  shall  not  be  any  false  doors  or  windows  giving 
the  appearance  of  an  opening. 

Curtain. 

Sec.  12,  In  every  theater  there  shall  be  a solid  brick 
wall  of  the  same  thickness  as  required  for  outside  walls, 
between  the  auditorium  and  the  stage  as  in  fireproof 
buildings;  this  wall  shall  extend  to  a height  at  least 
six  (6)  feet  above  the  auditorium  roof.  The  main  pro- 
scenium opening  shall  have  a steel  curtain  vertically 
operated  and  fireproof  on  the  stage  side,  or  an  as- 
bestos curtain  vertically  operated  and  arranged  to  run 
to  the  depth  of  at  least  four  (4)  inches  on  both  sides  of 
the  curtain  for  steel*  curtains  and*  twenty  (20)  inches 
for  asbestos  curtains  in  iron  grooves  fitted  to  the  stage 
side  of  the  proscenium  wall.  'Such  curtain  shall  be 
raised  both  by  mechanical  and  hand  power  and  shall 
he  raised  and  lowered  immediately  before  the  enter- 
tainment begins. 

No  combustible  material  other  than  painted  decora- 
tions shall  be  applied  to  the  curtain.  Plans  for  such 
curtains  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Inspector  of  Build- 
ings, and  when  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of 
this  ordinance  he  shall  issue  a permit  for  the  installa- 
tion thereof. 

All  other  openings  in  such  proscenium  wall  shall  be 
provided  with  iron  frames  and  thresholds  and  standard 
fire  doors. 

Theaters,  public  halls  and  places  of  assembly  with  a 
seating  capacity  of  one  thousand  or  less  may  have  a 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  135 

rolling  asbestos  curtain  provided  that  they  run  in  iron 
grooves  up  to  the  rolls  as  already  described. 

Stage. 

Sec.  13.  The  framing  of  the  floor  of  every  stage  shall 
be  of  non-combustible  material. 

The  stage  floor  may  be  of  wood,  but  shall  not  be  less 
than  1%  inches  thick,  but  the  space  in  front  of  the  cur- 
tain shall  be  of  fireproof  material. 

The  entire  floor  construction  and  floor  of  fly  galleries, 
rigging  lofts  and  painting  galleries,  all  railings  and 
•supports  and  stanchions  thereon,  and  all  sheaves,  pul- 
leys and  cables  and  their  supports  shall  be  of  non-com- 
bustible materials. 

All  woodwork,  including  the  under  side  of  stage  floor 
boards  and  all  framing  for  scenery  used  on  or  about 
the  stage  shall  be  coated  with  a fireproofing  paint. 

No  scemery  or  stage  paraphernalia  of  any  kind  shall 
be  used  upon  the  stage  of  any  theater,  public  hall  or 
place  of  assembly  unless  treated  with  a paint  or  chem- 
ical solution  which  shall  make  it  non-inflammable. 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  to 
have  all  such  scenery  and  stage  paraphernalia  tested. 

All  doors  or  openings  in  the  rear  or  side  of  a stage 
shall  be  so  arranged  as  to  protect  the  curtain,  scenery 
and  auditorium  against  drafts. 

Ventilation. 

Sec.  14.  There  shall  be  constructed  over  the  stage  of 
every  theater,  public  hall  or  place  of  assembly  a flue  or 
duct  of  an  area  of  at  least  one-twentieth  of  the  area  of 
the  stage  and  constructed  of  non-combustible  material. 
All  such  ducts  or  flues  shall  be  provided  with  outlet 
openings  with  counterweight  shutter  or  covers  hung  at 
the  bottom  with  brass  butts.  Such  outlet  opening  shall 
be  controlled  by  ropes  with  fusible  links  for  each  ten 
.(10)  square  feet  of  the  area  of  the  stage  and  shall  be 
distributed  and  stationed  as  near  the  level  of  the  grid- 
iron as  practicable,  and  also  controlled  by  manual  pow- 
er, the  ropes  for  which  shall  be  on  opposite  sides  of 
the  stage  near  the  exits,  and  having  a sign  giving  direc- 
tions as  to  the  operation  of  same,  and  such  ventilator 
shall  be  tested  before  each  performance  to  see  that  it 
is  in  proper  working  order. 


136 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Every  theater,  auditorium,  public  hall  or  place  of 
assembly,  including  dressing  rooms,  shall  have  a venti- 
lating system  which  shall  introduce  sufficient  fresh  air 
to  change  the  entire  volume  of  the  room  every  thirty 
(30)  minutes.  . 

All  electric  fuses,  switches  or  cutoffs  shall  be  grouped 
near  the  exit  and  enclosed  in  a metallic  cabinet,  also 
a cut-off  for  the  interior  lighting  system,  installed  on 
the  outside  of  the  building  and  of  easy  access  so  that 
the  firemen  can  shut  off  same  in  case  of  fire. 

Sprinkling. 

Sec.  15.  The  system  of  automatic  sprinkling  shall 
be  supplied  with  water  from  a tank  located  hot  less 
than  twenty  (20)  feet  above  the  level  of  the  highest 
sprinkling  head  of  the  system;  and  also  to  be  con- 
nected directly  with  the  city  water  system. 

Lighting. 

Sec.  16.  Outside  and  inside  stairs  and  passageways 
shall  be  supplied  with  an  independent  lighting  system, 
with  one  light  on  outside  of  each  exit  and  at  least  one 
light  every  fifteen  (15)  feet  for  stairways,  inclines  or 
platforms,  which  shall  be  in  operation  during  the  entire 
period  such  place  is  open  to  the  public  and  until  the 
audience  has  left  the  building. 

The  word  ‘OUT”  in  black  letters  at  least  six  (6) 
inches  high  on  white  background  shall  be  placed  above 
the  opening  to  each  means  of  egress  from  a theater, 
public  hall  or  place  of  assembly,  and  a red  light  shall 
be  burning  above  the  word  “OUT”  during  the  period 
such  theater,  public  hall  or  place  of  assemblage  is  open 
to  the  public  and  until  the  audience  has  left  the  build- 
ing. 

Every  portion  of  a theater,  public  hall  or  place  of 
assemblage  devoted  to  the  use  or  accommodation  of  the 
public,  and  all  outlets  therefrom  leading  to  the  street, 
including  all  open  courts,  passageways,  corridors,  stair- 
ways and  exits  shall  be  well  and  properly  lighted  dur- 
ing every  performance  and  remain  lighted  until  the 
audience  has  left  the  premises. 

Wiring. 

Sec.  l7.  All  electric  wires  shall  be  run  in  rigid  non- 
combustible conduits. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  137 

Sec.  18.  Heating  apparatus  and  fuel  room  if  installed 
within  the  building  used  for  the  purpose  of  theater, 
public  hall  or  place  of  assembly  shall  be  built  entirely 
of  fireproof  material  and  shall  be  separated  from  the 
auditorium  of  the  theater,  public  hall  or  place  of  assem- 
bly by  unpierced  ceiling  and  walls.  The  walls  shall  be 
at  least  twelve  (12)  inches  thick,  and  the  ceiling  at 
least  six  (6)  inches  thick.  All  openings  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  standard  fire  doors. 

Radiators  for  heating  passageways  or  auditoriums 
shall  be  recesses  or  elevated  at  least  seven  (7)  feet 
above  the  floor. 

Seating. 

Sec.  19.  Not  more  than  fourteen  (14)  seats  between 
aisles  in  any  row  shall  be  permitted,  and  they  shall  not 
be  less  than  twenty  (20)  inches  in  width.  Rows  of 
seats  shall  not  be  less  than  two  (2)  feet  eiglft  (8)  inch- 
es from  back  to  back.  All  seats  shall  be  securely  fas- 
ened  to  the  floor  except'in  the  boxes.  No  bank  of  seats 
shall  be  of  greater  rise  than  twenty-two  (22)  inches. 

All  groups  of  seats  shall  be  so  arranged  that  there 
shall  be  an  aisle  on  each  side  of  each  group  except  that 
groups  of  five  (5)  seats  or  less  ,piay  abut  upon  a wall  at 
one  side  and  an  aisle  on  the  other  side. 

The  number  of  banks  of.  seats  on  the  main  floor  shall 
not  exceed  fifteen  (15)  and  balconies  or  galleries  nine 
(9)  rows,  unless  an  intervening  cross  aisle  is  provided 
between  each  fifteen  rows  of  seats  on  main  floor,  or 
each  nine  (9)  rows  of  seats  in  a balcony  or  gallery,  or 
a direct  exit  is  provided  for  each  aisle. 

There  shall  not  be  more  than  twelve  (12)  feet  rise 
measuring  vertically  in  any  aisle  in  any  gallery  with- 
out a direct  exit  by  tunnel  or  otherwise  to  a corridor 
with  a free  opening  onto  the  gallery  stairs  or  other 
direct  discharge  to  the  street,  or  at  such  elevation  of 
twelve  (12)  feet  an  intervening  or  cross  aisle  leading 
direct  to  an  exit.  No  tunnel  shall  be  less  than  three 

(3)  feet  wide  in  the  clear.  , . xx.  t ^ 

Plans  of  seating  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings  at  the  time  of  securing  the  building  permit. 

Aisles. 

Sec.  20!  Aisles  shall  not  be  less  than  thirty-six  (36) 


138 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


inches  in  width  at  their  narrowest  point  at  the  farthest 
end  from  the  exits  extending  from  same,  they  shall  in- 
crease in  width  one-fourth  inch  to  each  foot  of  the 
length  of  the  aisle,  or  in  lieu  thereof  a straight  aisle, 
the  width  of  which  shall  not  be  less  than  an  average 
width  of  the  foregoing  calculation,  but  no  straight  aisle 
shall  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet  eight  (8)  inches  wide. 
Aisles  along  walls  shall  not  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet 
wide  at  any  point. 

Any  person  other  than  employee  in  uniform  or  with 
a badge  of  identification  of  the  theater,  public  hall  or 
place  of  assembly  who  shall  at  any  time  of  the  per- 
formance or  entertainment  stand  in  any  aisle,  passage- 
way, exit,  lobby  or  corridor,  and  any  person  who  shall 
place  any  loose  chairs,  ticket  booth  or  obstruction  of 
any  kind  in  any  such  aisle,  passageway,  exit,  lobby,  or 
vestibule  during  such  time  shall  be  subject  to  all  the 
penalties  for  violations  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
ordinance. 

Fire  Apparatus. 

Sec.  21.  A standpipe  of  not  less  than  three  (3)  inches 
in  diameter  shall  be  installed  on  each  side  of  the  stage 
of  a theater,  public  hall  or  place  of  assembly  with  a 
hose  valve  at  the  stage  fioor  and  at  each  level  above 
and  below,  and  a hose  connected  to  each  valve  ready 
for  use  at  all  times.  The  standpipes  shall  be  connected 
with  the  city  water  supply  and  with  a tank  on  the  roof 
containng  not  less  than  three  thousand  (3,000)  gallons 
of  water,  shall  be  connected  with  water  supply  and 
alw^ays  kept  filled. 

Portable  liquid  extinguishers  or  fire  pumps  shall 
always  be  kept  ready  for  use  on  and  "under  the  stage, 
in  fly  galleries  and  in  rigging  lofts,  and  in  addition 
thereto  at  least  four  (4)  fire  department  axes  and  four 
(4)  pike  poles  shall  be  kept  ready  for  use  on  each 
level  or  floor  of  the  stage. 

All  dressing  rooms  and  the  stage  and  all  levels  above 
or  below  the  stage  shall  be  equipped  with  an  automatic 
sprinkler  system. 

Every  theater  shall  be  provided  with  an  approved 
system  of  automatic  or  manual  fire  alarm  telegraph  ap- 
paratus connected  with  the  necessary  wire  with  the 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  139 

headquarters  of  the  city  fire  alarm  telegraph.  The  num- 
ber and  location  of  the  boxes  and  character  of  the  sys- 
tem shall  be  determined  by  the  Chief  of  the  Fire  De- 
partment. 

Dressing  rooms  and  property  rooms  shall  be  built  of 
fireproof  material  throughout  and  be  connected  with 
proper  ventilation  to  the  exterior.  Dressing  rooms 
placed  above  the  stage  level  shall  be  separated  with  a 
fireproof  partition  having  but  one  opening  to  the  stage 
with  a standard  fire  door. 

Diagram  of  Floor,  Etc.,  to  Be  Printed  in  Program. 

Sec.  22.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  all  managers  of  any 
theater,  .public  hall  or  place  of  assembly  for  any  per- 
formance, where  programs  are  issued,  to  cause  to  be 
printed  in  the  programs  on  the  page  opposite  that  on 
which  the  cast  is  printed  a diagram  of  the  main  floor, 
the  balcony  and  the  gallery,  each  at  least  3 inches  by  5 
inches,  and  showing  conspicuously  all  exits  and  the 
aisles  leading  to  each.  If  programs  are  not  used  for 
a gathering  of  people  in  a theater,  public  hall  or  place 
of  assembly,  said  diagrams  are  to  be  printed  on  cards 
or  papers  and  distributed  in  the  same  manner  as  if 
programs  were  used.  A diagram  of  the  seats  on  each 
floor  and  the  exits  leading  from  each  floor  drawn  to  a 
scale  of  one-eighth  (%)  of  an  inch  to  a foot  shall  be 
framed  and  hung  in  the  lobby  or  vestibule  so  as  to  be 
easily  seen  by  the  public  upon  entering  such  building. 

Sec.  23.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  building 
in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  or  any  person  who 
shall  assist  in  the  violation  or  shall  fail  to  comply  with 
any  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  who  shall  build  in 
violation  of  any  detailed  statement  of  application,  plans 
or  specifications  submitted  or  approved  thereof,  provid- 
ing such  detailed  plans  as  accepted  are  in  accordance 
to  the  provisions  of  this  ‘ordinance,  and  in  case  they 
are  not  it  shall  be  no  defense  to  any  violation  of  this 
ordinance  that  such  plans  or  any  part  thereof  were 
accepted  by  an  officer  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  or 
passed  upon  with  approval  thereof,  or  any  building  per- 
mit issued  thereunder  subject  to  the  above  provisions 
shall  for  each  and  every  such  violation  or  non-compli- 
ance for  each  and  every  day  thereof  be  liable  to  a fine 


l-;0  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

• 

of  not  less  than  ten  (10)  dollars  nor  more  than  five 
hundred  (500)  dollars,  or  in  default  of  fine  by  imprison- 
ment in  the  house  of  correction  of  Milwaukee  County 
not  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  24.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  the 
provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  25.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  (20)  days  following  its 
passage  and  publication. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  the  Manufacture,  Storage  or  Handling  of 

Inflammable  Motion  Picture  Films. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Coidncil  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
tcauJcee  do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm 
or  corporation,  or  its  agents  or  servants,  to  manufacture, 
keep,  store  or  handle  any  inflammable  motion  picture 
films  in  greater  quantities  than  ten  (10)  reels,  or  aggre- 
gating more  than  ten  (10)  thousand  feet  in  length,  with- 
out first  obtaining  a permit  therefor  from  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings;  provided,  however,  that  all  films  stored  in 
places  covered  by  this  section  shall  be  contained  in  fire- 
resisting  receptacles. 

Sec.  2.  The  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  issue  a i>er- 
mit  for  the  manufacture,  keeping,  storage  or  handling  of 
inflammable  motion  picture  films,  for  which  a fee  of 
$1.00  shall  be  paid  to  the  city  treasurer  and  credited  to 
the  general  city  fund,  upon  written  application  being 
made  on  blanks  furnished  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings, 
and  giving  the  following  information,  and  when  in  com- 
pliance with  all  the  requirements  of  this  ordinance. 

(a)  Name  and  address  of  the  applicant. 

(b)  Location  of  the  premises  on  which  the  inflamma- 
ble motion  picture  films  are  to  be  manufactured,  stored, 
kept  or  handled. 

(c)  Other  purposes  for  which  the  building  or  prem- 
ises is  being  used. 

(d)  Nature  of  the  business  in  which  the  applicant 
is  engaged  in  such  building  or  premises. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  » 141 

(e)  Kind  of  construction  of  the  building.  • 

(f)  Any  other  pertinent  information  regarding  the 
manufacture,  storage,  keeping  or  handling  of  inflamma- 
ble motion  picture  Aims  for  which  the  application  is 
made. 

Sec.  3.  The  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  not  issue  a 
permit  for'the  manufacture,  storage,  keeping  or  handling 
of  inflammable  motion  picture  films  for  any  rooms  or 
premises — 

(a)  Which  is  situated  within  hfty  (50)  feet  of  the 
nearest  wall  of  any  building  occupied  as  a school,  thea- 
ter, church  or  other  place  of  assemblage  of  more  than 
fifty  (50)  persons. 

(b)  which  is  occupied  as  a tenement  house,  lodging 
or  boarding  house  or  hotel; 

(c)  where  the  rooms  to  be  occupied  are  artificially 
lighted  by  any  other  means  than  electricity,  and  unless 
when  so  lighted,  all  electric  wires  shall  be  run  in  metal 
conduits,  all  lights  shall  be  in  air-tight  bulbs,  all  globes 
or  tubes  in  suitable  wire  cages  and  fitted  with  keyless 
sockets ; 

(d)  which  is  of  wooden  construction; 

(e>  where  the  rooms  so  to  be  occupied  for  storage, 
manufacture  and  repair  are  not  equipped  with  an  ap- 
proved system  of  automatic  sprinkling; 

(f)  unless  the  room  to  be  used  for  the  manufacture, 
storage,  keeping  or  handling  of  inflammable  motion  pic- 
ture films  are  separated  from  all  other  parts  of  the 
building  with  unpierced  walls,  floors  and  ceilings  ex- 
cept the  exit  doors  and  exterior  windows  (such  exit 
doors  to  be  standard  automatic  fire-doors)  and  all 
shelves,  furniture  and  fixtures  of  such  rooms  shall  be 
constructed  of  fireproof  material. 

Sec.  4.  All  examining,  repairing  or  piecing  together 
of  inflammable  motion  picture  films  shall  be  done  in  a 
room  used  for  no  other  purpose  and  separated  from  the 
rest  of  the  building  by  fireproof  wall,  ceiling  and  floor, 
and  all  doors  shall  be  standard  automatic  fire-doors. 

Sec.  5.  All  furniture,  fittings  or  fixtures  in  a room 
where  inflammable  motion  picture  films  are  repaired  or 
pieced  together  shall  be  of  disproof  material. 


142 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Sec.  6.  Not  more  than  fifteen  (15)  reels  or  fifteen 
(15,000)  thousand  feet  in  the  aggregate  of  infiammable 
motion  picture  films  shall  be  imder  examination  or  re- 
pair at  one  time;  and  each  reel  of  films  shall  be  kept 
in  a tightly  closed  fire-resisting  box  when  not  being 
examined  or  repaired. 

Sec.  7.  Each  room  used  for  the  repairing  or  piecing 
together  of  infiammable  motion  picture  films  shall  con- 
tain a metal  can  at  all  times  containng  at  least  two  (2) 
gallons  of  water,  wherein  all  waste  parts  and  scraps  of 
such  films  shall  be  placed  and  kept  covered  with  water. 

Sec.  8.  No  collodium,  amyl,  acetate,  or  other  similar 
inflammable  cement,  liquid  or  substance  in  quantities 
greater  than  one  (1)  quart  shall  be  kept  in  a room 
wherein  inflammable  motion  picture  films  are  manufac- 
tured, stored,  kept,  handled  or  repaired. 

Sec.  9.  No  heat  other  than  steam  or  hot  water  heat, 
and  no  stove,  forge,  torch,  boiler,  furnace,  flame  or  fire, 
and  no  electric  or  other  appliance  likely  to  produce 
an  exposed  spark  shall  be  allowed  in  any  room  used  for 
the  manufacture,  storage,  keeping,  handling,  or  repair- 
ing of  inflammable  motion  picture  films. 

Sec.  10.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or 
corporation,  or  their  agents  or  servants,  to  use  for  ex- 
hibition purposes  any  inflammable  motion  picture  films, 
unless  in  a building  and  a machine  or  apparatus  for 
which  a permit  has  been  issued  by  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings,  for  which  a fee  of  one  dollar  ($1.00)  shall  be 
paid  to  the  city  treasurer  and  credited  to  the  general 
city  fund. 

Sec.  11.  Each  room  used  for  the  manufacture,  stor- 
age, keeping,  handling  or  repairing  of  inflammable  mov- 
ing picture  films,  shall  be  equipped  with  at  least  two  (2) 
approved  hand  chemical  fire  extinguishers,  one  (1)  re- 
ceptacle containing  at  least  two  gallons  of  water  and  one 
(1)  receptacle  containing  at  least  one-half  (^)  bushel 
of  sand.  Each  film  to  be  stored  or  kept  in  metallic  boxes 
with  tight  fitting  covers  on  any  premises. 

Sec.  12.  No  smoking  or  the  use  of  matches  shall  be 
permitted  within  a room  ^sed  for  the  manufacture,  stor- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


143 


age,  keeping,  handling  or  repairing  of  inflammable  mo- 
tion picture  films,  and  signs  calling  attention  to  the 
same  shall  be  posted  in  at  least  three  (3)  conspicuous 
places  within  the  room  and  one  at  the  entrance  of  the 
same.  Inspection  shall  be  made  by  the  Inspector  c:f 
Buildings  from  time  to  time  to  see  that  all  regulations 
of  this  ordinance  are  complied  with. 

Sec.  13.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  their  agents 
or  servants,  manufacturing,  keeping,  storing,  handling 
or  repairing  any  inflammable  motion  picture  films  in  vio- 
lation of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  or  who 
fails  to  comply  with,  or  assists  in  the  violation  of  any 
of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  who  shall  deviate 
from  any  of  the  detailed  statements  in  the  application, 
plans  or  specifications  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the 
Inspector  of  Buildings,  provided  such  detailed  statement 
of  the  application,  plans  or  specifications  as  accepted 
are  according  to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  (and 
in  case  they  are  not  it  shall  be  no  defense  for  a viola- 
tion of  this  ordinance  that  such  statements  in  the  appli- 
cation, plans  or  specifications  were  accepted  by  an  offi- 
cer of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with  ap- 
proval) or  from  any  permit  issued  thereunder  subject 
to  the  above  provisions,  shall  for  each  and  every  viola- 
tion or  non-compliance  for  each  and  every  day  thereof, 
be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  ten  (10)  dollars  nor 
more  than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars  and  costs,  and  in 
default  of  payment  of  such  fine  and  costs,  shall  be  im- 
prisoned in  the  House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee  Coun- 
ty not  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  14.  All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  the 
provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  15.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  after  ninety  days  from  its  passage  and  publica- 
tion. 

Passed  November  25,  1912. 


144  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  Dry  Cleaning  Establishments. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
icaukee  do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Dry  cleaning  by  the  use  of  naphthas  or 
other  volatile  products  in  quantities  exceeding  two  gal- 
lons shall  be  carried  on  in  buildings  of  fireproof  con- 
struction throughout  without  basement  and  not  more 
than  three  stories  in  height  and  subject  to  the  condi- 
tions stated  in  this  ordinance. 

Floors  shall  be  of  impervious  fireprojf  construcUon. 

All  doors  and  frames  of  said  building  shall  be  of 
standard  fireproof  construction  and  the  doors  shall 
swing  outward. 

All  window  frames  and  the  sashes  shall  be  of  metal, 
glazed  with  wure  glass. 

The  stairway  shall  be  enclosed  with  walls  of  fireproof 
construction,  doors  to  such  stairway  shall  be  equipped 
with  fusible  links  which  will  fuse  at  less  than  140  de- 
grees Fahrenheit. 

All  buildings  two  or  three  stories  high  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  an  outside  stairway  not  less  than  three  (3) 
feet  wide  and  built  of  fireproof  material. 

Elevator  shafts  shall  be  enclosed  with  walls  con- 
structed of  fireproof  materials,  and  shall  be  provided 
with  fire  doors  equipped  with  fusible  links  which  will 
fuse  at  less  than  140  degrees  Fahrenheit. 

Corrugated  iron  shall  not  be  considered  as  fireproof 
under  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance. 

Elevator  pits  shall  be  provided  with  ventilators  at 
least  six  (6)  inches  square,  extending  up  and  terminat- 
ing in  an  opening;  fiush  with  the  outside  of  the  building 
at  least  four  (4)  feet  above  the  adjacent  grade. 

There  shall  be  provided  a ventilating  duct  extending 
around  the  entire  walls  of  each  room.  Openings  leading 
into  such  ducts  shall  be  within  six  (6)  inches  of  the 
fioor,  and  not  more  than  six  (6)  feet  apart;  this  duct 
shall  lead  to  the  outside  of  the  building,  and  be  pro- 
vided with  an  exhaust  fan  installed  at  the  outlet,  and  the 
duct  shall  be  of  sufficient  capacity  to  change  the  air 
within  the  room  every  fifteen  (15)  minutes.  This  fan 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


145 


shall  be  kept  in  operation  at  all  times  during  the  use  of 
such  rooms  for  dry  cleaning.  There  shall  also  be  in- 
stalled in  the  outside  wall  of  such  dry  cleaning  rooms  a 
ventilator  of  sufficient  size  to  supply  fresh  air. ' 

Sec.  2.  There  shall  he  no  connections  from  any  dry 
* cleaning  room  to  any  public  or  private  sewer,  drain, 
catch  basin  or  pit. 

iSec.  3.  For  heating  purposes  hot  water  or  steam 
shall  be  used. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  to  have  any  heat  generating  boil- 
er, dynamo  or  motor  within  the  rooms  used  for  dry 
cleaning. 

Sec.  4.  Where  artificial  light  is  used  the  same  shall 
be  by  vapor  proof  incandescent  lamps  enclosed  in  metal 
cages,  with  keyless  sockets,  and  with  switches  and  cut- 
outs located  outside  the  rooms  used  for  dry  cleaning. 
Wires  must  be  run  in  rigid  iron  conduits. 

Sec.  5.  Dry  cleaning  by  machinery  shall  be  done  on 
the  first  fioor  only. 

Sec.  6.  All  volatile  liquids  shall  be  stored  in  tanks 
placed  underground  as  herein  provided  for. 

2.  All  storage  tanks  shall  be  constructed  of  at  least 
.No.  12  U.  S.  standard  gauge  galvanized  steel  or  iron,  or 

at  least  one-quarter  (%)  inch  black  open  hearth  tank 
steel.  Tank  shall  be  coated  on  the  outside  with  rust- 
resisting  material. 

3.  The  capacity  of  tanks  shall  not  exced  three  hun- 
dred (300)  gallons  each. 

4.  Not  more  than  six  (6)  tanks  of  three  hundred  (300) 
gallons  capacity  each  shall  be  allowed  under  the  building 
or  outside  within  twenty-five  (25)  feet  of  an  adjacent 
building. 

5.  All  tanks  shall  be  installed  not  less  than  two  (2) 
feet  below  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and  the  top  must 
be  below  the  level  of  the  lowest  pipe  line  in  the  build- 
ing used  in  connection  with  the  equipment.  If  there 
should  be  more  than  one  tank,  the  tanks  shall  be  sep- 
arated by  at  least  one  foot  of  earth,  well  tamped  in 
place. 


146 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


6.  There  shall  be  no  opening  or  pipe  connections  ex- 
cept on  the  top  of  the  tanks. 

7.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  installing  in  any 
building  or  on  the  premises  of  any  building  any  tank 
when  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  in  effect  and 
applicable,  shall  notify  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  be- 
fore covering  or  enclosing  the  same,  and  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings  shall  have  an  inspection  made  of  such  tank 
and  connections. 

No  person,  firm  or  corporation  shall  cover  or  enclose 
any  tank  aforesaid  until  inspected  by  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings  or  one  of  his  assistants. 

8.  All  joints  of  such  storage  tanks  shall  be  made  so 
that  the  tanks  will  stand  a test  by  hydraulic  pressure  of 
twenty-five  (25)  pounds  to  the  square  inch. 

9.  Tanks  within  five  feet  of  any  building  shall  be 
buried  two  feet  lower  than  the  level  of  the  lowest  fioor 
of  any  such  building. 

10.  No  naphtha  or  other  volatile  product  exceeding  in 
quantity  five  (5)  gallons  in  any  one  open  receptacle  shall 
be  used  for  cleaning  purposes,  in  any  other  manner  ex- 
cept in  enclosed  machines.  Naphtha  or  other  volatile 
products,  shall  be  conveyed  from  the  tanks  to  the  ma- 
chine in  pipes  by  means  of  a suction  pump  or  suction 
system,  properly  controlled  by  valves. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  to  store  or  settle  any  volatile 
liquid  in  open  vessels. 

Sec.  7.  All  storage  tanks  shall  be  provided  with  gal- 
vanized wrought  iron  vent  pipes  at  least  one  inch  in 
diameter,  the  said  pipes  to  be  connected  with  the  top 
of  the  tank  and  there  fitted  with  a brass  wire  screen  of 
at  least  thirty  (30)  mesh.  This  vent  pipe  shall  be  car- 
ried up  at  least  four  (4)  feet  above  the  roof  of  said 
building  and  terminate  in  a return  bend,  openings  of 
which  shall  be  covered  with  a brass  wire  screen  of  at 
least  30  mesh. 

All  connections  shall  be  of  heavy  cast  fittings,  and 
the  screw  joints  shall  be  made  with  litharge  and  gly- 
cerine. 

Sec.  8.  Filler  pipe  shall  be  made  of  galvanized 
wrought  iron  pipes  two  (2)  inches  or  more  in  diameter. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  147 

entering  at  the  top  of  the  tanks  and  extending  to  the 
bottom  of  the  same. 

Filler  pipes  shall  extend  to  the  outside  of  the  build- 
ing and  shall  at  the  end  be  closed  by  screw  cap  securely 
locked  and  shall  be  protected  by  cast  iron  filler  boxes, 
which  cast  iron  filler  boxes  shall  be  locked  and  shall  be 
flush  with  the  surface  of  the  ground. 

Filler  pipes  shall  be  provided  with  a filling  cock  or 
valve,  and  with  a wire  screen  of  thirty  (30)  mesh  brass 
wire  at  or  near  the  tank  connection  and  below  the  filling 
cock  or  valve. 

Screw  joints  shall  be  made  with  litharge  and  gly- 
cerine. 

Sec.  9.  The  dry  cleaning  room  shall  be  equipped 
with  a steam  supply  directly  from  the  boiler  for  the  pur- 
pose of  extinguishing  fires,  which  steam  supply  shall 
have  at  least  two  one  inch  openings  or  jets  at  opposite 
ends  of  the  rooms,  which  openings  or  jets  shall  be  at 
least  one  foot  below  the  ceiling.  This  steam  supply 
shall  be  controlled  by  a quick  opening  valve  located  at 
least  ten  feet  away  from  the  room. 

Sec.  10.  The  place  where  the  material  cleaned  is  dry- 
ing shall  have  floor  and  ceiling  ventilation  each  equal  to 
a sectional  area  of  ten  (10)  square  inches  for  each  two 
hundred  (200)  cubic  feet  of  space  or  fraction  thereof. 
The  ventilating  openings  shall  be  provided  with  venti- 
lator hoods  on  the  outside  of  the  building. 

Sec.  11.  Before  proceeding  with  the  construction, 
erection,  alteration,  remodeling  or  repairs  of  any  build- 
ing which  may  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  dry  cleaning 
or  the  installation  of  any  tank,  a permit  shall  be  se- 
cured’ from  the  Inspector  of  Buildings.  Before  the  In- 
spector of  Buildings  shall  issue  such  permit  or  permits, 
an  application  shall  be  filed  with  him  by  the  owner  or 
agent  of  such  building,  together  with  plans  and  speci- 
fications, showing  full  details  of  location,  construction, 
remodeling,  alteration  or  repairs,  or  installation  of  tank. 

Every  applicant  for  a permit  for  the  installation  of  any 
tank  shall  pay  into  the  city  treasury  the  sum  of  two 
($2.00)  dollars,  which  sum  shall  be  credited  to  the  gen- 
eral city  fund,  and  such  permit  shall  be  duly  signed  by 


148 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


the  city  treasurer,  city  comptroller  and  Inspector  of 
Buildings,  and  the  same  shall  be  in  full  for  the  inspec- 
tion of  the  tank  and  its  connections  and  the  permit. 

If  such  application,  plans  and  specifications  shall  show 
that  such  building  is  to  be  constructed,  remodeled,  al- 
tered or  repaired  in  conformity  with  the  provisions  of 
this  ordinance,  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  issue  a 
building  permit  to  such  applicant.  After  submission  of 
plans  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  have  a reasonable 
time  to  ascertain  whether  such  plans  and  specifications 
are  in  compliance  with  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  12.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  contra- 
vening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  re- 
pealed. 

Sec.  13.  No  person,  firm  or  corporation  owning,  con- 
trolling or  managing  any  building  or  premises  wherein 
or  whereon  anything  in  violation  of  this  ordinance  shall 
exist  or  shall  be  placed,  or  any  person  employed  who 
shall  assist  in  the  commission  of  such  violation,  and  all 
persons  who  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
ordinance,  or  any  requirements  thereof  or  who  shall 
build  in  violation  of  any  detailed  statement  of  applica- 
tion plans  and  specifications  submitted  and  approved 
thereunder,  or  any  building  permit  issued  thereunder,  or 
violate  any  of  the  terms  of  this  ordinance,  even  if  the 
plans  and  specifications  submitted  and  approved  by  the 
Inspector  shall  be  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  this  ordi- 
nance, shall  for  each  and  every  such  violation  or  non- 
compliance  and  for  ea'ch  and  every  day’s  violation  be 
liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  twenty-five  (25)  dollars 
nor  more  than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars  and  in  default 
of  payment  imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correction  of 
Milwaukee  County  for  not  more  than  six  (6)  months. 

Sec.  14.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  after  its  passage  and  publication. 

Countersigned  July  1,  1911. 

Passed  July  31,  1911. 

Published  August  8,  1911. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  1^9 

File  Number  4555 

93— an  ordinance 

To  Regulate  the  Occupancy  of  Public  Property • During 

Building  Operations. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of,  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section.  1.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  their 
agent  or  employe,  having  first  obtained  a building  per- 
mit or  a permit  to  build  a sidewalk,  may  make  appli- 
cation, and  there  shall  be  granted  to  holder  of  such  per- 
mit by  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works  a street  per- 
mit for  a temporary  occupancy  of  a part  of  the  public 
highway  in  front  of  the  premises  of  the  structure  in 
process  of  construction  but  not  extending  beyond  the 
continuation  of  the  lot  lines.  Such  occupancy  and  tem- 
porary sidewalk  shall  not  cover  more  than  one-third  of 
the  public  highway  and  in  no  case  more  than  forty  (40) 
feet  in  width  in  total,  or  not  more  than  one-third  the 
width  of  any  alley,  and  in  case  there  are  any  railway 
tracks  on  such  street  no  building  material,  fence  or  edge 
of  a temporary  walk  shall  be  nearer  than  eight  (8)  feet 
to  the  nearest  rail. 

Sec.  2.  The  permission  to  ^ occupy  the  sidewalks, 
streets  or  alleys  for  the  purpose  of  building  is  intended 
only  for  use  in  connection  with  the  actual  erection,  alter- 
ation, repair  or  removal  of  structures.  No  advertising 
sign  of  any  kind  shall  be  permitted  on  this  part  of  the 
public  highway. 

Sec.  3.  Earth  and  rubbish  shall  not  be  stored  on  any 
public  property.  Dry  rubbish  shall  be  kept  wetted  down 
to  prevent  its  being  scattered  by  the  wind. 

Sec.  4.  Sufficient  lights  shall  be  displayed  and  main- 
tained during  the  whole  of  every  night  at  each  excava- 
tion, pile  of  material,  fence  or  other  obstruction  on  any 
public  highway,  to  so  cast  their  rays  that  each  excava- 
tion, pile  of  material,  fence  or  other  obstruction,  shall  be 
in  full  view  of  the  public. 

Sec.  5.  On  the  part  of  such  public  highways  for 
which  a permit  has  been  granted  building  materials 
may  be  stored  or  used  and  temporary  sheds  or  fences 


150 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


may  be  erected  for  use  in  connection  with  the  building 
operations  in  such  manner  as  to  protect  the  public.  Na 
guy  lines  shall  be  less  than  fifteen  (15)  feet  above  the 
road-bed  outside  of  the  confines  of  the  street  permit. 

Materials,  fences  or  sheds  shall  not  be  placed  withim 
two  (2)  feet  of  any  tree,  fire  hydrant,  alarm  box  or  catch- 
basin,  and  all  gutters  shall  be  kept  free  and  clear  at  all 
times. 

iSec.  6.  Persons  obtaining  a street  permit  shall  not 
interrupt  the  sidewalk  traffic  but  shall  at  all  times  keep 
open  and  unobstructed  a -sidewalk  of  not  less  than  sir 
(6)  feet  in  width.  This  sidewalk  may  be  crossed  by  a 
driveway  to  give  access  to  the  building  site,  but  any 
damage  that  may  be  done  to  the  sidewalk  shall  be  re- 
paired by  the  person  to  whom  the  permit  is  issued  and 
the  sidewalk  shall  be  left  in  as  good  condition  as  before 
.the  permit  was  issued. 

Such  sidewalk  may  be  the  permanent  sidewalk  or  a 
temporary  sidewalk  of  planks  located  within  the  confines 
of  the  street  permit.  Such  temporary  sidewalk  may  be 
placed  at  the  established  grade  or  at  any  elevation  not 
exceeding  four  (4)  feet  above  such  grade  and  in  case  a 
sidewalk  is  so  elevated  it  shall  be  provided  with  inclines 
with  not  more  than  1Y2  inch  rise  in  two  feet,  or  with 
steps  of  not  more  than  seven  (7)  inch  rise  and  less  than 
8 inch  tread  on  both  ends  thereof,  and  these  inclines  or 
steps  shall  be  capable  of  sustaining  a safe  load  of  80 
pounds  per  square  foot  on  a factor  of  safety  of  4. 

Sec.  7.  A close  fence  at  least  four  (4)  feet  high  shall 
be  maintained  on  both  sides  of  any  elevated  sidewalks  or 
on  any  sidewalk  while  excavations  are  being  made  or 
continue  to  exist. 

Any  excavations  for  structures  to  be  built  within  ten 
(10)  feet  of  a public  highw^ay,  shall  at  all  times  be 
guarded  by  a close  board  fence  not  less  than  four  (4)' 
feet  high. 

Sec.  8.  If  the  structure  to  be  erected  is  to  be  more 
than  twenty-five  (25)  feet  in  height  above  the  grade  at 
the  front  and  is  in  any  part  less  than  fifteen  (15)  feet 
away  from  the  inner  edge  of  the  public  sidewalk  there 
shall  be  a roof  built  over  the  sidewalk  consisting  of  two 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  . 151 

(2)  layers  of  2 inch  plank  on  a frame  work  not  less  than 
ten  (10)  feet  above  the  sidewalk,  and  there  shall  be  an 
enclosure  on  top  at  the  outside  edges  of  said  roof  not 
less  than  four  (4)  feet  high  of  boards.  This  roof  shall 
be  built  as  soon  as  the  structure  reaches  the  height  of 
ten  (10)  feet  and  shall  be  maintained  until  the  entire 
work  on  the  sides  of  the  structure  abutting  or  near  the 
lot  line  is  completed. 

Sec.  9.  When  additional  stories  are  added  to  an  exist- 
ing building  and  such  building  is  located  within  five  (5) 
feet  of  the  lot  line  there  shall  be  built  over  the  sidewalk 
at  the  level  where  the  new  stories  commence  a scaffold 
not  less  than  eight  (8)  feet  wide,  composed  of  a frame 
work  capable  of  carrying  ajoad  of  200  pounds  per  square 
foot  on  a factor  of  safety  of  4,  and  the  floor  of  two  (2) 
layers  of  2 inch  plank  to  serve  as  a protection  of  the 
sidewalk,  and  the  outside  shall  be  enclosed  not  less  than 
three  (3)  feet  high  with  boards. 

Sec.  10.  Temporary  enclosures  of  shop  fronts  during 
their  construction  or  repair  may  extend  over  the  lot  line 
five  (5)  feet  for  their  entire  height  subject  to  all  the 
regulations  of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  11.  Outside  scaffold  on  a building  near  the  lot 
line  shall  have  a floor  of  two-inch  planks  and  at  the 
outer  edge  thereof  a closed  fence  not  less  than  four  (4) 
feet  high  when  there  is  no  covering  over  the  sidewalk. 

Sec.  12.  Upon  the  termination  of  the  building  opera- 
tions, the  street  permit  shall  cease  to  exist,  and  all  parts 
- of  the  public  highway  occupied  under  the  permit  shall 
be  vacated,  cleaned  of  rubbish  or  any  obstruction,  and 
placed  in  a safe  condition  for  public  travel,  all  costs, 
charges,  arid  expenses  through  lawsuits,  or  cost  of  fixing 
the  place,  shall  be  chargeable  to  the  one  receiving  the 
permit. 

Sec.  13.  The  fees  for  street  permits  shall  be  paid 
into  the  city  treasury  and  credited  to  the  General  City 
Fund  and  shall  be  as  follows: 

One  (1)  dollar  per  month  for  every  25  feet  of  street 
front  or  fractional  part  thereof,  for  the  first  three 
months,  two  (2)  dollars  per  month  for  the  succeeding 
period  of  three  months  and  shall  thereafter  be  increased 


152 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


in  periods  of  three  months,  each  one  (1)  dollar  per 
month  over  each  preceding  period. 

Sec.  14.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  agent  or  em- 
ploye violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance 
or  any  firm  or  corporation,  or  agent  or  employe  assist- 
ing in  the  commission  of  any  violation  of  any  of  the  re- 
quirements thereof  or  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,, 
agent  or  employe,  who  shall  neglect  to  do  each  and  every 
act  required  herein  whether  such  act  shall  have  been 
approved  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  or  Commissioner 
of  Public  Works  or  not,  shall  for  each  and  every  day’s- 
violation  or  non-compliance  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not 
less  than  five  (5)  dollars,  nor  more  than  five  hundred 
(500)  dollars  or  in  default  of  fine  by  imprisonment  in 
the  House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee  County  not  less^ 
than  one  day  nor  more  than  six  months. 

Sec.  15.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  con- 
travening with  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  here- 
by repealed. 

Sec.  16.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  (20)  days  following  its  pas- 
sage and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 


File  Number  4161. 

90-~AN  ORDINANCE. 

To  Regulate  the  Construction  of  Fences  and  Railings. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
vsaukce  do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Enclosure  fence  for  business  or  manufac- 
turing premises  where  material  or  utensils  are  stored, 
or  places  of  amusement,  shall  not  exceed  nine  (9)  feet 
in  height,  and  all  other  fences  when  erected  for  actual 
spite  or  malice,  shall  not  exceed  five  (5)  feet  in  height 
above  the  grade.  All  fences  shall  be  so  constructed  to 
withstand  a wind  pressure  of  at  least  thirty  (30)  pounds 
to  the  foot. 

All  barb  wire  used  for  fence  purposes  shall  be  at  least 
six  (6)  feet  above  the  grade. 

Sec.  2.  Guard  rails,  in  all  buildings  except  private 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


153 


residences,  shall  be  not  less  than  3 feet  6 inches  in 
height  with  not  less  than  two  intermediate  rails  equally 
spaced  along  all  areas  which  are  not  protected  by  grat- 
ing or  covers  and  shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  with- 
stand a pressure  of  150  pounds  to  the  lineal  foot. 

Sec.  3.  Balcony  railings  shall  not  be  less  than  thirty 
(30)  inches  high. 

Sec.  4.  Stair  railings  shall  not  be  less  than  thirty- 
two  (32)  inches  high  and  well  hole  railings  in  any  build- 
ings shall  not  be  less  than  thirty-six  (36)  inches  above 
the  floor  or  the  riser  of  the  stair. 

Sec.  5.  Any  person,  Arm  or  corporation,  agent  or  em- 
ploye violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance, 
or  any  Arm  or  corporation,  agent  or  employe  assisting 
in  the  commission  of  any  violation  of  any  of  the  require- 
ments thereof,  or  any  person,  firm  or  corporation  agent 
or  employe,  who  shall  neglect  to  do  each  and  every  act 
required  herein,  whether  such  act  shall  have  been  ap- 
proved by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  or  not,  shall  for 
each  and  every  day’s  violation’  or  non-compliance,  be 
liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  dollars,  nor  more 
than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars,  or  in  default  of  fine  by 
imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correction  of  Milwaukee 
County  not  less  than  one  (1)  day  nor  more  than  six  (6) 
months. 

Sec.  6.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  contra- 
vening with  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  here- 
by repealed. 

Sec.  7.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 


154 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Fife  Number  4418. 

92— AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  the  Construction  of  Docks  Along  the  Naviga- 
ble Waters  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
icaukce'do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  The  superstructure  of  all  docks  hereafter 
built  or  reconstructed  along  any  of  the  navigable  rivers, 
canals,  slips  or  basins  connected  with  or  a part  of  the 
Milwaukee  harbor,  shall  be  of  re-inforced  concrete  and 
in  accordance  with  plans  and  specifications  established 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works. 

Sec.  2.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  who  shall  vio- 
late the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  shall  be  subject 
to  a penalty  of  not  less  than  five  hundred  dollars  ($500) 
nor  more  than  one  thousand  dollars  ($1,000),  and  in  de- 
fault of  payment  thereof,  shall  be  imprisoned  in  the 
House  of  Correction  for  Milwaukee  County,  not  to  ex- 
ceed ninety  (90)  days.  The  constructing,  in  whole  or 
in  part,  or  the  maintaining  of  any  dock,  which  does  not 
conform  to  this  ordinance,  shall  be  considered  a viola- 
tion hereof,  and  each  and  every  day  that  such  violation 
shall  continue  shall  be  a separate  violation. 

Sec.  3.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 

File  Number  5064. 

107— AN  ORDINANCE 

To  Regulate  the  Construction,  Erection,  Remodeling  and 

Operation  of  Elevators  in  the  City  of  Milwaukee. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Subject  Matter. 

The  subject  matter  under  this  ordinance  shall  include 
all  passenger  and  freight  elevators,  hoists,  lifts  and 
dumbwaiters  having  ropes,  sheaves  and  platforms,  or 
any  mechanical  device  and  their  enclosures  permanently 
fixed  in  position  for  the  purpose  of  conveying  people  or 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


155 

-any  load  to  any  point  on  or  in  a structure,  above  or  be- 
low the  grade  line,  provided,  however,  that  temporary 
elevators,  lifting  tackles,  derricks  or  hoists  to  be  used 
in  the  construction,  alteration,  repairing  or  wrecking  of 
buildings,  or  that  swinging  scaffolds  or  traveling  cranes 
and  devices  using  endless  operating  bucket  or  hooks 
shall  not  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  2.  Enclosures  of  Elevator  Shafts  and  Dumb- 
waiters. 

All  passenger  and  freight  elevators  hereafter  erected 
shall  have  their  hatchways  or  shafts  enclosed  with 
walls  of  fireproof  material,  or  steel  frame  with  wired 
glass,  the  thickness  and  strength  of  such  enclosures 
shall  be  according  to  the  requirements  of  the  building 
ordinance  pertaining  to  such  enclosure,  provided,  how- 
ever, that  elevators  and  dumbwaiters  in  buildings  not 
exceeding  two  (2)  stories  in  height  above  the  grade  or 
above  the  basement  and  not  exceeding  a total  travel 
of  thirty-five  (35)  feet,  may  be  enclosed  with  non-fire- 
proof  enclosure  above  the  basement,  or  shall  be  enclosed 
and  protected  on  each  and  all  floors  above  the  basement 
with  suitable  framework  not  less  than  six  (6)  feet  in 
height,  except  over  counterweight  runways  where  it 
shall  extend  from  floors  to  ceilings.  All  elevators  not 
exceeding  a travel  of  thirty-five  (35)  feet,  not  enclosed 
continuously  with  a fireproof  enclosure,  shall  have  the 
shaftway  opening  in  the  top  floor  provided  with  a fire 
door,  which  is  operated  by  the  movement  of  the  car. 

Elevator  shaftways  located  on  the  outside  of  any  build- 
ing shall  be  enclosed  with  walls  of  fireproof  material, 
in  place  of  which,  for  freight  elevator  shaftways,  an  open 
wire  mesh  enclosure  not  less  than  No.  9 gauge  wire,  and 
not  more  than  one  and  one-half  (l^/^)  inch  mesh  will  be 
permitted. 

No  elevator  shall  be  constructed  in  the  well  hole  of 
any  stairway,  unless  such  elevator  shall  be  enclosed 
with  walls  of  brick  or  other  fireproof  material,  provided, 
however,  that  no  elevator  shall  be  constructed  in  the 
well  hole  of  any  stairway  in  any  apartment,  tenement, 
hospital,  hotel,  boarding  or  lodging  house. 

Where  counterweight  runways  are  located  in  the  ele- 
vator shaftway,  the  outside  must  be  entirely  enclosed 


156 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


with  a solid  guard,  the  runways  must  be  entirely  en* 
closed  on  the  inside  with  a solid  guard  to  a height  of 
eight  (8)  feet  from  the  bottom  of  the  pit,  and  ten  (10) 
feet  down  from  the  top  limit  of  travel  of  the  car.  Where 
counterweight  runways  are  located  outside  of  the  ele- 
vator shaftway,  they  must  be  entirely  enclosed  on  all 
sides  with  a solid  guard. 

Sec.  3.  Enclosure  of  Shafts  and  Pits  in  Basement. 

In  all  buildings  sin  which  any  elevator  or  dumbwaiter 
shaft  extends  down  into  a basement  or  sub-basement, 
that  portion  thereof  shall  be  enclosed  in  walls  of  fire- 
proof materials,  the  thickness  and  strength  of  such  en- 
closures shall  be;  according  to  the  requirements  of  the 
building  ordinances  pertainng  to  such  enclosures,  and 
all  openings  to  such  enclosures  shall  be  protected  by 
fireproof  frames  and  doors;  where  such  elevator  shafts 
do  not  extend  down  into  basement,  they  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  fireproof  pits  at  the  lowermost  floor  level 
at  'which  they  serve,  and  such  pits  shall  have  no  open- 
ings except  for  cables  or  other  elevator  equipment. 

Sec.  4.  Elevator  Pits  and  Clearance. 

All  elevators  hereafter  installed  with  a speed  up  to 
and  including  50  feet  per  minute,  must  have  a pit  not 
less  than  two  feet  in  depth  below  the  lowest  landing, 
and  an  overhead  clearance  of  not  less  than  two  (2) 
feet  when  car  is  at  its  highest  landing.  All  elevators 
with  a speed  over  50  feet  and  up  to  and  including  150 
feet  per  minute,  must  have  a pit  not  less  than  three 
feet  deep  and  an  overhead  clearance  of  not  less  than 
four  (4)  feet.  All  elevators  having  a speed  over  150 
feet  and  up  to  and  including  350  feet  per  minute  must 
have  a pit  of  not  less  than  four  (4)  feet  in  depth  and  an 
overhead  clearance  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  feet.  All 
elevators  having  a speed  greater  than  350  feet  per  min- 
ute must  have  a pit  not  less  than  four  (4)  feet  deep  and 
an  overhead  clearance  not  less  than  six  (6)  feet.  The 
overhead  clearance  for  counterweights  shall  be  not 
less  than  the  above  mentioned  clearance  for  cars  at  the 
various  speeds.  The  pit  and  overhead  clearance  must  be 
equal  in  area  to  that  of  the  shaftway. 

All  passenger  and  power  driven  freight  elevators  shall 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


157 


be  provided  with  spring  cushions  of  approved  type  rest- 
ing on  steel  framework  secured  to  the  rails,  or  in  the 
pit  forming  the  bottom  of  the  shaft,  and  car  frame  shall 
be  arranged  with  steel  or  iron  plate  or  cups  acting  as 
bumper  under  car  to  rest  on  springs  should  car  run  be- 
low the  bottom  floor  limit;  other  approved  bumpers 
equal  to  the  spring  type  will  be  permitted.  Oil  buffers 
may  be  attached  to  the  bottom  of  the  car  if  securely  fas- 
tened, butHt  is  preferable  to  install  them  in  the  pit. 

No  explosive  nor  inflammable  materials  nor  any  ma- 
terial liable  to  develop  suffocating  gases,  nor  any  pipe 
for  conveying  the  same  shall  be  stored  or  kept  under 
any  elevator  or  shaftway,  and  no  elevator  shaftway  shall 
be  used  foi^the  storage  of  any  material  or  the  running 
of  any  rope,  wire  or  pipe  except  for  the  use  of  the  ele- 
vator itself,  and  no  machinery  shall  be  located  in  such 
shaftway  under  car. 

All  elevators,  and  other  mechanical  devices  used  for 
similar  purposes,  shall  be  kept  clean  and  free  from  ex- 
cessive grease  and  dirt. 

Sec.  5.  Pent  Houses. 

Pent  houses  on  roofs  of  buildings  exceeding  two  (2) 
stories  in  height  above  the' basement  shall  be  construct- 
ed of  fireproof  material  and  shall  be  provided  with  flre- 
proof  window  and  door  opening  through  which  proper 
light  and  access  can  be  had  to  overhead  machinery;  in 
non-flreproof  buildings  of  two  stories  or  less  in  height 
above  the  basement,  the  walls  and  roofs  of  pent  house 
may  be  of  wood  covered  with  incoriibustible  material. 

Sec.  6.  Doors  and  Gates  to  Elevator  Enclosures. 

All  doors  to  passenger  elevator  shafts  shall  be  con- 
structed of  metal  with  solid  metal  panel  in  lower  part 
and  wired  glass  in  the  upper  part;  such  doors  shall  have 
safety  locks  or  other  appliances  which  cannot  be  opened 
from  the  outside  except  by  means  of  key,  so  that  doors 
will  be  securely  closed  when  the  elevator  car  is  not  at 
the  floor  where  doors  are  located,  and  the  operator  on 
all  elevators  must  see  that  doors  are  securely  closed 
before  starting  car,  and  no  doors  shall  be  either  open 
or  closed  except  where  car  is  at  its  landing;  should  any 
interlocking  device  be  installed,  the  same  shall  under 


158 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


all  conditions  be  sufficient  for  the  purpose  required.  No 
passenger  elevator  shall  be  operated  which  has  more 
than  one  entrance  or  doorway  to  the  car,  unless  entrance 
or  doorway  farthest  from  the  point  where  the  car  is 
operated  is  provided  with  a door  on  the  inside  of  the 
car,  and  such  door  shall  be  closed  by  the  operator  be- 
fore the  car  is  put  in  motion. 

All  shafts  for  freight  elevators  and  dumbwaiters  en- 
closed with  fireproof  enclosures  shall  be  provided  with 
fireproof  frames  and  doors  on  the  outside  thereof;  such 
doors  shall  be  provided  with  a device  or  system  which 
will  automatically  close  the  opening  in  the  event  of  fire 
(fire  doors  hung  to  swing  on  vertical  axis  will  not  be 
permitted).  All  doors  or  openings  to  freight  elevator 
and  dumbwaiter  shafts  shall  be  provided  with  semi-auto- 
matic self-closing  hatch  gates  to  protect  the  approach 
to  the  elevator,  such  gates  to  freight  elevators  shall  not 
be  less  than  5 feet  6 inches  in  height,  with  no  greater 
space  than  eight  (8)  inches  from  the  lower  rail  to  the 
floor,  and  shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  resist  a lat- 
eral pressure  of  at  least  200  pounds  at  its  center.  In 
case  local  conditions  do  not  permit  of  a gate  of  the  speci- 
fied height,  a lower  gate  may  be  used,  provided  that 
such  gate  be  placed  not  less  than  six  (6)-  inches  nor 
more  than  twelve  (12)  inches  away  from  the  car  or  plat- 
form of  the  elevator,  and  that  ropes,  chains  or  other 
efficient  warning  devices  are  suspended  from  the  plat- 
form. In  lieu  of  doors  or  gates  for  dumbwaiter  shafts, 
semi-automatic  fireproof  doors  may  be  placed  inside  the 
shaft  but  no  semi-automatic  gates  shall  be  required  for 
hand  power  dumbwaiters  having  the  sill  of  doors  or 
shaft  openings  raised  more  than  two  (2)  feet  above  the 
floor. 

Sills  of  doors  to  elevator  shaft  shall  have  a non-slip- 
pery  surface. 

All  doors  covering  sidewalk  elevator  holes  shall  open 
only  sufficiently  for  proper  service,  and  when  open  shall 
form  a suitable  guard  to  the  aperture,  and  all  sidewalk 
elevators  shall  be  equipped  with  a device  to  prevent  the 
operation  of  such  elevator  until  the  covering  or  doors 
are  open.  All  sidewalk  doors  and  frames  shall  have  a 
rough  face  or  surface,  and  be  constructed  and  arranged 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


159 


so  that  no  part  of  the  frame  or  hinges  shall  project 
above  the  level  of  the  sidewalk,  and  capable  of  cai;ry- 
ing  a superimposed  load  of  200  pounds  per  square  foot. 
Doors  shall  be  kept  closed  when  elevator  is  not  in  ac- 
tual use. 

Sec.  7.  Toe  Guards. 

The  under  side  of  the  floor  or  other  parts  of  the  build- 
ing which  projects  into  the  elevator  shafts,  shall  be 
equipped  with  a smooth  steel  guard  of  not  less  than 
No.  16  gauge,  curved  and  sloped  from  the  projection  to 
the  edge  of  such  enclosure  for  the  width  of  the  opening 
to  such  elevator  car,  the  slope  of  such  guard  place  shall 
be  at  an  angle  of  not  less  than  sixty  (60)  degrees. 

Sec.  8.  Protection  Under  Sheaves  in  Hatchway. 

The  entire  top  of  every  shaft  or  hatchway  under  the 
sheaves  and  machinery,  shall  be  covered  with  a floor  or 
grating  of  incombustible  material  capable  of  sustaining 
a load  of  not  less  than  seventy-five  (75)  pounds  per 
square  foot  with  a factor  of  safety  of  four;  this  floor  or 
grating  in  freight  elevator  shafts  in  non-fireproof  build- 
ings may  be  of  wood,  and  in  fireproof  buildings  the  ma- 
chinery may  be  bolted  to  three  and  one-half  (SV2)  inches 
thick  creosote  impregnated  plank. 

On  traction  types  of  elevators,  the  screens  under  the 
secondary  sheaves,  which  are  located  below  the  floor  of 
the  pent  house,  must  extend  under  the  entire  sheaves 
and  must  not  cover  more  than  one-half  of  the  area  of 
the  shaftway,  unless  there  is  sufficient  room  for  a man 
to  stand  between  the  screen  and  the  pent  house  floor. 

All  freight  elevator  cars  must  be  equipped  with  a 
covering  over  the  top,  either  solid  or  made  of  wire 
screen  not  less  than  No.  10  wire,  and  with  mesh  not  over 
one  inch.  The  part  of  such  covering  which  faces  the 
opening  to  the  shaft,  must  be  constructed  with  a section 
not  less  than  18  inches  in  width  and  extending  the  width 
of  the  opening  to  the  shaft.  Such  section  must  be  so 
attached  with  hinges  to  the  screen  that  it  will  rise  when 
it  meets  with  an  obstruction  as  the  car  descends. 

Sec.  9.  Supports  for  Overhead  Work. 

All  beams  for  the  support  of  overhead  work  for  all  ele- 
vators hereafter  constructed,  shall  be  of  iron  or  steel. 


160 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


and  such  beams  over  all  passenger  elevator  shafts  and 
over  all  elevator  shafts  in  fireproof  buildings,  shall  be 
supported  on  walls  or  continuous  columns  of  fireproof 
material  which  shall  rest  on  concrete  or  masonry  foun- 
dation above  the  level  of  the  fioor  on  which  they  are 
placed,  such  beams  over  freight  elevator  shafts  in  non- 
firepro'of  buildings  may  »be  supported  by  wooden  posts 
not  less  than  eight  by  eight  (8x8)  inches,  which  shall 
rest  on  concrete  or  masonry  foundation. 

Sec.  10.  Guide  Posts  and  Rails. 

Car  guide  posts  and  r'ails  and  counterweight  rails  for 
all  passenger  elevators,  shall  be  of  wrought  steel  of  a 
weight  of  not  less  than  fourteen  (14)  pounds  per  linear 
foot  for  car  post  guide  rails,  and  not  less  than  six  and 
three-quarter  (6%)  pounds  per  linear  foot  for  counter- 
weight rails,  and  the  same  size  shall  be  required  for 
wrought  steel  rails  of  freight  elevators  of  over  twenty 
(20)  square  feet  and  less  than  fifty  (50')  square  feet 
of  platform,  or  over  twelve  hundred  and  fifty  (1,250) 
pounds  capacity;  freight  elevators  of  smaller  area  of 
platform,  or  less  capacity  with  wrought  steel  rail  shall 
have  car  post  guide  rails  and  counterweight  rails  of  a 
weight  not  less  than  six  and  three-quarter  (6%)  pounds 
per  linear  foot;  freight  elevators  of  more  than  fifty  (50) 
square  feet  area  of  platform  shall  have  the  fourteen  (14) 
pound  car  guide  post  rails  reinforced  by  continuous 
wrought  steel  member  of  not  less  than  nine  and  three- 
quarter  (9%)  pounds  per  linear  foot. 

Elevator  and  counterweight  guides  shall  be  securely 
fastened  and  reinforced  with  proper  backing  or  addi- 
tional bracing  between  floors  if  necessary  to  prevent 
spreading,  when  the  car  safety  device  is  applied  with 
full  load  on  the  platform. 

In  place  of  wrought  steel  car  post  guide  rails  for 
freight  elevators  in  non-fireproof  buildings  with  a car 
travel  not  to  exceed  thirty-five  (35)  feet,  combination 
of  wrought  steel  and  wood  rails  will  be  permitted  of  the 
following  minimum  dimensions:  ^ 

For  elevators  of  fifty  (50)  square  feet  of  area  of  plat- 
form or  less,  or  four  thousand  (4,000)  pounds  capacity 
or  less,  two  three  by  three  by  three-eighth  (3x3x%) 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  161 

inches  steel  angles  with  two  and  three-eighths  by  two 
and  three-eighths  (2%x2%)  inch  maple  guide  strips. 

For  elevators  of  more  than  fifty  (50)  square  feet  and 
less  than  one  hundred  and  twenty  (120)  square  feet 
area  of  platform  or  over  four  thousand  (4,000)  pounds 
capacity,  two  three  by  four  by  three-eighths  (3x4x%) 
inches  steel  angles  with  two  and  three-quarter  inches  by 
two  and  three-quarter  (2%x2%)  inches  maple  guide 
strips. 

For  elevators  of  more  than  one  hundred  and  twenty 
(120)  square  feet  area  of  platform,  two  three  and  one- 
half  by  five  inches  by  three-eighths  (3i/^x5x%)  ste'el 
angles  with  three  and  one-half  by  three  and  one-half 
(3%x3i/^)  inches  maple  guide  strips. 

All  steel  angles  shall  have  a wood  filler  between  them 
of  not  less  than  three  and  one-half  by  three  and  one-half 
3Y2x3y2)  inches. 

The  combination  wood  and  steel  counterweight  rails 
shall  have  single  angles  of  not  less  than  three  by  four 
by  three-eighths  (3x4x%)  inches  with  maple  guide  strips 
of  not  less  than  one  and  one-half  by  one  and  one-half 
(lV2Xiy2)  inches. 

Hand  power  elevators  shall  not  be  required  to  have 
steel  or  combination  wood  and  steel  guide  posts  and 
rails,  but  in  place  thereof  shall  have  wooden  guide  posts 
of  not  less  than  six  by  six  (6x6)  inches  with  maple 
guide  strips  not  less  than  one  and  three-quarters  by  one 
and  three-quarters  (l%xl%)  inches  and  wooden  counter- 
weight rails  of  not  less  than  three  and  one-half  by  three 
and  one-half  (3i/^x3i/^)  inches  with  not  less  than  one  and 
one-quarter  by  one  and  one-quarter  (li/ixl^/i)  maple 
guide  strips. 

Sec.  11.  Capacity  of  Machinery. 

All  passenger  elevators  shall  have  hoisting  machinery 
capable  of  lifting  a live  load  of  not  less  than  seventy-five 
(75)  pounfis  per  square  foot  of  car  floor  area. 

Hand  power  elevators  with  a greater  capacity  than  two 
thousand  (2,000)  pounds  will  not  be  permitted. 

Han^J  power  elevators  with  more  than  thirty-five  (35) 
leet  travel  will  not  be  permitted  except  where  elevators 
are  placed  on  the  outside  of  the  building,  and  no  per- 


162 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


sen  but  the  operator  shall  be  allowed  on  the  platform 
while  it  is  in  motion,  and  a notice  shall  be  posted  at 
each  floor  landing  by  the  owner  or  manager  of  them  for- 
bidding persons  to  ride  on  such  platform. 

Provision  shall  be  made  on  all  elevators  so  that  same 
can  be  controlled  ^om  platform. 

Sec.  12.  Ropes  and  Cables. 

All  hoisiing  and  counter  weight  cables  used  on  eleva- 
tors shall  be  standard,  or  better  quality,  of  iron  or 
steel  wire,  composed  of  six  strands  and  a hemp  center, 
nineteen  (19)  wires  to  the  strand. 

The  factor  of  safety  for  all  new  hoisting  ropes  for 
passenger  elevators  shall  be  not  less  than  eight  (S) 
and  for  all  hoisting  ropes  for  freight  elevators  and 
counterweights  the  factor  of  safety  for  new  ropes  shall 
not  be  less  than  six  (6). 

If  ropes  or  cables  are  exposed  to  the  action  of  the 
elements,  the  factor  of  safety  shall  be  increased  twen- 
ty-five (25)  per  cent  of  the  above;  and  where  any  rope 
or  cable  shall  have  deteriorated  twenty-five  (25)  per 
cent,  it  shall  be  considered  imsafe. 

The  following  are  adopted  as  the  standard  for 
sheaves  for  all  hoisting  cables  or  ropes  of  given  diam- 
eter. 

TABLE  FOR  PASSENGER  ELEVATORS. 


Minimum  diameter  of 

Maximum  load  on 

Size  of  rope. 

drum  or  sheave. 

one  cable. 

inch 

20  inches 

1,100  pounds 

fe  inch 

22  inches 

1,330  pounds 

inch 

24  inches 

1,700  pounds 

*4  inch 

30  inches 

2,500  pounds 

inch 

36  inches 

3,200  pounds 

1 inch 

40  inches 

4.000  poimds 

TABLE  FOR  FREIGHT  ELETVFATORS. 

Minimum  diameter  of 

Maximum  load  on 

Size  of  rope. 

drum  or  sheave. 

one  cable. 

^2  inch 

20  inches 

1.500  pounds 

inch 

22  inches 

1,800  pounds 

inch 

24  inches 

2.250  pounds 

\ inch 

30  inches 

3,000  pounds 

"s  inch 

36  inches 

4,000  pounds 

1 inch 

40  inches 

5,000  pounds 

BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


163 


All  cars  and  counterweights  hereafter  installed  shall 
Tie  suspended  on  not  less  than  two  cables  each,  but 
passenger  elevators,  cables  of  which  do*  not  wind 
around  a drum,  shall  not  have  less  than  four  hoisting 
cables. 

All  ropes  and  cables  shall  be  independently  fast- 
ened at  their  terminals  to  the  overhead  beam  of  the 
•car,  and  the  counterweight  cables  independently  fast- 
ened to  the  weights  wherever  possible,  and  the  lifting 
and  counterweight  cables  shall  have  at  least  one  and 
one-half  turn  of  the  cable  on  the  drum  when  car  has 
run  its  limit. 

All  passenger  cars  shall  have  car  counterweights,  and 
electric  elevators,  shall  have  car  counterweights  and 
drum  counterweights.  All  counterweights  shall  have 
four  bolts  through  each  set  with  lock  nuts  and  cotter- 
pins  at  each  end,  at  least  two  bolts  shall  pass  through 
all  fillers  or  sub  weights,  unless  counterweights  are 
built  in  steel  frames,  and  such  equipment  have  two 
cables  to  each  counterweight  as  well  as  two  cables  to 
the  hoist  frame  of  the  car.  Where  drum  counterweight 
cables  run  through  or  pass  by  the  car  counterweights, 
they  shall  be  provided  with  a suitable  covering  to  pre- 
vent their  chafing  and  wearing  on  the  counterweights. 

Cable  drive  or  traction  electric  machines  may  be 
exempt  from  the  double  counterweight  system,  but  a 
plan  of  the  weights  and  cables  connecting  same  shall 
be  submitted  to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  for  approval, 
and  there  shall  not  be  less  than  four  cables  from  the 
car  when  the  rated  capacity  is  not  oyer  twenty-five 
hundred  (2500)  pounds  and  six  cables  from  the  car 
when  the  rated  capacity  is  greater  than  twenty-five  hun- 
dred (2500)  pounds. 

/Sec.  13.  Shut-off  and  Brake. 

All  electric  elevators  and  electric  dumbwaiters  shall 
be  provided  with  an  overload  and  no-voltage  circuit 
breaker  mounted  or  attached  to  the  controlling  switch- 
board; these  circuit  breakers  for  electric  passenger 
elevators  shall  be  provided  with  two  (2)  connections 
of  special  construction  in  addition  to  the  above  fea- 
ture, and  same  shall  be  connected  in  series  with  the 
brake  solenoid  so  that  when  the  circuit  breaker  is 


164 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


open  the  coil  of  the  brake  magnet  will  have  an  open 
circuit,  the  object  being  that  the  circuit  breaker  when 
open  will  instantly  affect  the  brake  magnet  and  cause 
the  brake  to  be  applied  to  the  machine. 

Other  apparatus  equally  efficient  will  be  accepted  in 
lieu  of  that  described  in  this  section,  and  mechanical 
controlled  brakes  will  be  permitted  for  electric  freight 
elevators  of  a speed  not  exceeding  seventy-five  (75) 
feet  per  minute,  and  for  electric  dumbwaiters  of  a speed 
not  exceeding  sixty  (60)  feet  per  minute. 

Every  power  driven  elevator  shall  be  provided  with 
an  automatic  shut-off  which  shall  stop  it  at  its  lowest 
and  its  highest  landings  independent  of  the  operating 
cable.  All  electric  passenger  elevators  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  electric  switch  control  and  shall  t^e  operated 
by  the  car  switch  that  automatically  Centers  itself  and 
stops  the  car  gradually  when  released  by  the  operator. 

In  addition  to  the  stop  motion  limiting  device  on 
the  machine  when  same  is  connected  to  the  drum  by 
an  intermediate  or  secondary  motion,  all  electric  ele- 
vators shall  be  equipped  with  electric  hatchway  limit 
switches  so  connected  to  the  controller  that  should  the 
car  travel  beyond  the  normal  limits  at  the  top  or  bot- 
tom of  the  shaft,  the  current  will  be  cut  off  from  the 
motor  and  the  brake  applied  and  the  car  brought  to  a 
gradual  stop. 

Hydraulic  elevators  shall  have  an  automatic  shut-off 
working  independent  of  operating  cable  or  valve. 

All  hand  power  elevators  shall  have  a limit  stop  at 
the  top. 

Sec.  14.  Cable  Stops. 

All  elevators,  except  hand  power  elevators,  the  ca- 
bles of  which  v/ind  around  a drum,  shall  be  provided 
with  an  automatic  trip  or  slack  cable  stop  and  auto- 
matic brake  of  sufficient  strength  to  hold  the  car  at 
any  point. 

Sec.  15.  Safety  Floor  Stops. 

All  freight  elevators  and  power-driven  dumbwaiters 
shall  be  provided  with  a safety  device  by  which  persons 
using  the  elevator  at  one  floor  can  lock  the  operating 
cable  to  prevent  the  moving  of  the  elevator  by  persons 
on  aonther  floor  during  the  process  of  loading  or  un- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


165 


loading,  and  such  operating  cable  shall  be  provided 
with  a suitable  guard  or  covering  where  sheaves  lead 
the  cable  from  the  hatchway  to  the  machine. 

All  belt  power,  electric  and  hand  cable  controlled 
elevators  shall  be  provided  with  a centering  rope. 

Sec.  16.  Safety  Devices. 

All  elevators  and  mechanical  devices  except  dumb- 
waiters  shall  be  provided  with  an  efficient  device  to> 
secure  their  safe  operation  and  to  prevent  the  cah^ 
car  or  platform  of  such  elevator  or  mechanical  device 
from  falling,  and  to  secure  the  safety  of  the  cab,  car 
or  platform  and  its  load  in  case  it  does  fall.  All  power 
driven  elevators  and  mechanical  devices  whose  travel 
exceeds  one  story  or  fifteen  (15)  feet,  shall  also  be 
provided  with  a speed  governor,  such  speed  governor 
and  other  devices  shall  be  subjected  to  a practical  test 
so  as  to  determine  the  efficiency  of  such  safety  devices.. 
All  safety  devices  shall  bring  the  car  to  a gradual  stop' 
within  ten  (10)  feet  after  the  safety  governor  throws 
in,  and  all  governors  shall  have  a brass  tag  attached 
stating  the  speed  at  which  it  grips  or  sets  the  safetjr 
cable. 

Sec.  17.  Car  and  Platform. 

The  cage  of  every  passenger  car  shall  be  constructed 
of  metal  or  other  incombustible  material,  except  that 
floor  covering  may  be  of  wood.  There  shall  be  no 
glass  or  porcelain  used  in  the  structural  or  ornamental 
parts  of  the  cage.  The  use  of  glass  and  porcelain  in 
elevator  cars  for  general  public  use  shall  be  confined 
to  the  covering  of  certificates  of  inspection,  certificate 
of  operators,  annunciators  and  the  illuminating  lamps. 
Mirrors  in  elevators  are  strictly  prohibited. 

The  cage  of  the  car  shall  be  constructed  with  solid 
panels  up  to  a height  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  six 
(6)  inches  above  the  floor  of  the  car,  and  that  part  of 
the  cage  at  the  counterweight  side  shall  be  a solid, 
panel  to  the  ceiling  of  the  car. 

In  every  passenger  elevator  there  shall  be  placed' 
a metal  hand  rail  one  (1)  inch  in  diameter  not  less: 
than  three  (3)  feet  above  the  floor,  on  all  sides  not 
having  door  openings  or  seats.  The  canopy  or  roof 
of  every  passenger  elevator  car  shall  be  so  constructed 


166 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


that  the  whole  or  a portion  thereof  measuring  not  less 
than  twenty  by  thirty  (20x30)  inches  can  be  readily 
removed. 

The  grill  work  of  the  cage  of  the  car  shall  not  have 
greater  open  spaces  than  one  (1)  inch  in  width. 

Passenger  elevators  shall  not  have  any  freight  com- 
partment either  below  or  above  the  car. 

Freight  elevator  car  platforms  shall  be  wainscoted 
not  less  than  six  feet  high  on  all  sides  except  where 
operating  cable  is  located  and  on  the  loading  and  un- 
loading sides; 

All  passenger  ' and  freight  elevators  except  sidewalk 
and  hand  power  elevators  shall  have  a,  gas  or  electric 
light  attached  to  the  car,  traveling  with  it  and  kept 
lighted  when  daylight  is  insufficient. 

All  passenger  and  freight  elevators  and  power  driven 
dumbwaiters  shalP  be  equipped  with  a flashlight  or 
other  annunciators  or  push  buttons  to  operate,  an  elec- 
tric bell  or  other  signal  system  of  equal  efficiency. 

' All  elevator  platforms  shall  have  a factory  of  safety 
of  not  less  than  four  (4). 

JS'ec.  18.  Wiring. 

All  apparatus  under  these  regulations  using  electric 
current  shall  have  all  wiring  construction  throughout 
placed  in  steel  or  iron  rigid  conduits  with  condulet  fit- 
tings. All  switches  and  fuses  in  connection  with  elec- 
tric elevators  shall  be  placed  in  metal  cabinets  near 
the  machine.  Where  wires  branch  off  on  the  back  of 
switchboards  and  at  the  brake  solenoid  and  simila^ 
places  where  the  metal  piping  cannot  possibly  be  used, 
the  wires  shall  be  durably  taped  or  enclosed  in  circular 
loom  insulating  material,  and  where  wires  are  run 
together  they  shall  be  durably  taped  in  the  form  of  a 
cable  and  well  painted  with  insulating  compound. 

Sec.  19.  Accessibility. 

Every  elevator  shall  be  located,  constructed  and 
installed  in  such  a manner  as  to  give  to  the  Elevator 
Inspector  easy  and  safe  access  to  all  its  principal  parts. 

Sec.  20.  Time  to  Conform. 

All  elevators,  dumbwaiters  and  mechanical  devices  in 
existence  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  the  ordinance 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


167 


'Elevators  of  fireproof  buildings  containing  hotels, 
shall,  upon  written  notice  given  by  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings  to  the  owner,  lessee  or  manager  of  a build- 
ing or  premises  containing  such  elevator,  dumbwaiter 
or  mechanical  device,  be  made  to  comply  within  the 
time  limit  given  in  the  notice. 

hospitals,  lodging  houses  or  tenements  higher  than  two 
stories  above  the  basement,  or  containing  retail  stores 
higher  than  two  stories  above  the  basement  of  a floor 
area  exceeding  ten  thousand  (10,000)  square  feet,  shall 
have  their  enclosures  made  to  comply  to  the  provisions 
of  Section  2.  Where  the  machinery  of  the  elevator  is 
moved  to  a different  location  or  materially  altered,  or 
where  the  shaftway  or  pent  house  is  materially  altered 
or  extended,  or  where  the  capacity  of  the  elevator  is 
materially  increased,  such  alterations  shall  be  consid- 
ered the  same  as  a new  installation  and  shall  bring  the 
moved  or  altered  parts  under  the  orders  for  new  in- 
stallation. 

Sec.  21.  Permits. 

.Before  proceeding  with  the  construction,  erection  or 
alteration  of  any  elevator,  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical 
devices  included  in  this  ordinance,  or  for  any  repairs 
of  the  same  exceeding  a cost  of  ten  (10)  dollars,  a 
permit  shall  first  be  obtained  from  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  of  the  premises 
whereon  the  elevator  is  located,  or  is  to  be  installed; 
before  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  issue  such  per- 
mit, an  application  sl^all  be  filed  with  him  by  such 
owner  or  agent,  together  with  plans  and  specifications 
showing  all  details  of  location,  shaftways  and  their 
enclosure,  kind  of  machine  or  mechanical  device,  size 
of  all  ropes,  sheaves,  drums  and  supports,  also  speed 
and  capacity  of  car  and  platform,  type  of  safety  device, 
motive  power,  pressure  tank  and  pressure  carried  there- 
on, cylinder  and  plunger,  number  of  volts  and  amperes 
of  electric  current  of  motor  used.  If  such  plans  and 
specifications  shall  show  that  such  elevator,  dumbwaiter 
or  mechanical  device  is  to  be  constructed  or  erected,  or 
altered  in  conformity  with  the  provisions  of  this  ordi- 
nance, the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  approve  of  the 
same  and  shall  issue  a permit  to  such  applicant,  and 


168 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


for  which  permit  for  alterations  exceeding  a cost  of 
fifty  (50)  dollars  and  for  new  installations,  a fee  of 
two  dollars  shall  be  paid  into  the  city  treasury,  and 
said  permit  shall  be  duly  signed  by  the  City  Treasurer 
and  the  Inspector  of  Buildings;  this  fee  shall  be  known 
as  a permit  fee  and  will  cover  all  fees  for  inspection; 
but  no  fee  shall  be  required  to  be  paid  for  a permit  for 
the  repairs  of  any  elevator,  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical 
device,  and  no  fee  shall  be  required  to  be  paid  for  a 
permit  for  alterations  costing  less  than  fifty  (50) 
dollars. 

No  permit  shall  be  required  for  a hand  power  dumb- 
waiter the  car  or  the  platform  of  which  does  not  ex- 
ceed four  square  feet  on  any  one  shelf,  and  which  is  to 
be  located  in  a building  not  higher  than  two  stories 
above  the  basement  or  grade,  nor  for  any  hand  power 
dumbwaiter  which  is  to  be  located  in  a residence. 

No  permit  will  be  issued  for  the  installation  of  any 
passenger  elevator  having  belt  or  chain  drive,  nor  shall 
the  use  of  such  drive  on  such  elevator  be  permitted, 
except  for  freight  elevators  used  occasionally  for  pas- 
senger service  and  not  exceeding  a speed  of  seventy- 
five  (75)  feet  per  minute. 

Sec.  22.  Inspection  and  Certificate. 

Whenever  the  construction,  erection  or  alteration  of 
an  elevator,  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical  device  for  which 
a permit  has  been  issued  has  been  completed,  the  owner 
or  his  agent  shall  notify  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  in 
writing,  who  shall  then  cause  an  inspection  and  test  of 
same  to  be  made,  and  under  no  circumstances  shall 
such  elevator,  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical  device  be 
used  for  any  purpose  whatsoever,  until  such  inspection 
has  been  made  and  a certificate  of  inspection  issued 
therefor. 

Sec.  23.  Inspection  and  Notice  of  Repairs. 

All  persons  owning  or  having  control  of  elevators, 
power  driven  dumbwaiters  or  mechanical  devices  as 
defined  in  this  ordinance,  shall  carefully  examine  the 
same  and  their  appliances  at  least  twice  every  week, 
and  shall  carefully  examine  freight  elevators  exceed- 
ing the  speed  of  seventy-five  (75)  feet  per  minute  and 
all  passenger  elevators  at  least  once  every  day,  and 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


169 


upon  the  discovery  of  any  defects  or  impairments  tend- 
ing to  endanger  life,  such  persons  shall  immediately 
stop  the  operation  of  such  defective  elevators,  power 
driven  dumbwaiters  or  mechanical  devices,  and  at  once 
notify  the  Inspector,  of  Buildings  of  any  and  all  defects. 
The  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall,  upon  receiving  such 
notice,  cause  an  inspection  to  be  made  without  delay, 
and  shall  give  a notice  in  writing  to  such  person  own- 
ing or  controlling  such  elevator,  power  driven  dumb- 
waiter or  mechanical  device,  stating  in  detail  the  neces- 
sary repairs  or  alterations  to  be  made,  and  giving  a 
reasonable  time  limit  to  finish  the  same.  No  fee  shall 
be  required  to  be  paid  for  this  inspection.  A permit 
shall  be  obtained  as  required  by  Section  21,  and  the 
elevator,  power  driven  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical  de- 
vice shall  not  be  used  until  an  inspection  is  made  by 
the  elevator  inspector  at  the  expiration  of  the  time 
limit,  and  if  such  inspection  shows  the  repairs  or  alter- 
ations completed  and  such  elevator,  power  driven  dumb- 
waiter or  mechanical  device  is  in  a safe  condition,  a 
certificate  shall  be  issued. 

The  cessation  of  operation,  the  notification  to  the 
Inspector  of  Buildings,  the  inspection  by  him  and  the 
issue  of  the  certificate  shall  not  be  required  for  the 
ordinary  repairs  necessary  for  the  maintenance  of 
elevators,,  dumbwaiters  or  nscchanical  devices. 

Sec.  24.  Periodical  Inspections  of  Elevators. 

Every  power  driven  elevator  in  the  city  of  Milwaukee 
shall  be  examined  by  the  Elevator  Inspector  at  least 
once  in  every  six  months,  and  all  hand  power  elevators, 
power  driven  dumbwaiters  or  mechanical  devices  and 
all  sidewalk  elevators  shall  be  inspected  at  least  once 
each  year;  should  any  defects  be  found  in  any  part  of 
any  elevator,  power  driven  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical 
device  which  would  tend  to  impair  its  safety,  or  en- 
danger life  or  limb  by  the  continued  use  of  the  same, 
the  Elevator  Inspector  shall  inform  the  person  in  charge 
of  such  defective  elevator,  and  such  elevator,  power 
driven  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical  device  shall  forthwith 
be  closed  for  use  and  service  by  said  Elevator  Inspect- 
or; the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  then  immediately 
cause  notice  in  writing  to  be  served  upon  the  owner  or 


170 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


his  agent  and  upon  the  lessee  or  any  other  person  or 
persons  having  control  or  management  of  such  elevator, 
power  driven  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical  device,  which 
notice  shall  contain  a statement  in  detail  of  the  neces- 
sary repairs  or  alterations  to  be  made,  and  such  ele- 
vator, power  driven  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical  device 
shall  not  be  put  in  use  or  service  until  it  shall  have 
been  inspected  and  certificate  issued  by  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings  stating  that  such  elevator,  power  driven 
dumbwaiter  or  mechanical  device  has  been  Inspected 
and  found  safe. 

In  case  of  minor  defects  found  upon  inspection  by  the 
Elevator  Inspectors,  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  may 
allow  the  use  of  such  elevator,  power  driven  dumb- 
waiter or  mechanical  device  until  the  expiration  of  the 
time  limit  stated  in  the  notice  to  make  repairs. 

The  wmrd  “safe”  'wherever  used  in  this  ordinance, 
shall  be  taken  to  mean,  safe  to  carry  any  load  up  to 
the  capacity  named  in  the  certificate. 

The  notice  to  make  repairs  or  alterations  shall  state 
in  detail  the  repairs  to  be  made.  It  shall  also  state  a 
reasonable  limit  of  time  within  which  such  repairs  or 
alterations  shall  be  completed;  upon  the  expiration  of 
the  time  limit  an  inspection  shall  again  be  made,  and 
if  the  repairs  are  not  completed  at  that  time  the  ele- 
vator, power  driven  dumbwaiter  or  mechanical  device 
shall  be  closed  for  further  use  and  be  kept  closed  until 
repairs  are  completed,  and  until  a further  inspection  oi 
inspections  are  made. 

Sec.  25.  Certificate  to  Be  Posted. 

The  last  certificate  issued  by  the  Inspector  of  Build- 
ings shall  be  placed  in  a frame  and  hung  in  a conspic- 
uous place  in  the  car  of  the  elevator  for  which  such 
certificate  was  issued. 

The  manufacturers  of  all  elevators  hereafter  in- 
stalled shall  cause  to  be  fastened  in  each  car  a metal 
plate  having  suitable  raised  letters  not  less  than  one 
inch  long,  which  shall  prescribe  the  number  of  pounds 
weight  such  elevator,  power  driven  dumbwaiter  or  me- 
chanical device  has  the  capacity  to  carry,  after  proper 
test  is  made  in  the  presence  of  the  Elevator  Inspector. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  171 

Sec.  26.  Elevator  Operator,  Certification  and  Quali* 
fication. 

No  person  shall  operate  any  power  driven  elevator 
in  the  City  of  Milwaukee  without  first  being  duly  cer- 
tified thereto,  and  no  owner,  lessee  or  agent  of  any 
building  shall  permit,  or  cause  any  such  elevator  to  be 
operated  or  put  in  motion,  unless  by  such  certified 
person  as  herein  provided.  Application  for  such  certi- 
ficate shall  be  made  to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  on 
blank  forms  furnished  by  him  to  such  applicant;  upon 
the  return  of  the  same,  properly  signed  by  the  Elevator 
Inspector,  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  thereupon 
issue  said  certificate. 

The  requirements  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to 
licensed  engineers,  elevator  builders  nor  to  persons 
operating  push  button,  automatically  controlled  type 
of  elevators. 

Every  such  certificate  shall  be  posted  in  a conspicu- 
ous place  in  or  near  the  elevator  operated  by  the  cer- 
tified operator.  Whenever  the  Inspector  of  Buildings 
shall  become  satisfied  that  the  person  engaged  in  oper- 
ating any  elevator  is  disqualified  from  any  cause  to 
continue  to  operate  the  same,  he  shall  revoke  the  cer- 
tificate issued  to  such  operator. 

The  qualifications  necessary  for  persons  who'  now 
are,  or  shall  hereafter  be  placed  in  charge  of  operating 
any  passenger  or  power  driven  freight  elevator  in  the 
City  of  Milwaukee,  are  hereby  prescribed,  and  no  person 
shall  be  employed  for  such  purpose  or  engage  therein 
unless  he  be  duly  certified  thereto  as  provided  in  this 
ordinance. 

1.  He  shall  demonstrate  his  efficiency  in  the  running 
of  such  elevator  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Elevator  In- 
spector. 

2.  He  shall  not  be  less  than  eighteen  (18)  years  of 
age. 

Sec.  27.  Accidents  to  Be  Reported. 

In  case  of  any  accident  whereby  any  person  is  in- 
jured or  machinery  of  elevator  is  damaged,  it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  the  owner,  agent,  operator  or  the  engineer’ 
of  such  elevator  or  any  one  of  them  to  immediately 
report  such  accident  in  writing  to  the  Inspector  of 


172 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Buildings;  such  report  shall  contain  a detailed  state- 
ment as  to  the  cause  and  nature  of  such  accident,  and 
shall  contain  the  names  of  injured  persons  and  the 
nature  of  injuries  sustained,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  his  assistants  or  elevator 
inspectors  to  immediately  make  an  examination  into  the 
cause  of  such  accident  and  to  record  a full  and  detailed 
account  thereof. 

Sec.  28.  Inspectors,  Hovy  Appointed. 

The  Inspector  of  Buildings  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee 
is  hereby  authorized  to  appoint  one  or  more  persons 
from  eligible  lists  furnished  him  by  the  City  Service 
Commission,  who  shall  thereafter  be  designated,  and 
known  as  Inspector,  or  Inspectors  of  Elevators,  who 
shall  examine  all  passenger  and  freight  elevators,  dumb- 
waiters, hoists,  mechanical  devices  and  their  enclosures 
as  defined  in  Section  one  (1)  of  this  ordinance,  and 
shall  make  a report  in  writing  of  such  examinations  as 
hereinbefore  provided.  The  number  of  such  inspectors 
shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Common  Coun- 
cil of  the  City  of  Milwaukee,  and  such  person  or  per- 
sons eligible  to  such  positions  as  Elevator  Inspector 
shall  have  a practical  knowledge  of  elevators  and  all 
machinery  appertaining  thereto. 

Sec.  29.  Power  of  Inspectors. 

The  Elevator  Inspector  or  Inspectors,  and  others 
duly  authorized  by  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  shall 
have  the  power  and  they  are  hereby  authorized  to 
enter  any  building  or  premises* in  the  City  of  Milwaukee 
without  hindrance  from  anyone,  for  the  purpose  of  ex- 
amining elevators  and  for  the  enforcement  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance,  and  the  engineer  or  operator 
having  charge  of  any  elevator,  shall  assist  such  inspect- 
or or  other  duly  authorized  person  or  persons  to  such 
extent  that  he  or  they  may  be  able  to  make  careful  and 
thorough  examination  of  every  portion  of  the  operating 
machinery,  supports  and  enclosures  connected  with 
such  elevator. 

Sec.  30.  Penalty  for  Violation. 

Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  owning,  controlling 
rr  managing  any  building,  or  premises  wherein  or 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


173 


whereon  anything  in  violation  of  this  ordinance  shall 
be  placed,  or  shall  exist,  and  any  person  employed  who 
shall  assist  in  the  commission  of  any  such  violation, 
and  all  persons  who  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  ordinance  or  fail  to  comply  therewith,  or  any 
requirement  thereof,  or  who  shall  build  in  violation  of 
any  detailed  statement  of  specifications  or  plans  sub- 
mitted and  approved  thereunder,  or  any  certificate  or 
permit  issued  thereunder,  shall  for  each  and  every  such 
violation  or  non-compliance  be  guilty  of  a misdemeanor, 
and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished  by  a 
fine  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  dollars  nor  more  than  one 
hundred  (100)  dollars  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  House 
of  Correction  not  less  than  fifteen  (15)  days  nor  more 
than  sixty  (60)  days,  or  by  both  fine  and  imprisonment, 
in  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

Sec.  31.  Repeal. 

All  parts  of  ordinances  contravening  the  provisions 
of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  32.  Ordinance  to  Take  Effect. 

This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in  force  from 
and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage  and  publi- 
cation. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 

File  Number  5447. 

151— AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  the  Business  Section  and  Fire  District  of 

the  City  of  Milwaukee. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  All  that  part  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee 
embraced*  within  the  following  limits,  shall  hereafter 
be  known  as  the  Business  Section  and  Fire  District. 

Sec.  2.  Slaughter  houses,  rendering  plants  and  rag 
shops  shall  not  be  permitted  to  be  erected  or  main- 
tained within  the  limits  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee. 

Sec.  3.  The  term  Business  Section  as  used  herein 
shall  mean: 

(a)  That  all  buildings  within  this  section  or  portion 
of  the  city,  being  within  the  described  boundaries  may 


174 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


be  occupied  or  maintained  for  any  purpose  whatsoever, 
(if  in  conformity  with  all  ordinances  governing  the  con- 
struction of  such  buildings.) 

(c)  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  prohibit  the  erec- 
tion of  residences  within  this  business  section,  provid- 
ing the  erection  of  such  residences  conform  to  the  re- 
quirements for  building  within  the  fire  district. 

(d)  Livery,  boarding  or  sales  stables,  gas  houses,, 
gas  reservoir  or  holders,  paint,  oil  or  varnish  works, 
salesroom  or  storage  room  for  automobiles  or  garages 
for  the  keeping  of  automobiles  for  hire  may  be  built 
within  that  portion  of  the  city  not  set  aside  for  busi- 
ness purposes,  providing  that  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion desiring  to  build,  remodel  or  maintain  such  build- 
ing for  the  purpose  of  a livery,  boarding  or  sales  stable, 
gas  house,  gas  reservoir  or  holder,  paint,  oil  or  varnish 
works,  salesroom  or  storage  room  for  automobiles  or 
garage  for  the  keeping  of  automobiles  for  hire  shall 
first  obtain  the  written  consent  of  two-thirds  of  all 
real  estate  owners  within  three  hundred  (300)  feet  of 
the  space  occupied  by  the  business  proposed  to  be 
maintained. 

(e)  This  written  consent  shall  be  accompanied  by 
an  affidavit  setting  forth  that  each  name  signed  thereto 
is  the  signature  in  own  handv/riting  of  the  person  so 
named.  This  petition  with  afiSdavit  attached,  must  be 
filed  with  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  at  the  time  that 
an  application  for  a building  permit,  for  the  erection, 
construction  or  remodeling  of  any  building  for  such 
purposes  of  occupancy  as  a livery,  boarding  or  sales 
stable,  gas  house,  gas  reservoir  or  holder,  paint,  oil 
or  varnish  works,  salesroom  or  storage  room  for  auto- 
mobiles or  garage  for  the  keeping  of  automobiles  for 
hire  is  made. 

(f)  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  prohibit  the  erec- 
tion or  occupancy  of  a building  used  for  business  pur- 
poses outside  of  the  within  described  section  excepting 
as  heretofore  mentioned. 

(g)  Any  building  erected,  constructed,  remodeled  or 
maintained  within  the  city  limits  as  livery,  boarding  or 
sales  stables,  gas  house,  gas  reservoir  or  holders,  paint, 
oil  or  varnish  works,  salesroom  or  storage  room  for 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


175 


automobiles,  or  garage  for  the  keeping  pf  automobiles 
for  hire  must  be  constructed,  erected  or  remodeled  the 
same  as  a building  within  the  fire  district. 

(h)  The  term  “Fire  District”  as  used  herein  shall 
mean: 

That  buildings  hereafter  erected  or  remodeled  within 
, the  fire  district  herein  described  shall  be  erected  or 
constructed  as  follows,  when  in  conformity  with  the 
provisions  of  the  city  ordinances. 

(i)  Of  fire-resisting  materials  throughout,  when  more 
than  fifty  (50)  feet  in  height. 

(j)  The  outside  part  and  supporting  division  walls 
of  all  buildings  must  be  built  of  brick,  stone,  tile,  terra 
cotta  or  concrete. 

(k)  Buildings  of  steel  or  concrete  skeleton  construc- 
tion, shall  have  curtain  wall  of  brick,  stone,  tile,  terra 
cotta  or  concrete. 

(l)  Residences  not  more  than  two  (2)  stories  high 
may  be  built  of  wood  frame,  encased  with  brick,  stone, 
tile,  terra  cotta,  concrete,  veneer  or  cement  plaster. 

(m)  Roofs  to  be  built  of  fire-resisting  material. 

Sec.  4.  All  that  part  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee,  em- 
braced within  the  following  limits  shall  hereafter  be 
known  as  the  business  section. 

East  District. 

Sec.  5.  All  that  section  lying  between  and  bounded 
by  a line,  beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  Milwau- 
kee river  and  Lake  Michigan,  northwesterly  along  the 
north  line  of  the  Milwaukee  river  to  the  intersection  of 
the  Milwaukee  and  Menominee  rivers,  thence  northerly 
along  the  east  line  of  the  Milwaukee  river,  to  a point 
137.26  feet  east  of  Racine  street,  thence  southerly  to  *a 
point  150  feet  south  of  North  Water  street,  thence  west- 
erly and  southerly  150  feet  east  of  North  Water  street, 
to  the  intersection  of  Broadway,  thence  southerly  150 
feet  east  of  Broadway  to  Biddle  street,  thence  easterly 
on 'the  south  line  of  Biddle  street  to  Jackson  street, 
thence  southerly  150  feet  east  of  Jackson  street  to  Wis- 
consin street,  thence  easterlj^^  150  feet  north  of  Wis- 
consin street  to  the  Lake,  thence  southerly  along  the 
shore  of  Lake  Michigan  to  the  place  of  beginning. 


176 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


All  that  section  lying  between  and  bounded  by  a 
line  150  feet  east  of  the  Chicago  & Northwestern  Ry. 
tracks  on  the  east,  Riverside  Park  on  the  north,  150  feet 
south  of  North  avenue  on  the  south  and  the  Milwaukee 
river  on  the  west. 

North  Avenue. — East  from  the  Milwaukee  river  150 
feet  north  and  south  of  North  avenue  to  the  intersec- 
tion of  Lake  Drive  and  North  avenue. 

Murray  Avenue. — Northerly  from  North  avenue  150 
feet  east  and  west  of  Murray  avenue  to  the  intersection 
of  Bradford  and  Murray  avenue. 

Farwell  Avenue. — Southwesterly  from  the  intersection 
of  North  avenue  150  feet  east  and  west  of  Farwell  ave- 
nue to  the  intersection  of  Windsor  Place  and  Farwell 
avenue. 

Jackson  Street. — Northerly  from  the  intersection  of 
Jackson  and  Biddle  street  120  feet  east  and  west  of 
Jackson  street  to  the  intersection  of  Odgen  avenue  and 
Jackson  street.. 

Odgen  Avenue. — From  the  intersection  of  Jackson 
street  150  feet  north  and  south  of  Odgen  avenue  to  the 
intersection  of  Farwell  avenue. 

Farwell  Avenue. — From  the  intersection  of  Ogden 
avenue,  northeasterly  150  feet  east  and  west  of  Farwell 
avenue  to  the  intersection  of  Brady  street. 

Brady  Street. — From  the  intersection  of  Farwell  ave- 
nue westerly  150  feet  north  and  south  of  Brady  street 
to  the  Milwaukee  river. 

West  Side. 

Sec.  6.*  All  C'at  portion  of  the  city  lying  between 
and  bounded  by  a line  beginning  at  the  intersection  of 
the  Milwaukee  and  Menominee  rivers  westerly  along 
the  north  line  of  the  Menominee  river  to  the  intersection 
of  Menominee  river  and  the  South  Menominee  canal,  to 
the  north  line  of  Canal  street,  thence  westerly  along 
Canal  street  to  Thirtieth  street,  thence  northerly  along 
Thirtieth  street  to  120  feet  north  of  Clybourn  street, 
thence  easterly  120  feet  north  of  Clybourn  street  to 
Thirteenth  street,  thence  norherly  to  150  feet  north  of 
Grand  avenue,  thence  northerly  along  center  of  alley 
between  Twelfth  and  Thirteenth  street  extended,  and 
the  center  of  Sheridan  Lane  to  a point  150  feet  north 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


177 


of  Vliet  street,  thence  easterly  150  feet  west  of  Seventh 
street,  thence  northerly  to  a point  150  feet  north  of 
Cherry  street,  thence  easterly  150  feet  north  of  Cherry 
street,  to  a point  150  feet  west  of  Third  street,  thence 
northerly  to  150  feet  north  of  Sherman  street,  thence 
easterly  to  the  C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right  of  way,  thence 
northerly  150  feet  west  of  the  C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right 
of  way  to  Hadley,  thence  easterly  to  the  Milwaukee 
river,  thence  southerly  along  the  west  bank  of  the  Mil- 
waukee river  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

Center  Street. — From  the  intersection  of  Humboldt 
avenue  and  Center  street,  150  feet  north  and  south  of 
Center  street,  westerly  to  the  city  limits. 

Northerly  from  Hadley  street  on  a line  150  feet  east 
and  west  of  the  <C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right  of  way  to  the 
city  limits  on  th5  north. 

Third  Street. — From  the  intersection  of  Third  and 
Sherman  streets  northerly  on  a line  150  feet  east  and 
west  of  Third  street  to  the  intersection  of  Green  Bay 
avenue,  thence  northwesterly  150  feet  east  and  west  of 
Green  Bay  avenue  to  the  city  limits. 

All  that  part  lying  in  and  between  and  bounded  on 
the  east  by  a line  150  feet  east  of  Eleventh  street,  on 
the  north  by  a line  150  feet  north  of  Walnut  street, 
on  the  south  by  a line  150  feet  north  of  Vliet  street, 
and  on  the  west  by  Thirteenth  street. 

Twelfth  Street. — ^Starting  at  a point  150  feet  north 
of  Waunut  street,  running  northerly  150  feet  east  and 
west  on  Twelfth  street,  thence  northwesterly  150  feet 
east  and  west  of  Teutonia  avenue  to  Alton  street. 

Fond  du  Lac  Avenue. — From  the  intersection  of  Wal- 
nut street  northwesterly  150  feet  east  and  west  of  Fond 
du  Lac  avenue,  to  the  city  limits. 

North  Avenue. — From  the  intersection  of  Holtoa 
street,  westerly  150  feet  north  and  south  of  North  ave- 
nue to  the  city  limits. 

Walnut  iStreet. — From  the  intersection  of  Third  street, 
westerly  150  feet  north  and  south  of  Walnut  street  to 
Twenty-seventh  street. 

Lisbon  Avenue. — From  the  intersection  of  Galena 
street,  northwesterly  150  feet  north  and  south  of  Lis- 
bon avenue  to  the  city  limits. 


178 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES 


Vliet  Street. — From  the  intersection  of  Twelfth  street, 
westerly  150  feet  north  and  south  of  Vliet  to  the  city 
limits. 

State  Street. — From  the  intersection  of  Twelfth 
street,  westerly  150  feet  north  and  south  of  State  street 
to  the  intersection  of  Twenty-seventh  street. 

C.  M.  &:  St.  P.  Ry. — Starting  at  a point  at  the  west- 
ern city  limits  on  the  south,  northeasterly  and  northerly 
150  feet  east  and  west  of  the  Northern  Division  of  the 
C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right  of  way  to  the  city  limits  on  the 
north. 

South  District. 

Sec.  7.  Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  Lake  Michigan 
and  the  Milwaukee  river,  westerly  along  the  south  line 
of  the  Milwaukee  and  Menominee  river  to  the  intersec- 
tion of  the  South  Menominee  canal,  thence  southerly 
along  the  west  line  of  the  South  Menominee  canal  to 
Canal  street,  tkence  westerly  along  the  center  of  Canal 
street  to  Twenty-seventh  Street  Viaduct,  thence  south- 
erly along  the  line  of  the  Twenty-seventh  Street  Via- 
duct to  the  south  line  of  the  La  Crosse  Di\ision  of  the 
C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right  of  way,  thence  easterly  along 
the  south  line  of  the  C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right  of  way  to 
150  feet  west  of  Seventeenth  avenue,  thence  southerly 
150  feet  west  of  Seventeenth  avenue,  to  150  feet  south 
of  National  avenue,  thence  easterly  150  feet  south  of 
National  avenue,  to  the  alley  between  First  and  Second 
avenues,  thence  southerly  along  the  alley  between  First 
and  Second  avenues,  to  150  feet  south  of  Greenfield 
avenue,  thence  easterly  150  feet  south  of  Greenfield 
avenue  to  150  feet  west  of  Reed  street,  to  the  Kinnic- 
kinnic  river,  thence  southerly  along  the  line  of  the  Kin- 
nickinnic  river  to  Russel  avenue,  thence  easterly  on 
Russel  avenue  to  150  feet  east  of  the  Chicago  Division 
of  the  C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right  of  way,  thence  northerly 
150  feet  east  of  the  Chicago  Division  of  the  C.  M.  & St 
P.  Ry.  right  of  way  to  South  Bay  street,  thence  easterly 
and  southeasterly  along  the  center  of  South  Bay  street, 
to  Superior  street,  thence  easterly  to  Lake  Michigan, 
thence  nortlierly  along  the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  to 
the  point  of  beginning. 

Chicago  & Northwestern  Ry. — From  Superior  street 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  179 

150  feet  east  and  west  of  the  Chicago  & Northwestern 
Ry.  right  of  way  southerly  to  the  city  limits. 

Kinnickinnic  Avenue. — Beginning  at  <Siouth  Bay  street, 
southeasterly  150  feet  east  and  west  of  Kinnickinnic 
avenue  to  the  right  of  way  of  the  C.  & N.  W.  Ry. 

Mitchell  Street. — Beginning  at  Reed  street,  150  feet 
north  and  south  of  Mitchell  street  running  westerly  to 
the  intersection  of  Forest  Home  avenue,  thence  south- 
westerly 150  feet  east  and  west  of  Forest  Home  avenue 
to  the  city  limits. 

Sixth  Avenue. — Beginning  at  Greenfield  avenue,  south- 
erly 150  feet  east  and  west  of  Sixth  avenue,  to  the  in- 
tersection of  Windlake  avenue,  thence  southwesterly 
150  feet  east  and  west  of  Windlake  avenue  to  Eleventh 
avenue. 

Greenfield  Avenue. — Beginning  at -the  intersection  of 
First  avenue  to  150  feet  north  and  south  of  Greenfield 
avenue,  westerly  to  Twenty-sixth  avenue. 

Muskego  Avenue. — Beginning  at  the  intersection  of 
Greenfield  avenue,  southwesterly  150  feet  east  and  west 
of  Muskego  avenue  to  the  intersection  of  Forest  Home 
avenue. 

^ Eleventh  Avenue. — Beginning  at  the  intersection  of 
National  avenue  150  feet  east  and  west  of  Eleventh 
avenue  southerly  to  the  intersection  of  Greenfield  ave- 
nue. 

National  Avenue. — Beginning  at  the  intersection  of 
Seventeenth  avenue,  westerly  150  feet  north  and  south 
of  National  avenue  to  the  city  limits  on  the  west: 

Fire  District. 

East  Side. 

Sec.  8.  All  that  district  lying  in  and  between  and 
bounded  on  the  north  by  a line  150  feet  north  of  Brady 
street,  on  the  east  by  Lake  Michigan,  on  the  south  by 
Menominee  river,  and  on  the  west  by  Milwaukee  river. 

All  that  district  lying  in  and  between  and  bounded 
on  the  north  by  Milwaukee  river,  on  the  east  by  a line 
150  feet  east  of  Racine  street,  on  the  south  by  a line 
150  feet  south  of  North  Water  street  and  Brady  street, 
on  the  west  by  the  Milwaukee  river. 

All  that  district  bounded  on  the  north  by  Riverside 
Park,  on  the  east  by  a line  150  feet  east  of  the  C.  & N. 


180 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


W.  Ry.  right  of  way,  on  the  south  by  North  avenue, 
on  the  west  by  the  Milwaukee  river. 

North  Avenue. — All  that  district  lying  in  and  between 
a line  150  feet  north  and  south  of  North  avenue,  from 
the  intersection  with  the  Milwaukee  river  easterly  to 
Lake  Drive. 

Murray  Avenue. — All  that  district  lying  in  and  be- 
tween a line  150  feet  east  and  west  of  Murray  avenue, 
northerly  from  North  avenue  to  Bradford  street. 

Farwell  Avenue. — All  that  district  lying  in  and  be- 
tween a line  150  feet  east  and  west  "of  Farwell  avenue, 
southwesterly  from  North  avenue  to  Windsor  place. 

West  Side. 

Sec.  9.  All  that  district  lying  in  and  between  and 
bounded  by  a line,  commencing  at  the  intersection  of 
the  Menominee  and  Milwaukee  rivers  westerly  along 
the  north  line  of  the  Menominee  river  to  its  intersection 
of  the  South  Menominee  canal,  thence  southerly  along 
the  west  line  of  South  Menominee  canal  to  its  intersec- 
tion with  Canal  street,  thence  westerly  along  the  center 
of  Canal  street,  to  its  intersection  with  Thirtieth  street, 
thence  northerly  along  the  center  of  Thirtieth  street  to 
120  feet  north  of  Clybourne  street,  thence  easterly  120 
feet  north  of  Clybourne  street  to  a line  150  feet  west  of 
Twenty-seventh  street,  thence  northerly  150  feet  west 
of  Twenty-seventh  street  to  a line  150  feet  south  of 
Grand  avenue, ^thence  westerly  150-  feet  south  of  Grand 
avenue  to  the  city  limits,  thence  northerly  to  a line  150 
feet  north  of  Grand  avenue,  thence  easterly  on  a line 
150  feet  north  of  Grand  avenue  to  Twenty-fourth  street, 
thence  northerly  to  a line  150  feet  north  of  State  street, 
thence  easterly  to  an  alley  running  north  and  south  be- 
tween Twelfth  and  Thirteenth  street,  thence  northerly 
to  150  feet  north  of  Walnut  street,  thence  easterly  150 
feet  north  of  Walnut  street  to  a line  150  feet  west  of 
Third  street,  thence  northerly  to  a line  150  feet  north 
of  Sherman  street,  thence  easterly  to  a line  150  feet 
west  to  the  C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right  of  way.  Thence 
northeasterly  and  northerly  on  a line  150  feet  west  of 
the  C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right  of  way  to  Locust  street, 
thence  easterly  to  the  west  line  of  the  Milwaukee  river, 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  181 

thence  southerly  along  the  west  line  of  the  Milwaukee 
river  to  the  point  of  beginning. 

C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry. — ^Commencing  at  Locust  street  on 
a line  150  feet  east  and  west  of  the  C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry. 
right  of  way  northwesterly  to  the  city  limits. 

Commencing  at  the  city  limits  on  the  west  on  a line 
150  feet  east  and  west  of  the  C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  North- 
ern Division  right  of  way,  northeasterly  and  northerly  to 
the  city  limits  on  the  north. 

Third  Street. — On  a line  150  feet  east  and  west  of 
Third  street  from  the  intersection  with  Sherman  street, 
northerly  to  the  intersection  of  Green  Bay  avenue, 
thence  on  a line  150  feet  east  and  west  of  Green  Bay 
avenue,  northwesterly  to  the  city  limits  on  the  north. 

Twelfth  Street. — On  a line  150  feet  east  and  west  of 
Twelfth  street  from  Walnut  street,  northerly  to  North 
avenue. 

Teutonia  Avenue. — On  a line  150  feet  east  and  west  of 
Teutonia  avenue  from  its  intersection  with  Twelfth 
street,  northwesterly  to  the  city  limits  on  the  north. 

•Fond  du  Lac  Avenue. — On  a line  150  feet  north  and 
south  of  Fond  du  Lac  avenue  from  its  intersection  with 
Walnut  street  northwesterly  to  the  city  limits. 

Center  Street. — On  a line  150  feet  north  and  south  of 
Center  street  from  the  intersection  of  the  Milwaukee 
river  on  the.  east  westerly  to  the  city  limits. 

North  Avenue. — On  a line  150  feet  north  and  south  of 
North  avenue,  from  the  intersection  of  Holton  street, 
westerly  to  the  city  limits. 

Walnut  Street. — On  a line  150  feet,  north  and  south 
of  Walnut  street  from  the  intersection  of  Twelfth  street 
westerly  to  Twenty-seventh  street: 

Lisbon  Avenue. — ^On  a line  150  feet  north  and  south 
of  Lisbon  avenue  northwesterly  from  its  intersection 
with  Galena  street  to  the  city  limits  on  the  west. 

Vliet  Street. — On  a line  150  feet  north  and  south  of 
Vliet  street  from  its  intersection  with  Twelfth  street 
westerly  to  the  city  limits  on  the  west. 

State  (Street. — On  a line  150  feet  north  and  south  of 
State  street  from  the  intersection  of  Twenty-fourth 
street,  westerly  to  Twenty-seventh  street. 

All  that  district  lying  in  and  between  and  bounded  on 


182 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


the  north  by  Walnut  street,  on  the  east  by  Twelfth 
street,  on  the  south  by  Vliet  street,  and  on  the  west 
by  Fourteenth  street.' 

South  Side. 

Sec.  10.  All  that  district  lying  in  and  between  and 
bounded  by  a line  commencing  at  the  intersection  of 
the  Menominee  river  and  Lake  Michigan,  westerly 
along  the  south  line  of  the  Menominee  river  to  its  in- 
tersection with  the  South  Menominee  canal,  thence 
southerly  along  the  west  line  of  the  South  Menominee 
canal  to  Canal  street,  thence  westerly  along  the  center 
of  Canal  street  to  the  Twenty-seventh  street  viaduct^ 
thence  southerly  along  the  line  of  twenty-seventh  street 
viaduct  to  a point  150  feet  south  of  National  avenue,, 
thence  easterly  on  a line  150  feet  south  of  National 
avenue  to  the  alley  between  First  and  (Second  avenues, 
thence  southerly  to  150  feet  south  of  Mitchell  street, 
thence  150  feet  south  of  Mitchell  street  easterly  to  150 
feet  west  of  Greenbush  street,  thence  southerly  on  a 
line  150  feet  west  of  Greenbush  street,  to  a line  150 
feet  south  of  Lincoln  avenue,  thence  easterly  to  a line 
150  feet  east  of  the  west  line  of  t^he  Kinnickinnic  river, 
thence  southerly  and  southwesterly  along  the  line  150 
feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  the  Kinnickinnic  river  and 
the  Madison  division  of  the  C.  & N.  W.  Ry,  right  of  way 
to  the  city  limits,  thence  easterly  to  a line  150  feet  east, 
of  the  Chicago  division  of  the  C.  M.  & St.  P.  Ry.  right 
of  way,  thence  northerly  on  a line  150  feet  east  of  the 
C.  M.  & St  P.  Ry.  right  of  way  to  a line  150  feet  south 
of  Lincoln  avenue,  thence  easterly  on  a line  150  feet 
south  of  Lincoln  avenue  to  a line  150  feet  east  of  Kin- 
nickinnic avenue,  thence  northwesterly  150  feet  east  of 
Kinnickinnic  avenue  to  South  Bay  street,  thence  east- 
erly and  southerly  along  the  center  of  South  Bay  street 
to  Superior  street,  thence  easterly  along  the  center  of 
Superior  street  to  Lake  Michigan,  thence  northerly 
along  the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  to  the  point  of  be-^ 
ginning. 

National  Avenue.— Beginning  on  a line  150  feet  north 
and  south  of  National  avenue  from  the  intersection  of 
Twenty-second  avenue  westerly  to  the  city  limits  on 
the  west. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


183 


Eleventh  Avenue. — Beginning  on  a line  150  feet  east 
and  west  of  Eleventh  avenue  from  the  intersection  of 
National  avenue  southerly  to  Greenfield  avenue. 

Muskego  Avenue. — Beginning  on  a line  150  feet  east 
and  west  of  Muskego  avenue  from  the  intersection  of 
Greenfield  avenue  southwesterly  to  the  intersection  of 
Forest  Home  avenue. 

Greenfield  Avenue. — Beginning  on  a line  150  feet 
north  and  south  of  Greenfield  avenue  from  its  intersect 
tionVith  First  avenue  westerly  to  its  intersection  with 
Twenty-sixth  avenue. 

Mitchell  Street. — Beginning  on  a line  150  feet  north 
and  south  of  Mitchell  street  from  its  intersection  with 
First  avenue  westerly  to  Eighth  avenue. 

Forest  Home  Avenue. — Beginning  on  a line  150  feet 
north  and  south  of  Forest  Home  avenue  from  its  inter- 
section with  Mitchell  street,  southwesterly  to  the  city 
limits. 

Sixth  Avenue. — Beginning  on  a line  150  feet  east  and 
west  of  Sixth  avenue  from  its  intersection  with  Mitchell 
street,  southerly  to  its  intersection  with  Windlake  ave- 
nue, thence  southwesterly  150  feet  east  and  west  of 
Windlake  avenue  to  Eleventh  avenue. 

Kinnickinnic  Avenue. — Beginning  on  a line  150  feet 
east  and  west  of  Kinnickinnic  avenue  from  its  intersec- 
tion with  Lincoln  avenue  southeasterly  to  its  intersec- 
tion with  the  C.  & N.  W.  Ry.  right  of  way. 

C.  & N.  W.  Ry. — Beginning  on  a line  150  feet  east 
and  west  of  the  C.  & N.  W.  Ry.  right  of  way  and  its 
intersection  with  [Superior  street,  southeasterly  to  the 
city  limits — shall  constitute  the  fire  district,  and  all 
buildings  within  or  without  all  public  parks  or  all  public 
or  quasi  public  properties  within  the  City  of  Milwaukee. 

Sec.  11.  When  lots  are  more  or  less  than  150  feet 
in  length  from  the  business  section  or  fire  district  lines 
as  described,  herein  to  street,  alley  line,  right  of  way 
or  dock  line  on  which  lots  abut,  all  such  lots  abutting 
on  such  business  section  or  fire  district  line  shall  be 
within  the  business  section  or  fire  district. 

Sec,  11a.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  violating 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  shall,  upon  con- 
Tiction,  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  $10.00  nor 


184 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


more  than  $200.00  or,  in  default  thereof,  to  imprison-^ 
ment  in  the  house  of  correction  for  not  more  than  six 
months.  Each  and  every  day’s  violation  shall  consti- 
tute a separate  offense. 

Sec.  12.  On  and  after  its  enactment  this  ordinance 
shall  rescind  and  replace  any  and  all  existing  ordinances 
having  to  do  with  the  business  section  or  fire  limits  of 
the  City  of  Milwaukee. 

Sec.  13.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  its  passage  and  publication. 

Passed  Jan.  13,  1913. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Regulating  the  Installation  of  Electric  Work,  Electric 

Wiring  and  Aparatus  in  the  City  of  Milwaukee. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  wishing 
to  engage  in  the  construction  or  alteration  of  any  elec- 
tric wiring  or  apparatus  in  the  City  of  Milwaukee  shall 
upon  payment  of  the  sum  of  twenty-five  (25)  dollars 
to  the  City  Treasurer,  which  sum  is  to  be  credited  to 
the  general  city  fund,  be  given^^a  license  to  cover  a 
period  of  one  year  from  May  1st.  iSfich  license  shall 
be  nontransferable  and  shall  be  revoked  for  noncom- 
pliance with  the  requirements  of  this  ordinance  and 
shall  not  be  renewed  until  the  lic^msee  has  complied 
with  ^ all  the  requirements  and  upon  payment  of  the 
sum  of  twenty-five  (25)  dollars  again  paid  to  the  City 
Treasurer. 

Sec.  2.  The  words  “Electrical  Wiring”  and  “Appa- 
ratus” as  used  in  this  ordinance  shall  be  construed  to 
include  all  materials,  machinery  and  appliances  used 
or  designed  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the  utiliza- 
tion of  electricity  when  connected  with  a source  of 
electro  motive  force  exceeding  20  volts.  This  ordinance 
shall  not  apply  to  the  station  equipment  of  central  sta- 
tions, substations  or  the  subways  of  the  same  under  a 
public  right  of  way  of  any  electric  lighting  power,  street 
railway  company  or  any  corporation  operating  under  a 
franchise. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  185 

Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  engaged  in  the  in- 
stallation of  electric  signalling  apparatus  such  as  tele- 
I)hone,  telegraph  or  similar  appliances  shall  be  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  electrical  inspector,  provided, 
however,  that  such  person,  firm  or  corporation  shall 
not  be  required  to  first  secure  a permit  as  required  in 
this  ordinance,  and  further  provided  that  such  person, 
firm  or  corporation  shall  upon  receiving  formal  notice 
from  the  electrical  inspector,  remove,  repair  or  alter 
any  or  all  wires,  apparatus  or  appliances,  which  shall 
have  been  installed  contrary  to  the  rules  and  regula- 
tions, as  provided  in  this  ordinance  and  shall  then 
pay  fees  for  re-installation,  as  provided  in  section 
eleven  of  this  ordinance. 

It  is  further  provided  that  telephone,  telegraph  or 
signalling  wires  shall  not  be  run  through  hollow  par- 
titions, or  under  floors,  in  finished  buildings  where 
there  are  any  electric  wires  on  the  concealed  knob  and 
tube  plan,  unless  the  wires  are  continuously  encased 
M conduit  from  outlet  to  outlet. 

Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  manufacturing  elec 
trical  appliances,  employing  permanently  a competent 
electrician,  shall  not  be  required  to  have  a permit  for 
his  or  its  testing  equipment. 

Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  using  electricity  for 
light,  heat  or  power  and  regularly  employing  an  elec- 
trician to  give  his  entire  attention  to  the  electric  equip- 
ment, shall  have  their  electrical  installation  inspected 
semi-annually  and  shall  pay  fees  as  provided  in  section 
eleven  (11)  of  this  ordinance.  A record  shall  be  kept 
on  forms  provided  by  the  electrical  inspector  of  all 
permanent  alterations  made  during  the  period  from 
one  periodical  inspection  to  the  next,  and  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  electrical  inspector  whenever  the  period- 
ical inspection  is  made. 

No  permit  shall  be  required  for  repairs  made  neces- 
sary for  the  proper  maintenance  of  an  existing  installa- 
tion, nor  for  alteration  or  extension  of  an  existing 
•circuit  not  exceeding  660  watts  when  made  by  a licensee. 

Contractors  shall  keep  a complete  record  of  the  work 
done  where  a permit  is  not  required,  on  forms  furnished 


186 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


by  the  electrical  inspector,  which  record  shall  be  open 
for  inspection  at  all  times. 

Sec.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  electrical  inspect- 
or to  enforce  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance. 

A record  shall  be  kept  of  all  official  work,  said  rec- 
ord shall  be  so  arranged  as  to  afford  prompt  informa- 
tion concerning  the  condition  of  any  electrical  equip- 
ment at  the  time  of  the  last  inspection. 

Sec.  4.  The  electrical  inspector  shall  have  the  right 
to  enter  any  building,  premises  or  subway  in  the  dis- 
charge of  his  official  duties,  and  for  that  purpose  shall 
be  given  prompt  access  on  notification  to  the  proper  au- 
thority. 

The  electrical  inspector  shall  issue  permits  for  the 
execution  of  electrical  installation  for  light,  heat  or 
power  upon  the  filing  of  proper  application,  which  shall 
be  made  on  blanks  furnished  by  the  electrical  inspector 
prescribing  the  nature  of  the  work,  and  no  work  shall 
be  done  until  a permit  is  obtained.  This  section  shall 
apply  in  all  cases  as  noted  in  section  2. 

Sec.  5.  In  emergency  work  the  person,  firm  or  cor- 
poration doing  or  causing  such  work  to  be  done  shall 
report  the  same  to  the  electrical  inspector  within  two 
days  after  beginning  work  and  such  work  shall  be  done 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  6.  Concealed  electric  wiring  for  light,  heat  or 
pov/er  shall  hereafter  be  installed  in  metallic  conduits 
in  any  building  except  residences  containing  not  more 
than  2 families  or  boarding  or  lodging  houses  contain- 
ing not  more  than  six  persons. 

All  electric  wiring  for  light,  heat  or  power  in  base- 
ments or  show  windows  and  in  places  of  assemblage 
for  more  than  100  persons  shall  be  installed  in  metal- 
lic conduits,  the  -term  place  of  assemblage  shall  not 
apply  to  factories  or  work  shops. 

Sec.  7.  Wiring  for  which  a permit  has  been  issued 
shall  not  be  concealed  until  accepted  by  the  electrical 
inspector. 

Current  shall  not  be  turned  on  any  electrical  wiring 
until  a certificate  of  inspection  has  been  issued  by  the 
electrical  inspector. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


187 


Sec.  8.  Any  person  desiring  to  place  any  pipe,  sheet 
metal  or  other  conducting  material  within  less  than  5 
inches  of  any  electric  light,  heat  or  power  conductors 
which  is  not  encased  in  approved  metal  conduits  or 
steel  armed  cables  in  so-called  concealed  wiring  or 
which  is  to  be  concealed,  shall  first  secure  a special 
permit  from  the  electrical  inspector  so  to  do.  In  so- 
called  open  knob,  cleat  or  moulding  construction  the 
materials  mentioned  in  above  paragraph  shall  not  be 
placed  closer  than  2 inches  to  any  wire  without  first 
securing  a permit,  as  required  in  above  paragraph. 

Sec.  9.  The  electrical  inspector  shall  cut  off  the 
electric  current  from  any  appliance  which  is  found  to 
be  in  an  unsafe  condition  and  no  person,  firm  or  cor- 
poration shall  reconnect  any  appliance  thus  cut  off, 
until  written  permission  is  given  by  the  electrical  in- 
spectof. 

Sec.  10.  The  fees  for  permit  for  electrical  equip- 
ment, including  inspection,  shall  be  as  follows  and  shall 
be  paid  to  the  City  Treasurer  and  credited  to  the  gen- 
eral city  fund. 

iSec.  11.  Outlets  in  any  one  building  or  structure 
5hall  be  charged  at  a rate  of  10  cents  each. 

Lights  in  any  one  building  or  structure  shall  be 
charged  at  the  rate  of  5 cents  each. 

Installation  of  motors  above  V4,  horse  power  in  any 
one  plant  shall  be  charged  at  the  rate  of  10  cents  per 
horse  power  or  fraction  thereof. 

Note.  For  rating  of  motors  the  manufacturers’  stamp 
will  be  taken. 

Rectifiers  and  transformers  one  (1)  dollar  each. 

Generators  including  switchboard  shall  be  charged  at 
the  rate  of  5 cents  per  kilowatt. 

Arc,  Mercury  and  search  lights,  25  cents  each. 

Studded  lights,  including  their  individual  outlets  shall 
be  charged  at  the  rate  of  5 cents  each. 

Stage  lights,  including  their  connections  at  the  rate 
•of  5 cents  each  light. 

Stage  pockets,  spot  lights,  stereopticon  and  moving 
picture  machines,  each  machine  at  the  rate  of  one  (1) 
•dollar. 


188  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

Work  where  temporary  permits  are  issued  a charge 
of  $1.00  per  hour  or  fraction  thereof  shall  be  made. 

Sec.  12.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  found 
guilty  of  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordi- 
nance, or  neglecting  or  refusing  to  comply  with  any 
order  or  notice  of  the  electrical  inspector  made  pur- 
suant to  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  and  any 
officer  or  agent  of  any  corporation  which  shall  violate 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  refuse  to 
comply  with  any  order  'or  notice  of  the  electrical 
inspector  made  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  or- 
dinance shall  be  punished  by  a fine  of  not  less  than 
five  (5)  dollars,  nor  more  than  two  hundred  and  fifty 
(250)  dollars  and  the  costs  of  action  for  each  and  every 
offense,  and  in  default  of  payment  of  such  fine  by  im- 
prisonment in  the  house  of  correction  of  Milwaukee 
County  not  less  than  ten  (10)  days  nor  more  than 
ninety  (90)  days,  or  until  such  fine  and  costs  shall  be 
paid. 

Sec.  13.  This  ordinance  shall  take  eeffct  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  sixty  (60)  days  following  its  pas- 
sage and  publication. 

Passed  December  9,  1913. 

- AN  ORDINANCE 

To  Regulate  the  Installation  and  Construction  of  Inter- 
nal Combustion  Engines. 

The  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  do  ordain 
as  foUotes: 

Section  1.  All  internal  combustion  engines  shall  rest 
on  rigid,  incombustible  foundations,  and  no  gasoline 
engine  shall  be  installed  in  any  building  above  the  first 
story.  The  weight  of  an  engine  installed  on  any  floor 
•shall  not  exceed  fifty  (50)  per  cent  of  the  safe  superim- 
posed load  of  the  floor.  Where  any  internal  combustion 
engines  are  placed  in  any  building  having  wooden  floor 
construction,  the  engine  shall  be  enclosed  in  a fireproof- 
compartment,  having  floor  and  ceiling  ventilation  each 
equal  to  a sectional  area  of  not  less  than  ten  (10) 
square  inches  for  each  two  hundred  (200)  cubic  feet  of 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


1<S9 

space,  or  fraction  thereof.  Corrugated  iron  shall  not  be 
considered  as  fireproof  under  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  2a.  Tanks  installed  outside  of  the  building  shall 
be  not  less  than  two  (2)  feet  below  the  surface,  entirely 
surrounded  by  earth  well  tamped  in  place,  and  not  more 
than  two  (2)  tanks  shall  be  allowed  within  twenty-five 
(25)  feet  of  a building,  unless  such  building  shall  be 
fireproof,  and  then  not  more  than  six  (6)  tanks  shall 
be  placed  within  twenty-five  (25)  feet  of  the  building. 
The  top  of  the  tank  shall  be  below  the  lowest  pipe  in 
the  building  used  in  connection  with  the  equipment. 

Tanks  installed  inside  of  the  building  shall^be  buried 
twn  (2)  feet  below  the  level  of  the  basement  floor,  im- 
bedded in  the  earth  and  covered  by  at  least  two  (2) 
feet  of  earth  or  concrete,  and  not  more  than  two  (2) 
tanks  shall  be  allowed  under  the  building. 

No  tank  shall  be  installed  underneath  a building,  any 
part  of  which  is  used  for  residence,  hotel,  lodging  pur- 
poses, or  place  of  assemblage. 

b.  No  tank  of  greater  capacity  than  three  hundred 
(300)  gallons  shall  be  permitted. 

c.  Three  hundred  (300)  gallon  tanks  shall  be  con- 
structed of  at  least  No.  12  U.  S.  standard  gauge  gal- 
vanized steel  or  at  least  one-quarter  (i^)  inch  black 
open  hearth  tank  steel.  Smaller  tanks  may  be  made  of 
proportionately  smaller  gauge,  but  none  s.hall  be  made 
of  a smaller  gauge  than  16  U.  S.  standard. 

d.  Tanks  shall  be  coated  on  the  outside  with  rust 
resisting  material,  and  shall  not  have  any  openings  or 
pipe  connections  except  in  the  top  thereof.  They  shall 
not  be  connected  either  directly  or  indirectly  with  any 
public  or  private  sewer. 

e.  Filling  pipes  shall  be  made  of  galvanized  wrought 
iron  pipe  not  less  than  one  and  one-quarter  (1^/4)  inches 
in  diameter,  which  shall  enter  at  the  top  of  the  tank. 
Pipes  shall  terminate  with  a screw  cap  securely  locked. 
Where  tanks  are  located  under  the  building,  the  filling 
pipes  shall  run  to  the  outside  of  said  building  and  ter- 
minate with  a screw  cap,  the  same  to  be  securely 
locked.  Where  filling  pipes  run  to  the  sidewalk,,  street, 
alley  or  other  public  highway,  they  shall  terminate  with 


190 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


a screw  cap  and  be  protected  with  a cast  iron  box,  the 
same  to  be  flush  with  the  sidewalk,  street,  alley  or  other 
public  highway,  and  shall  be  placed  as  near  the  curb 
line  as  possible,  and  shall  not  be  placed  upon  what  is 
known  as  the  street  proper.  The  cover  of  said  box  shall 
be  securely  locked  when  not  in  actual  use. 

f.  Tanks  shall  be  provided  with  a one  (1)  inch  or 

larger  galvanized  wrought  iron  vent  pipe,  the  same  to 
be  connected  with  the  top  of  the  tank,  and  the  con- 
nection at  the  tank  to  be  provided  with  a brass  wi;re 
screen  of  30'  mesh.  Vent  pipes  of  tanks  installe'd  inside 
of  buildings  shall  be  carried  to  the  outside  of  the  build- 
ing to  at  least  two  (2)  feet  above  the  roof  of  the  same 
and  terminate  in  a return  bend,  the  opening  of  which 
shall  be  covered  with  a brass  wire  screen  of  30  mesh.- 
Vent  pipes  of  tanks  installed  outside  of  building  shall 
be  closed  by  a screw  cap  when  not  in  use,  and  en- 
closed in  a metal  box  that  is  flush  with  the  surface  of 
the  ground,  when  on  a public  highway,  and  shall  be  put 
as  near  the  curb  line  as  possible,  and  not  upon  what  is 
known  as  the  street  proper,  and  shall  be  kept  locked 
when  not  in  use.  ^ 

g.  Pipe  connecting  the  tank  with  the  pump  shall  be 
galvanized  wrought  iron  pipe  and  enter  at  the  top  of 
the  tank  and  drain  into  the  same  and  shall  be  buried 
at  least  eighteen  (18)  inches  below  the  surface  and  be 
thoroughly  protected. 

Sec.  3.  All  gasoline  shall  be  drawn  from  the  tank  by 
means  of  a suction  system  or  pump  which  shall  have 
a shut-off  valve  with  a ground  key  and  an  automatic 
check  valve  between  the  pump  and  the  tank.  The 
return  pipe  from  the  pump  to  the  tank  shall  be  one 
size  larger  than  the  supply  pipe. 

Sec.  4.  The  illumination  of  rooms  in  which  gasoline 
engines  are  installed  shall  have  no  open  flame  less  than 
seven  (7)  feet  above  the  floor.  If  electric  lighting  is 
used,  wires  shall  be  run  in  rigid  fireproof  conduits. 
Lamps  shall  be  vapor-proof  with  keyless  sockets,  and 
switches,  plugs  and  safety  fuses  shall  be  located  near 
the  entrance,  at  least  four  and  one-half  feet  above  the 
floor,  in  a fireproof  cabinet. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


191 


Sec.  5.  No  tank  or  internal  combustion  engine  shall 
be  installed  until  application,  with  plans  and  specifica- 
tions, showing  full  detail  of  location  and  construction 
of  tank  and  of  connections,  or  of  installation  of  internal 
•combustion  engine,  has  been  submitted  to  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings,  who  shall  have  a reasonable  time  there- 
after to  examine  said  plans,  and  who  shall  give  a permit 
after  the  applicant  has  paid  into  the  city  treasury  the 
sum  of  three  dollars  ($3.00)  as  a permit  fee  for  the 
installation  of  each  internal  combustion  engine,  ana 
two  dollars  ($2.00)  as  a permit  fee  for  the  installation 
of  each  tank,  which  sum  or  sums  shall  be  credited  to 
the  general  city  fund,  if  said  plans  are  according  t6 
this  ordinance  and  other  ordinances  which  may  be  ap- 
plicable, and  the  giving  of  a permit  by  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings  in  violation  of  this  or  any  other  ordinance 
shall  not  be  a defense  to  a violation  of  any  of  the  pro- 
visions herein  named.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
installing  gasoline  or  volatile  liquid  tanks  pursuant  to 
this  ordinance,  shall  again  notify  the  Inspector  of  Build- 
ings before  covering  or  enclosing  the  same,  and  he 
shall  cause  an  inspection  to  be  made  of  the  same  and 
connections,  and  tne  same  shall  not  be  covered  up  or 
enclosed  or  used  before  they  are  approved  by  the 
Inspector  of  Buildings  as  fulfilling  the  requirements  of 
this  ordinance,  but  such  approval  by  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings  shall  not  be  considered  a defense  to  a viola- 
tion of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  6.  On  and  after  the  passage  and  publication  of 
this  ordinance,  it  shall  rescind  and  replace  any  and  all 
existing  ordinances  having  to  do  with  the  construction, 
location  and  maintenance  of  internal  combustion  en- 
gines, but  this  ordinance  shall  not  apply  to  any  internal 
combustion  engine  heretofore  installed  and  in  use. 

When  material  alterations  are  made  in  the  location 
of  internal  combustion  engines  heretofore  installed,  the 
provisions  of  this  ordinance  shall  be  in  force.  The  main- 
taining after  installing  or  the  attempting  to  install,  con- 
trary to  this  ordinance,  shall  be  unlawful,  and  each  and 
every  day’s  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
ordinance  shall  be  a seperate  offense. 

Sec.  7.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  owning,  con- 


192 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


trolling  or  managing  any  building  or  premises  wherein 
or  whereon  anything  in  violation  of  this  ordinance  shall 
exist  or  shall  be  placed,  or  any  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion employed  who  shall  assist  in  the  commission  of 
any  violation  of  any  of  the  requirements  hereof,  or  who 
shall  build  contrary  to  the  plans  and  specifications 
submitted  to  the  Inspector  of  Buildings,  provided  such 
plans  and  specifications  are  in  accordance  with  this 
ordinance,  or  any  person,  firm  or  corporation  who  shall 
neglect  to  do  each  and  every  act  required  herein, 
wliether  such  act  has  been  approved  by  the  Inspector 
of  Buildings  or  not,  and  shall  for  each  and  every  4ay’s 
violation  or  non-compliance  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not 
less  than  five  ($5. 00)  dollars  nor  more  than  five  hundred 
($500.00)  dollars,  or,  in  default  of  fine,  by  Imprisonment 
in  the  house  of  correction  not  less  than  one  (1)  day 
nor  more  than  six  (6)  months. 

Sec.  8.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  its  passage  and  publication. 

Passed  July  31,  1911. 

Published  August  8,  1911. 


File  Number  4864. 
98—AN  ordinance 

Regulating  Boilers,  Heating  Apparatifc,  Ovens,  Kilns, 
etc. 

Section  1.  Boiler  rooms  containing  boilers  operated 
with  more  than  ten  (10)  lbs.  steam  pressure  per  square 
inch,  or  boilers  installed  with  more  than  750  square 
feet  heating  surface  in  total,  shall  be  of  fireproof  con- 
struction throughout. 

Sec.  2.  All  boilers,  furnaces,  ovens  or  ranges  en- 
closed with  brick  shall  be  placed  on  a foundation  of 
fireproof  construction;  all  those  which  are  not  en- 
closed with  brick  may  be  set  on  a fioor  of  wooden  con- 
struction, provided  the  fioor  has  a protected  covering 
not  less  than  five  (5)  inches  thick  of  fireproof  material 
on  a continuous  sheet  metal  plate  not  less  than  % 
inch  thick  with  riveted  joints  and  turned  up  edges  at 
least  five  inches  high;  such  plate  and  covering  shall 
extend  beyond  the  heating  apparatus,  boiler,  etc.,  not 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


193 


less  than  four  (4)  feet  in  front  and  three  (3)  feet  at 
side  and  rear.  There  shall  be  no  woodwork  within  two 
(2)  feet  of  any  side  or  overhead  of  any  boiler  or  fur- 
nace, etc.  Any  woodwork  within  three  (3)  feet  of  such 
boiler  or  furnace,  etc.,  shall  be  covered  witji  an  inconi' 
bustible  covering  of  not  less  than  two  (2)  inch  solid 
thickness.  The  same  requirement  shall  apply  to  port- 
able smelting  furnaces,  forges,  core  annealing  and  bak- 
ing ovens. 

In  private  residences  the  overhead  woodwork  may 
be  within  fifteen  (15)  inches  of  the  top  of  any  heating 
app^iratus,  provided  such  top  is  covered  with  two  (2) 
inch  non-conducting  covering  and  the  overhead  wood- 
work has  an  incombustible  covering  at  least  one  (1) 
inch  in  thickness  extended  three  (3)  feet  beyond  the 
heating  apparatus. 

Sec.  3.  Boilers  or  heating  apparatus  shall  not  be 
placed  under  the  audience  room  or  stage  of  a theater, 
school  room,  public  hall  or  place  of  assemblage,  or 
under  any  stairway  or  exit  from  any  of  these  places, 
or  a hospital,  tenement,  hotel  or  dormitory. 

The  room  containing  the  boiler  or  heating  apparatus 
in  any  such  building  shall  be  of  fireproof  construction 
throughout. 

Sec.  4.  Kitchen  ranges,  heating  stoves  and  laun- 
dry stoves  placed  on  combustible  fioors  shall  be  set  on 
legs  or  ventilated  metal  base,  and  shall  have  a metal 
shield  underneath  extending  not  less  than  one  (1)  foot 
^ach  way  beyond  the  stove  or  range.  (Such  ranges 
or  stoves  shall  not  be  placed  within  six  (6)  inches  of 
any  combustible  partition,  and  if  placed  nearer  than 
twelve  (12)  inches,  such  combustible  partition  shall  be 
covered  with  a metal  shield  at  least  twelve  (12)  inches 
higher  than  the  range  or  stove.  Any  combustible  ceil- 
ing or  fioor  constructed  overhead  shall  be  at  least 
•three  (3)  feet  distance. 

Sec.  5.  Hotel  and  restaurant  ranges  which  are  placed 
on  a combustible  floor  construction  shall  be  set  on  base 
five  (5)  inches  thick  as  called  for  in  section  2 of  this 
ordinance.  Any  combustible  ceiling  or  floor  construc- 
tion overhead  shall  be  protected  by  a metal  hood  placed 
not  less  than  six  (6)  inches  clear  distance  below  the 


194 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


ceiling  and  extending  one  (1)  foot  in  all  directions  be- 
yond the  area  of  the  range.  The  hodd  shall  have  a 
ventilating  pipe  of  metal  not  less  than  eight  (8)  inches 
in  diameter  placed  at  least  six  (6)  inches  below  if 
ceilimo  is  of  combustible  material,  and  connected  with 
a chimney  fine.  If  such  pipe  must  be  run  near  or 
through  a combustible  partition  the  same  protective 
coverings  shall  be  applied  as  for  a smoke  pipe. 

Sec.  6.  All  hearths  of  fire  places  shall  be  supported 
by  trimmer  arches  or  concrete  at  least  four  (4)  inches 
thick  and  at  least  twenty  (20)  inches  wide  in  front  of 
the  chimney  breast,  and  at  least  two  (2)  feet  longer  than 
the  width  of  the  opening.  One  end  of  such  arch  shall 
rest  on  the  masonry  of  the  chimney. 

The  wooden  forms  under  the  arches  shall  be  removed 
before  plastering  the  ceiling  underneath. 

The  panels  and  backs  of  a fireplace  shall  be  of  brick 
not  less  than  eight  (8)  inches  thick.  ) 

The  fireplace  opening  shall  be  arched  over  with  brick 
or  have  an  iron  lintel.  f 

Sec.  7.  Boilers,  furnaces  and  6vens  when  set  in  brick 
in  a non-fireproof  room  shall  be  encased  in  double  brick 
walls  and  covering  not  less  than  four  (4)  inches  thick 
with  two  (2)  inch  air  space  between. 

Portable  boilers,  furnaces  and  ovens  in  a non-fireproof 
room  shall  have  a double  metal  casing  with  at  least 
one  (1)  inch  air  space  between,  or  shall  be  covered  with 
not  less  than  two  (2)  inches  thickness  of  incumbustible 
insulating  material. 

Sec.  8.  Cold  air  boxes  shall  consist  of  incombustible 
material  for  a distance  of  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet 
from  the  furnace. 

Sec.  9.  Dry  kilns  and  smoke  houses  shall  be  of  fire- 
proof construction. 

Sec.  10.  Smoke  Pipes. 

All  boilers,  furnaces,  ovens  and  heating  apparatus  of 
any  kind  shall  be  connected  with  a xjhimney  of  brick, 
tile,  concrete  or  other  fireproof  material,  except  in  fire- 
proof buildings.  No  metal  smoke  pipe  will  be  permitted 
to  extend  through  an  outside  wall  or  through  the  roof. 
Where  smoke  pipes  pass  through  a wood  or  plastered 


building  ordinances. 


195 


stud  partition  or  furred  wall  or  floor  they  shall  be  sur- 
rounded either  by  a body  of  incombustible  material  not 
less  than  four  (4)  inches  thick,  or  by  a double  safety 
thimble  made  of  two  concentric  rings  of  sheet  metal  at 
least  one  (1)  inch  apart  with  provision  for  circulation 
of  air  between.  A.  smoke  pipe  of  more  than  twelve  (12) 
inches  in  ^diameter  shall  not  pass  through  a combustible 
partition. 

No  smoke  pipe  shall  be  concealed  in  a combustible 
partition,  nor  shall  it  be  run  nearer  than  six  (6)  inches 
to  any  combustible  partition  or  nearer  than  nine  (9) 
inches  to  any  unprotected  ceiling  constructed  of  com- 
bustible material. 

Smoke  pipes  of  more  than  six  (6)  inches  and  not 
more  than  twelve  (12)  inches  diameter  shall  be  at  least 
twelve  (12)  inches  distant  from  a partition  and  eighteen 
(18)  inches  from  a ceiling  constructed  of  combustible 
material  and  not  protected  by  Are  resisting  material. 

Smoke  pipes  of  more  than  twelve  (12)  inches  diam- 
eter and  not  more  than  twenty-four  (24)  inches  diam- 
eter, shall  be  at  least  twenty-four  (24)  inches  from  a par- 
tition and  thirty-six  (36)  inches  from  a ceiling  construct- 
ed of  combustible  material  which  is  not  protected  with, 
fire-resisting  material. 

Smoke  pipes  of  more  than  twenty-four  (24)  inches-, 
diameter  and  not  more  than  thirty-six  (36)  inches 
diameter,  shall  be  at  least  four  (4)  feet  from  a parti- 
tion and  six  (6)  feet  from  a ceiling  constructed  of  com- 
bustible material  which  is  not  protected  with  fire-re- 
sisting material. 

Smoke  pipes  of  more  than  thirty-six  (36)  inches  diam- 
eter shall  only  be  contained  in  a room  of  fireproof  con- 
struction. 

A protection  of  a partition  or  ceiling  as  herein  speci- 
fied shall  consist  of  not  less  than  two  (2)  inches  hol- 
low tile  or  concrete,  or  four  (4)  inches  of  brick,  or  a 
metal  shield  affording  a 1Y2  inch  ventilating  air  space 
back  of  the  shield.  In  all  cases  the  protection  shall  be 
twice  as  wide  as  the  diameter  of  the  smoke  pipe;  or 
the  smoke  pipe  may  be  covered  with  non-combustible  in- 
sulating covering  not  less  than  1Y2  inches  thick. 

In  case  the  smoke  pipe  is  covered  in  such  manner 


196 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


and  the  partition  and  ceiling  are  protected  as  above,  the 
distance  the  smoke  pipe  shall  be  placed  from  the  par- 
tition and  ceilings  may  be  reduced  one-fourth  of  the 
distance. 

Smoke  pipes  carrying  off  the  products  of  combustion 
from  a gas  grate  may  be  run  inside  a combustible  par- 
tition, and  through  the  roof  if  made  of  two  concentric 
pipes  of  not  less  than  No.,  20  galvanized  iron  with  at 
least  a i/^-inch  air  space  between  these  pipes,  and  this 
pipe  to  be  not  less  than  one  (1)  inch  distant  from  any 
combustible  material. 

Sec.  11.  Chimneys,  Flues  and  Stacks. 

All  chimneys  shall  be  built  of  brick,  stone  or  other 
fireproof  material,  and  in  no  case  shall  a chimney  rest 
upon  a fiooring  of  wood  or  timber  construction. 

The  foundation  of  chimneys,  flues  and  stacks,  whether 
inside  or  outside  of  buildings,  or  whether  connected 
with  the  same  or  isolated,  shall  be  designed  and  built 
in  conformity  with  the  provisions  relating  to  foundations 
of  buildings. 

When  the  breast  of  a chimney  or  fireplace  projects 
more  than  four  (4)  inches,  it  shall  be  started  and  built 
on  the  same  line  from  the  foundation.  In  no  case 
shall  a chimney  be  corbeled  out  more  than  four  (4) 
Inches  from  the  wall,  and  in  all  such  cases  the  corbel- 
ing shall  consist  of  at  least  three  (3)  courses  of  brick. 

Chimneys  shall  have  walls  at  least  eight  (8)  inches 
thick,  unless  terra  cotta,  fire  clay  or  equally  as  good 
flue  linings  for  the  full  height  of  chimney  are  used,  in 
which  case  the  walls  shall  be  not  less  than  four  (4)  inch- 
es thick.  No  smoke  flue  shall  be  less  than  8x8  inches. 
Not  more  than  two  (2)  stoves  or  two  (2)  furnaces  shall 
be  connected  with  an  8x8  inch  flue,  nor  more  than  four 

(4)  stoves  or  three  (3)  furnaces  with  an  8x12  inch  flue. 

The  top  of  any  chimney  shall  be  not  less  than  five 

(5)  feet  above  the  top  of  the  building  of  which  it  is  a 
part,  if  such  roof  is  a flat  roof,  nor  lower  than  two  (2) 
feet  above  the  ridge  if  such  is  a pitched  roof.  Every 
chimney  shall  be  provided  with  a cleaning-out  door  at 
its  base. 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


197 


Sec.  12.  Area  of  Chimneys. 

Chimneys  with  flues  larger  than  250  square  inches 
and  less  than  500  square  inches  shall  have  surrounding 
walls  not  less  than  eight  inches  thick  of  brick.  Such 
walls  for  a point  ten  (1*0)  -feet  above  the  inlet  funnel 
shall  have  an  extra  lining  of  four  (4)  inches  Are  brick, 
laid  in  Are  clay,  or  in  place  of  Are  brick,  Are  clay  or 
equally  as  good  flue  lining;  tops  of  such  chimneys  to  be 
at  least  eight  (8)  feet  above  the  roof,  or  flve  (5)  feet 
above  the  highest  part  of  the  roof  of  any  building  within 
Afty  feet  of  such  chimney. 

Chimneys  with  flues  of  more  than  500  and  less  than 
800  square  inches  shall  have  not  less  than  twelve  (12) 
inch  walls  for  the  flrst  thirty-six  (36)  feet,  the  wall  of 
such  chimney  from  a point  two  (2)  feet  below  to  a point 
fifteen  (15)  feet  above  the  inlet  funnel  shall  have  an 
extra  lining  of  four  (4)  inches  of  Are  brick  laid  in  Are 
clay,  or  in  place  of  Are  brick,  Are  clay  or  equally  as  good 
flue  lining;  the  top  of  such  chimney  to  be  at  least  ten 
(10)  feet  above  the  roof  or  seven  (7)  feet  above  the 
highest  part  of  the  roof  of  any  building  within  Afty  (50) 
feet  of  such  chimney. 

Chimneys  with  flues  more  than  800  and  less  than  1,800 
square  inches  shall  have  surrounding  walls  not  less 
than  twelve  (12)  inches  thick  to  the  height  of  forty-flve 
(45)  feet,  and  shall  have  ^our-inch  lining  of  Are  brick  laid 
in  Are  clay,  with  four  (4)  inch  air  space  opposite  the  in- 
let funnel,  the  lining  to  commence  four  (4)  feet  below 
the  inlet  and  extend  twenty  (20)  feet  above  the  same, 
to  have  opening  from  flues  into  the  air  space  at  top  and 
bottom  of  the  lining;  the  tops  of  such  chimneys  shall  be 
built  not  less  than  twelve  (12)  feet  above  the  roof  and 
not  less  than  two  feet  above  the  roof  of  any  building 
within  a radius  of  Afty  (50)  feet. 

For  chimneys  with  flues  of  greater  area  than  1,800 
square  inches  the  thickness  of  walls  shall  be  increased 
four  (4)  inches  for  each  increase  in  area  of  1,000  square 
inches  or  fractional  part  thereof;  but  in  all  cases  the 
surrounding  walls  of  chimneys  of  any  size  shall  be  so 
proportioned  that  the  brick  work  in  the  same  will  not  be 
subjected  to  strains  greater  than  the  maximum  strains 
for  the  brick  work  elsewhere  flxed.in  this  ordinance. 


198 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


Sec.  13.  Isolated  Chimneys. 

If  isolated  cliimneys  are  built,  they  shall  also  have 
hollow  walls  and  shall  be  so  designed  and  constructed 
that  the  strain  upon  any  part  thereof,  due  to  the  weight 
of  the  stack  itself  and  to  the  wind  pressure,  shall  never 
exceed  the  limits  fixed  elsewhere  in  this  ordinance  as 
the  maximum  strain  for  brick  masonry. 

Sec.  14.  Metallic  Chimneys. 

In  business  or  manufacturing  buildings  metallic  chim- 
neys or  smoke  pipes ' shall  not  be  used  in  such  man- 
ner as  to  pass  through  the  fioors  or  roofs  of  the  same^ 
unless  such  metallic  smoke  pipes  or  chimneys  are  en- 
closed in  brick  or  tile  walls  and  the  pipe  from  bottom 
to  top  inside  of  said  building.  Where  such  metallic 
smoke  gipe  or  chimney  passes  through  the  roof  only,  it 
shall  be  separated  from  the  woodwork  of  such  roof  by 
at  least  twelve  (12)  inches  of  incombustible  material. 

Sec.  15.  Vent  Pipes. 

Vent  flues  or  ducts  for  the  removal  of  foul  or  vitiated 
air  in  which  the  temperature  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
rooms,  may  be  constructed  of  iron,  or  other  incombusti- 
ble material,  and  shall  not  be  placed  nearer  than  one  (1) 
inch  to  any  woodwork,  and  no  such  pipe  shall  be  used 
for  any  other  purpose. 

In  the  support  of  construction  of  such  ducts,  no  wood 
furring  or  other  inflammable  material  shall  be  nearer 
than  two  (2)  inches  to  said  flues  or  ducts,  and  shall  be 
covered  on  all  sides  other  than  those  resting  against 
brick,  terra  cotta,  or  other  incombustible  material,  with 
metal  lath  plastered  with  at  least  two  (2)  heavy  coats 
of  mortar,  and  having  at  least  one-half  (i/^)  inch  air 
space  between  the  flues  or  ducts  and  the  lath  and  plas- 
ter. 

Sec.  16.  Steam  and  Hot  Water  Heating  Pipes. 

Steam  and  hot  water  heating  pipes  shall  not  be  placed 
within  two  (2)  inches  of  any  timber  or  woodwork,  unless 
the  timber  or  woodwork  is  protected  by  a metal  shield, 
then  the.  distance  shall  not  be  less  than  one-half  (^) 
inch.  All  steam  or  hot  water  heating  pipes  passing 
through  floors  and  ceilings,  or  lath  and  plastered  parti- 
tions, shall  be  protected  by  a metal  tube  one  (1)  inch 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


199* 


larger  in  dia^meter  than  the  pipe,  having  a metal  cap  at 
the  floor  and  ceiling,  and  where  they  run  in  a horizontal 
direction  between  the  floor  and  the  ceiling  they  shall  be 
supported  on  iron  and  a metal  shield  shall  be  placed  on 
the  under  side  of  floor  over  them,  and  on  the  sides  of 
wood  beams  running  parallel  with  said  pipes;  or  said 
horizontal  pipes  shall  be  covered  with  incombustible 
pipe  covering  at  least  three-quarters  (%)  of  an  inch 
thick.  In  no  case  shall  lateral  branches  from  rising 
lines  to  radiators  or  coils  be  allowed  between  any  floor 
and  ceiling  line  when  such  laterals  cut  into  or  through 
joists  or  beams,  and  when  such  pipes  are  inaccessible 
concealed,  they  shall  be  covered  with  incombustible  ma^ 
terial. 

Sec.  17.  Wood  Casings. 

All  wood  boxes  or  casings  enclosing  steam  or  hot 
water  heating  pipes,  and  all  wood  coverings  to  re- 
cesses in  walls,  in  which  steam  or  hot  water  heating 
pipes  are  placed,  shall  be  lined  with  metal,  or  said  pipes 
shall  be  covered  with  incombustible  sectional  pipe  cov- 
ering at  least  three-quarters  (%)  of  an  inch  thick. 

Sec.  18.  Incombustible  Pipe  Covering. 

No  concealed  pipe  shall  be  covered  with  a covering 
whose  non-conductivity  depends  upon  cork,  felt,*  or  any 
other  organic  matter. 

All  coverings  of  heated  surfaces,  or  surfaces  requir- 
ing to  be  protected  from  heat,  and  all  concealed  or  in- 
accessible steam  or  hot  water  pipes,  and  all  cold  and 
ice  water  pipes,  or  other  pipes,  shall  be  made  of  stand- 
ard Are-resisting  covering,  either  of  Magnesium  Car- 
bonate, Calcium  Carbonate  with  binders  of  asbestos 
fibre,  or  asbestos  fibre  or  equally  as  good  sheet  covering. 

Sec.  19.  Ducts  for  Pipes. 

All  ducts  for  hot  air,  steam  or  hot  water  pipes,  shall 
be  enclosed  on  all  sides  with  fireproof  material,  and 
the  opening  through  each  floor  shall  be  properly  fire- 
stopped. 

Sec.  20.  Registers. 

Registers  located  over  a brick  furnace  shall  be  sup- 
ported by  a brick  shaft  built  up  from  the  cover  of  the 


200 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


hot  air  chamber;  said  shaft  shall  be  lined  with  a metal 
pipe,  and  all  wood  beams  shall  be  trimmed  away  not 
less  than  four  (4)  inches  from  it.  Where  a register  is 
placed  on  any  woodwork  in  connection  with  a metal 
pipe  or  duct,  the  end  of  the  said  pipe  of  duct  shall  be 
flanged  over  on  the  woodwork  under  it.  All  registers 
for  hot  air  furnaces  placed  in  any  woodwork  or  com- 
bustible floors  shall  have  stone  or  iron  borders. 

All  register  boxes  shall  be  made  of  tin  plate  or  gal- 
vanized iron  with  a flange  on  the  top  to  fit  the  groove 
in  the  frame,  the  register  to  rest  upon  the  same;  there 
shall  be  an  open  space  of  two  (2)  inches  on  all  sides  of 
the  register  box,  extending  from  the  under  side  of  the 
border  to  and  through  the  ceiling  below.  The  said  open- 
ing shall  be  fitted  with  a tight  tin  or  galvanized  iron  cas- 
ing, the  upper  end  of  which  shall  be  turned  under  the 
frame.  When  the  register  box  is  placed  in  the  floor  over 
a portable  furnace,  the  open  space  on  all  sides  of  the 
register  box  shall  not  be  less  than  three  (3)  inches 
When  only  one  register  is  connected  with  a furnace  said 
register  shall  have  no  valve. 

Register  boxes,  heads  or  collars  in  floors  or  walls 
shall  be  made  double  and  set  flush  with  floor  or  plaster 
line. 

Sec.  21.  Notice  as  to  Heating  Apparatus. 

In  cases  where  hot  water,  steam,  hot  air  or  other  heat- 
ing appliances  or  furnaces  are  hereafter  placed  in  any 
building,  or  flues  or  fireplaces  are  changed  or  enlarged, 
due  notice  shall  first  be  given  to  the  Inspector  of  Build- 
ings by  the  person  or  persons  placing  or  causing  the 
placing  of  said  furnace  or  furnaces  in  said  building  or 
by  the  contractor  or  superintendent  of  said  work. 

Sec.  22.  Drying  Rooms. 

All  walls,  ceilings  and  partitions  enclosing  drying 
rooms,  when  not  made  of  fireproof  material,  shall  be 
wire  lathed  and  plastered,  or  covered  with  metal,  tile  or 
other  incombustible  material. 

Sec.  23.  Heating  Apparatus  in  Basements. 

All  rooms  in  cellars  or  basements  containing  heating 
boilers,  furnaces  or  stoves  of  any  kind,  if  not  constructed 
of  fireproof  material,  shall  have  all  ceilings  lathed  and 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


201 


plastered  with  two  (2)  coats  of  brown  mortar. 

When  heating  boilers  are  used,  that  portion  of  the 
ceiling  over  the  bdiler  within  a radius  of  four  (4)  ieet 
therefrom  shall  be  plastered  on  metal  lath  or  be  pro- 
tected by  incombustible  shields. 

Sec.  24.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  servant  or 
agent  constructing  any  building  in  violation  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance,  or  any  person  who  shall  assist 
in  the  violation  or  shall  fail  to  comply  with  aiiy  of  the 
provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  shall  construct  or  alter 
any  building  in  violation  of  any  detailed  statement  of 
application,  plans  and  specifications  submitted  or  ap- 
proved thereof,  provided  such  detailed  statement  or 
plans  as  accepted  are  according  to  the  provisions  of 
this  ordinance  and  in  case  it  is  not,  it  shall  be  no  de- 
fense to  any  violation  of  this  ordinance  that  such  plans, 
or  any  part  thereof  were  accepted  by  any  officer  of  the 
City  of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with  approval  thereof 
or  any  building  permit  issued  thereunder  subject  to  the 
above  provisions  shall  for  each  and  every  such  viola- 
tion or  non-compliance  for  each  and  every  day  thereof 
be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less  than  ten  (10)  dollars  nor 
more  than  five  hundred  (500)'  dollars  or  in  default  of 
fine  by  imprisonment  in  the  House  of  Correction  of  Mil- 
waukee County  not  more  than  six  months.  . 

Sec.  25.  All  ordinances  or  parts  of  ordinances  con- 
travening the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby 
repealed. 

Sec.  26.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  August  4,  1913. 


202  BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 

AN  ORDINANCE 

To  Regulate,  that  Hydro  Carbon  Oils,  Turpentine,  Var- 
nishes and  Rubber  Cement  shall  be  Stored  as  Here- 
inafter Provided  for. 

The  Mayor  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Mil- 
waukee do  ordain  as  follows: 

Storage  of  Crude  Petroleum  and  Fuel  Oil. 

Section  1.  Crude  petroleum  and  fuel  oil  in  a total 
quantity  exceeding  120  gallons  on  any  premises  shall 
be  stored  in  tanks.  No  more  than  two  (2)  tanks  con- 
taining 300  gallons  each  shall  be  stored  underneath 
any  building,  and  they  shall  be  buried  at  least  two 
(2)  feet  under  the  surface  of  the  lowest  floor  and 
covered  with  at  least  two  (2)  feetr  of  ground.  Where 
tanks  or  any  part  thereof  are  above  the  surface  of  the 
ground  and  are  suituated  less  than  fifty  (50)  feet 
from  any  adjoining  premises,  building  or  structure 

other  than  the  buildings  or  structures  upon  the  prem- 
ises, wherein  such  crude  petroleum  or  fuel  oil  is  to 
be  used  or  stored,  such  tanks  shall  be  separated  from 
any  such  buildings  or  structures  by  an  enclosing  wall 
of  brick,  stone  or  concrete;  such  wall  shall  be  not 
less  than  five  (5)  feet  high  nor  less  than  two  (2)  feet 
above  the  top  of  the  tanks.  If  such  wall  be  ten  (10) 
feet  high  or  less,  it  shall  be  at  least  twelve  (12) 
inches  in  thickness,  if  more  than  ten  (10)  feet  high 

the  walls  shall  be  at  least  sixteen  (16)  inches  in 

thickness,  but  no  wall  shall  be  of  a greater  height 

than  twenty-four  (24)  feet.  JStich  wall  shall  entirely 
surround  or  enclose  such  tank  or  tanks  at  a distancb 
of  not  less  than  eighteen  (18)  inches  from  the  out- 
side of  the  tank,  and  such  wall  shall  not  be  nearer 
than  ten  (10)  feet  to  adjoining  premises.  Any  open- 
ing in  such  wall  to  permit  access  to  the  tanks  shall 
contain  a door  liquid  tight  and  made  of  incombustible 
material,  either  sliding  or  opening  inward  and  of  suf- 
ficient strength  to  resist  any  pressure  of  the  liquid 
contents  of  the  tank  which  may  be  brought  to  bear 
upon  such  door  by  the  bursting  of  the  tank  enclosed 
in  such  walls.  The  floor  qf  such  tank  enclosure  shall 
be  not  less  than  three  (3)  nor  more  than  five  (5) 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


203 


teet  below  the  adjoining  grade.  The  capacity  of  each 
tank  shall  not  exceed  fifteen  thousand  (15,000)  gallons. 

Not  more  than  ninety  thousand  (90,000)  gallons  in 
tanks  partly  or  wholly  above  ground  or  in  a building 
of  fireproof  construction  shall  be  stored  on  any  prem- 
ises unless  stored  in  buildings  as  provided  for  in  Sec. 
6,  or  in  underground  tanks  covered  with  not  less  than 
two  (2)  feet  of  earth. 

^Storage  of  Refined  Oils,  Turpentine,  Varnishes  and 
Paints  in  Liquid  Form. 

Sec.  2.  (a)  Refined  hydro  carbon  oils  of  150  de- 

grees F.  fire  test  by  the  John  Taglibue  method,  tur- 
pentine, varnishes  and  other  inflammable  liquids  which 
do  not  give  off  inflammable  vapors,  in  a quantity  ex- 
ceeding sixty-two  (62)  gallons  shall  be  stored  in  tanks 
of  the  provision  of  section  5 regulating  tanks. 

(b)  Not  more  than  sixty  thousand  (60,000)  gallons 
in  tanks  partly  or  wholly  above  ground  or  in  a build- 
ing of  fireproof  construction  shall  be  stored  on  any 
premises  unless  stored  in  buildings  as  provided  for  in 
section  6,  or  in  underground  tanks  covered  with  not  less 
than  two  (2)  feet  of  earth. 

These  tanks  may  be  placed  on  any  floor  of  any  build- 
ing used  for  the  storage  of  oils  mentioned  in  this  sec- 
tion, but  not  in  a greater  quantity  than  one  hundred 
and  twenty  (120)  gallons  for  refined  oils  and  varnishes 
or  ten  (10)  gallons  of  turpentine  above  the  first  floor, 
and  not  more  than  six  hundred  (600)  gallons  in  total 
quantity  of  refined  oils  and  varnishes  or  one  hundred 
’ and  twenty  (120)  gallons  of  turpentine  on  basement  and 
first  fioor  together. 

The  capacity  of  each  tank  shall  not  exceed  three 
hundred  (300)  gallons.  No  such  building  shall  be  used 
for  residence  purposes,  hotel,  tenement,  lodging  house, 
or  place  of  assemblage.  Anything  in  this  section  shall 
not  apply  to  refined  oils,  turpentine  or  varnishes  being 
used  for  mixing  or  manufacturing  of  paints  and  similar 
products. 

Retail  dealers  in  kerosene  and  refined  oils  may  store 
«uch  oils  in  a quantity  not  exceeding  sixty-two  (62) 
gallons  in  metallic  cans  on  the  first  floor  or  in  the 


204 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


basement  of  the  building  occupied  by  such  dealer.  Any 
quantity  in  excess  of  sixty- two  (62)  gallons  shall  be 
stored  in  tanks  installed  as  specified  in  section  5 of 
this  ordinance. 

Storage  of  Naphthas. 

Sec.  3.  Naphthas  in  a quantity  not  exceeding  five  (5) 
gallons  may  be  stored  in  a building,  structure  or  prem- 
ises in  metallic  safety  cans  made  of  not  less  than 
twenty-four  (24)  U.  S.  Standard  Gauge  galvanized  steel 
with  openings  protected  by  self-closing  valves,  and  such 
cans  shall  not  have  a capacity  of  over  five  (5)  gallons. 
This  limitation  of  five  (5)  gallons  shall  not  apply  to 
such  oils  in  use  in  machines  when  the  oils  are  supplied 
to  or  from  such  machines  through  closed  pipes  or  by 
safety  filling  cans,  nor  in  building^  constructed  accord- 
ing to  Sec.  6. 

No  Naphthas  shall  be  kept  or  stored  within  fifteen 
(15)  feet  of  any  open  flame.  Tanks  for  the  storage 
of  naphthas  shall  be  placed  underground  and  covered 
with  not  less  than  two  (2)  feet  of  earth,  and  if  located 
more  than  twenty-five  (25)  feet  from  any  building  or 
adjoining  boundary  lines  shall  be  limited  to  a capacity 
of  12,000  gallons  and  not  more  than  two  (2)  such 
tanks  shall  be  installed;  tanks  placed  less  than  twenty- 
five  (25)  feet  from  any  building  or  adjoining  boundary 
line  shall  be  limited  to  a capacity  of  three  hundred 
(300)  gallons  and  not  more  than  six  (6)  such  tanks  shall 
be  installed.  Underneath  a fireproof  building^  used 
solely  for  dry  cleaning  purposes  not  more  than  Six  (6) 
tanks  of  not  over  three  hundred  (300)  gallons  each  shall 
be  allowed,  and  underneath  any  other  building  not 
more  than  two  (2)  such  tanks  shall  be  allowed,  but,  no- 
such  building  shall  be  used  for  residence  purposes, 
hotel,  tenement  or  lodging  house  or  place  of  assem- 
blage. 

Any  quantities  of  naphthas  exceeding  those  men- 
tioned in  this  section  shall  be  stored  in  buildings  as 
provided  for  in  Section  6. 

Rubber  Cement. 

Sec.  4.  The  total  quantity  of  rubber  cement  and 
substances  of  a like  nature  stored  in  any  building  or 
premises  shall  not  exceed  ten  (10)  barrels  or  six  hun- 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


205 


•dred  (800)  gallons  and  shall  be  stored  in  fireproof 
vaults,  which  shall  not  be  located  above  the  first  story, 
the  opening  to  such  vault  shall  be  outside  of  the  build- 
ing. 

Five  (5)  gallons  of  this  material  may  be  used  in  any 
department  but  shall  be  returned  to  the  vault  when  not 
in  use. 

Tanks. 

Sec.  5.  Tanks  shall  be  galvanized  or  black  open 
hearth  tank  steel  of  at  least  16  gauge  with  tensile 
strength^  to  withstand  the  liquid  pressure  v/ith  a fac- 
tor of  safety  of  not  less  than  4;  coated  on  the  outside 
with  rust-resisting  materials;  shall  have  no  openings 
or  pipe  connections  except  on  top  thereof;  shall  not  be 
connected  directly  or  indirectly. 

All  pipes  leading  to  or  from  such  tanks  shall  be 
galvanized  wrought  iron  with  heavy  galvanized  cast* 
iron  or  brass  fittings,  and  connected  with  the  tank  at 
the  top  of  same  protected  against  injury  and  so  laid 
that  the  contents  ^hall  drain  back  to  the  tank.  Each 
tank  shall  be  provided  with  an  iron  vent  pipe  not 
less  than  one  and  one-half  inches  in  diameter, 

connected  with  the*  top  of  same  and  provided  with  a 
screen  of  thirty  (30)  mesh  at  or  near  the  tank  con- 
nections, and  extending  two  feet  above  the  roof,  pro- 
vided with  return  bend  with  thirty  (30)  mesh  brass 
wire  screen.  If  there  is  no  building  within  thirty  (30) 
feet  of  such  tank,  said  vent  pipe  shall  terminate  in  a 
return  bend  and  screen  which  may  be  flush  with  the 
surface  of  the  ground;  if  said  tanks  are  located  under- 
ground, they  shall  not  be  covered  up  or  used  until  the 
Inspector  of  Buildings  has  examined  same. 

Tanks  for  the  storage  of  oils  or  liquids  mentioned  in 
this  ordinance  containing  not  more  than  three  hundred 
(300)  gallons  may  be  installed  underneath  buildings 
as  mentioned  in  Sec.  3.  The  top  of  such  tanks  shall  be 
at  least  two  (2)  feet  below  the  surface  of  the  basement 
floor,  and  covered  with  earth  or  concrete. 

The  filling  pipes  of  tanks  underneath  building  as 
provided  in  this  paragraph  shall  terminate,  outside  of 
the  building  in  an  iron  box  which  shall  be  provided 
with  a cover  which  shall  be  kept  locked  when  not  in 


206 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


use.  The  vent  and  filling  pipes  of  tanks  shall  be  run 
underneath  an  incombustible  basement  floor  until  they 
reach  the  outside  of  the  building.  Such  tanks  shall,  for 
the  purpose  of  bringing  the  liquids  mentioned  in  this 
l)rdinance  to  the  delivery  point,  be  provided  with  suc- 
tion systems  or  pumps  or  any  other  devices  that  depend 
for  their  operation  upon  the  weight  of  water,  which 
water  shall  not  be  under  pressure. 

Buildings. 

Sec.  6.  Buildings  designed  for  the  storage  of  hydro 
carbon  oils  and  naphthas,  in  greater  quantities  than 
mentioned  in  the  foregoing  section  fehall  be  constructed 
of  fire-resisting  material  throughout. 

No  such  building  shall  be  located  less  than  twenty- 
five  (25)  feet  from  any  other  building  or  from  adjoining 
premises. 

The  floor  of  such  building  erected  after  the  passage 
of  this  ordinance  shall  not^e  less  than  three  nor  more 
than  (5) 'feet  below  the  grade  of  the  adjoining  property 
or  highway  and  shall  be  made  of  earth,  concrete  or 
brick. 

The  Tvalls  shall  be  of  stone,  brick  or  concrete,  and 
shall  not  be  less  than  sixteen  (16)  inches  thick,  or 
more  than  twenty-four  (24)  feet  high.  If  the  floor  area 
exceeds  five  thousand  (5,000)  square  feet,  dividing 
walls  shall  be  built.  The  floor  area  of  any  compartment 
shall  not  exceed  five  thousand  (5000)  square  feet  and 
dividing  wall  of  which  shall  not  have  any  opening. 

At  least  25  per  cent  of  the  floor  area  shall  be  re- 
served for  passageways  at  least  36  inches  in  width 
each. 

Such  building  shall  be  detached  from  all  other  build- 
ings and  shall  be  ventilated  by  at  least  one  square  foot 
of  area  for  every  five  hundred  (500)  square  feet  of 
area  of  building.  Such  ventilators  shall  be  equally  dis- 
tributed through  such  building. 

Such  building  shall  be  occupied  for  no  other  purpose 
than  the  storage  of  oils,  and  the  transaction  of  the 
business  in  connection  therewith. 

Where  artificial  light  is  used  the  same  shall  be  by 
vapor  proof  incandesceent  lamps  enclosed  in  metal 
cages  with  keyless  sockets;  wires  shall  be  run  in  rigid 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES.  207 

fire-proof  conduits  and  the  switches,  cut-outs,  circuit 
breakers  and  motors  located  outside  of  such  building. 

Hot  water  or  steam  heat  for  heating  purposes  only 
shall  be  used.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  have  any  heat 
generating  boiler,  dynamo  or  motor  within  such  build- 
ing. 

No  such  tank  shall  be  connected  either  directly  or 
indirectly  with  any  public  or  private  sewer,  drain  or 
catch  basin  unless  an  approved  oil  separator  is  pro- 
vided, or  unless  such  tank  in  and  of  itself,  or  together 
with  its  fitting,  is  capable  of  performing  the  functions 
of  an  oil  separator,  and  so  installed  as  to  prevent  the 
discharge  of  any  of  the  liquids  mentioned  in  this  ordi- 
nance into  said  sewers,  drain  or  catch  basins. 

Sec.  7.  Before  proceeding  with  the  erection,  altera- 
tion, remodeling  or  repairing  of  any  building  or  en- 
closure walls  or  installation  of  tanks  for  the  storage 
of  any  liquids  as  required  by  this  ordinance  a building 
permit  shall  first  be  obtained  from  the  Inspector  of 
Buildings. 

Before  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  issue  such 
permit  an  application  for  such  permit  shall  be  filed 
with  him,  by  the  owner  or  agent  of  such  building,  en- 
closure wall  or  tank  together  with  plans  and  speci- 
fications showing  full  detail  of  locatiop,  erection,  re- 
modeling, alteration,  repairs,  or  installation  of  the  tank 
with  its  connection,  fittings,  openings  and  safety  appli- 
ances, and  he  shall  have  a reasonable  time  thereafter 
to  examine  the  same  for  a permit  to  be  given,  and  no 
permit  shall  be  given  unless  the  conditions  of  this  or» 
dinance  are  fulfilled  in  each  and  every  particular  there- 
of and  unless  the  applicant  has  paid  into  the  General 
City  Fund  the  sum  of  two  dollars  ($2.00)  as  a permit 
fee  for  the  installation  of  each  tank  and  the  required 
permit  fee  for  new  buildings  or  alteratio.^  of  present 
buildings. 

If  s?uch  application,  plans  and  specifications  show  that 
such  building  or  enclosing  wall  is  to  be  erected,  al- 
tered, remodeled  or  repaired,  or  such  tanks  are  to  be 
installed,  with  all  their  fittings,  connections,  openings 
and  safety  appliances  in  conformity  with  the  provisions 


208 


BUILDING  ORDINANCES. 


of  this  ordinance  the  Inspector  of  Buildings  shall  issue 
a building  permit  to  such  applicant. 

Sec.  8.  Any  provision  of  any  ordinance  contravening 
the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  is  hereby  modified  and 
repealed. 

Sec.  9.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  controlling 
or  managing  any  building  or  premises  wherein  or  where- 
on any  of  the  liquids  mentioned  in  this  ordinance  are 
stored  or  kept  for  sale  in  violation  of  any  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance,  or  any  person  who  shall  assist 
in  such  violation,  or  shall  fail  to  comply  with  any  of 
the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  or  shall  build  in  vibla- 
tion  of  any  detailed  statement  of  application,  plans  and 
specifications  submitted  or  approved  thereof,  provided 
such  detailed  plan  as  accepted  is  according  to  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance,  and  in  case  it  is  not  it  shall 
be  no  defense  to  any  violation  of  this  ordinance  that 
such  plans  or  any  part  thereof  were  accepted  by  any 
officer  of  the  City  of  Milwaukee  or  passed  upon  with 
approval  thereof,  or  any  building  permit  issued  there-  ' 
under  subject  to  the  above  provisions,  shall  for  e^-ch 
and  every  such  violation  or  non-compliance  for  each 
and  every  day  thereof  be  liable  to  a fine  of  not  less 
than  ten  (10)  dollars  nor  more  than  two  hundred  (200) 
dollars,  or  in  default  of  payment  of  fine,  by  imprison- 
ment in  the  House  of  Correction  not  more  than  six 
months. 

Sec.  10.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect  and  be  in 
force  from  and  after  twenty  days  following  its  passage 
and  publication. 

Passed  March  81,  1913. 


